CHAPTER 1: THE INNER CALL

Andrew Harrison, at 34, had achieved remarkable success. He was the epitome of a triumphant financier: tall, lean, with a penetrating gaze and a smile that always seemed to convey more than mere professional courtesy. His office, a fusion of modern minimalism and opulence, reflected his inner world: adorned with rare contemporary art pieces, stylish accents of exotic wood and marble, and an antique globe in the corner, a testament to his passion for travel and discovery.

The centerpiece of the office was a massive chair, upholstered in the finest black leather, perfectly complementing the handcrafted oak desk. With its high back and deep armrests, this chair was not just a piece of furniture but a symbol of power and status. Everyone who sat opposite inevitably felt respect and awe, as if they were under the sway of a modern-day magnate.

On the desk lay neatly stacked documents and a laptop that was rarely turned off. In the corner of the desk was a handmade wooden pen box, reminiscent of the ancient crafts Andrew valued for their uniqueness and authenticity. Next to it stood a heavy paperweight in the shape of a bronze eagle, symbolizing the strength and power so crucial in his profession.

Andrew’s days were a relentless whirlwind of calls, meetings, and emails. He was weathered by the cutthroat world of finance, where every decision was like a step on thin ice, teetering between success and disaster. Yet, amidst this maelstrom, he often overlooked something more precious. This something yearned to break free like a bubbling stream rushing towards freedom despite all obstacles.

Today, as the sun began to set, he felt his soul yearning for peace, for silence, for a moment to pause and reflect on the meaning of the madness that consumed his days. The desire was palpable, like a gentle breeze whispering through the office, urging him to step away from the chaos and find solace in the stillness of his thoughts.

Andrew watched the clock hands move and saw how the daylight slowly and quietly disappeared. It was quarter to eight; all employees had already left except for his assistant. In the office’s silence, Andrew immersed himself in his thoughts, slowly contemplating the strategy for tomorrow’s deal.

His reverie was interrupted by a barely audible knock on the door. Andrew looked up and said, “Come in.” His assistant Emma appeared at the door.

“A visitor has arrived, Mr. Miller. He said he has an appointment,” she reported.

“Ms. Johnson, please let him in,” he said, rising from his chair. “Of course, sir,” she replied, smiling back at him.

A minute later, David Miller appeared before him, a tall, lean man with a severe expression. His presence instantly filled the room, and Andrew felt slightly tense, like before a strict professor at an exam.

“Good evening, Mr. Harrison,” Miller greeted him, approaching the desk.

“Good evening, Dr. Miller,” Andrew replied, standing and extending his hand. “Please, have a seat.”

Miller accepted the invitation and sat opposite Andrew, calmly leaning back in his chair.

“I usually don’t come to my client’s offices, but yesterday, I heard something in your voice that made me change my principles. So, what prompted you to reach out to me, Mr. Harrison?” Miller asked.

“Some of my friends think I need help, Doctor,” Andrew admitted, sitting back down. Something has been wrong with me lately. I feel it, too.”

“And what exactly do you feel?” Miller continued, his voice calm but penetrating, as if looking deep into Andrew’s consciousness.

“I’m not sure,” Andrew replied, his voice muffled. “It’s… as if… no, something is bothering me despite having everything I’ve ever dreamed of. I’ve achieved success in my career and have money and recognition. But inside, there is still an emptiness.”

Miller slightly tilted his head. “It often happens that we achieve everything we dreamed of and still feel that something eludes us. It’s normal, Mr. Harrison. People will always lack something until they find what truly matters.”

Andrew thoughtfully shook his head as if realizing the truth in the psychologist’s words. “But how do I find it? How can I fill this void?”

Miller smiled, but his eyes remained serious. “Perhaps that is exactly what we will work on today, Mr. Harrison. Let’s start by understanding what led you to contact me. Tell me about yourself.”

Andrew sighed, feeling an internal resistance as if an invisible hand squeezed his chest. He always avoided talking about himself, preferring to keep his thoughts and feelings locked away, remaining closed even with close people. But now, in front of Miller, he felt he had to be candid to find answers. His desire to hide his genuine emotions struggled with the need to pour everything out.

Finally, he forced himself to speak:

“I was born in a small town and always dreamed of breaking free and doing something significant. Building a successful business, I thought I had achieved that. But lately, I feel like all of this is losing its value. I wake up in the mornings and ask myself: What is all this for? Why do I feel such emptiness, having everything I ever dreamed of?”

“That’s a natural question,” Miller said, his voice soft but insistent. “Many people, having reached a certain level of success, begin to doubt its true value. But your feelings don’t mean you’re on the wrong path. They signal that it’s time for internal growth.”

Andrew looked into Miller’s eyes, trying to find answers there. “How do I understand what I need?”

Miller smiled gently. “Perhaps that’s exactly what we’ll explore together, Mr. Harrison. Let’s start from the beginning, shall we?”

Miller tilted his head as if in contemplation. “You need to learn to listen to yourself, Mr. Harrison. Inside, you already have the answers to all your questions. You need to learn to hear them amidst the outside world’s noise.”

Andrew felt a spark of hope ignite within him. “How do I do that?”

“We’ll work on it together. We’ll start with simple steps, gradually moving to more complex ones. But the most important thing is that you must be ready for change. Are you ready, Mr. Harrison?”

Andrew looked at his hands, then back at Miller. “Yes, I’m ready. Let’s begin.” He paused briefly as if permitting himself to be honest, feeling an invisible weight slowly lift from his shoulders. He continued:

“First, I think I have a problem just… being myself. I always feel like I’m playing a role, even when no one is watching. There’s always this ‘external persona’ I’ve created to survive in this world.”

Miller listened attentively, taking notes. “And when did you first feel this way?”

“Since I was about ten, I think,” Andrew replied, recalling his childhood. “My father always insisted that I be strong, successful, independent. But I don’t think he was ever satisfied with anything I did. I always felt like I had to be someone else to be accepted by him.”

“Did your father play a big role in your life?” Miller asked.

Andrew nodded affirmatively. “He was my main mentor and the cause of many of my inner conflicts. All my achievements, all my success—it was all for him. But I never felt his approval.”

Andrew sank into thought, trying to dredge up the roots of his doubts and anxieties. He recalled his childhood and moments with his father, who always set high standards for him. His father’s view of the world was relentless and demanding. Andrew always tried to meet these expectations, but inside, something rebelled, yearning for freedom and self-expression.

“What was your childhood like?” Miller asked, capturing every moment and emotion that flickered across Andrew’s face.

“My childhood…” Andrew began, delving into memories. It was tough. My father always wanted me to be better than him. He believed it was the only path to success.”

“And how did you feel in that situation?” the psychologist continued, listening to Andrew’s words.

“I… I felt like I was on a stage where every step, every word of mine, was under a microscope. I tried to live up to his expectations, but…” Andrew slowly shook his head as if admitting the truth to himself. “But I felt that it wasn’t me, that none of it was me.”

“Do you think you can’t be yourself because of his influence?”

“Yes,” Andrew agreed. “I feel like I lost myself somewhere along the way, and now I don’t know how to get back.”

Miller looked at Andrew with understanding. “So, you’re searching for yourself?” he asked, noting critical points in his notebook.

Andrew sighed again, feeling how this conversation was reopening old wounds and bringing a strange relief. “Yes, I think that’s exactly what I’m doing. I’m looking for myself among the wreckage of who I was and who I was supposed to become.”

Miller slowly crossed his arms over his chest. “Perhaps your journey begins with understanding what you want. It may be a long and difficult path, but the first step is to realize that something needs to change.”

Andrew felt the therapist’s words penetrate his consciousness. “I’m ready for this, Doctor. I’m ready to change to find myself.”

Miller smiled slightly. “Then I have an assignment for you,” he said, rising from his chair. “Write a letter to your younger self. Imagine yourself at the age when your doubts and insecurities began. Try understanding what you want to say to that little boy to help him grow strong and confident.”

Andrew felt a surge of determination. “I’ll do it,” he assured me.

“Excellent,” Miller said, walking to the door. Let’s meet next week in my office to discuss what you’ve come up with. And remember, Andrew, this path may be challenging, but you’re not alone. I’ll help you through it.”

With these words, Miller bid farewell and left Andrew alone in the office.

Andrew stood up, feeling that something significant had happened to him. He felt a mixture of excitement and determination. This moment was unique; it was like he was stepping onto a new path full of unexplored possibilities and discoveries.

He decided to walk through the evening city, immersing himself in his thoughts. New ideas, thoughts, and emotions were born in his mind, which had previously seemed inaccessible. Andrew realized that he was ready for the new challenges that awaited him ahead and, at the same time, felt gratitude for meeting such an understanding and supportive person as David Miller.

As he walked past shop windows and bustling cafes, he suddenly noticed how the city began to reveal itself to him in a new light. A gentle breeze brushed against his face, and he felt part of his old self leaving. For the first time in a long while, Andrew was full of hope and determination to change his life.

Returning home, Andrew sat at his desk to begin the assignment given by the psychologist. He took a sheet of paper and a pen, took a deep breath, and began to write a letter to his younger self, letting the words flow from his heart and mind.

The warm light of the desk lamp softly illuminated the room, creating a cozy atmosphere. Outside, the city was slowly sinking into the darkness of night, while inside, Andrew tried to make sense of his feelings.

“Hello, my younger self,

Today, I write to you from the world you dreamed of conquering. You were always ambitious, ready to overcome obstacles to achieve your goals. But, my dear boy, how naive you were. Life doesn’t always go according to plan; the sooner you understand this, the easier it will be.

Lately, I feel lost. Everything I’ve achieved seems insignificant compared to what I am searching for.

I remember how optimistic you were. You believed that the world awaited you with open arms, and you were ready to conquer it. But I, your older version, have become more cautious and skeptical. I’ve seen too many disappointments and failures, which have changed me.

I feel that somewhere along the way, I lost myself. I’ve become like an empty shell, moving forward but not knowing where to go. I’ve immersed myself in routine, work, and a world of material things, but it doesn’t bring me joy.

Perhaps I forgot who I am. Maybe I got lost in others’ expectations, ignoring my dreams and desires. Possibly, I was afraid to open up and accept myself for who I am.

I am ready to search for myself, to seek my true essence, to look inward, and to understand what is truly important. I must return to being a little boy full of hope and dreams.

So, my dear boy, I promise I won’t give up. I will fight for myself, for my dreams, to find meaning in this life. And when I return to you, I will be whole and strong, ready to face all trials and obstacles again.”

With love, your older self

As he wrote the last words, he felt a sense of relief and peace, as if he had done something long-awaited and essential. He folded the sheet of paper neatly, placed it in an envelope, and sealed it. The first step had been taken.

Andrew rose from the desk and walked to the window, watching the shimmering city lights. The past would no longer define his future. With this letter, he had broken the old chains that held him captive. Now, he was ready for a new beginning, for the search for his true self.

Dear Reader,

The first step taken by Andrew opens the door to a world of self-discovery and inner growth. He reached out to his inner child to begin the process of healing and self-acceptance. This is not just a letter on paper; it is a journey into the depths of one’s soul, where each word reflects a part of his story: pain, joy, and hope. You are also invited to immerse yourself in this experience and observe your feelings and emotions. Perhaps now is the time to turn to your inner self and start a conversation with yourself. Within each of us lies the potential for growth and change, and it is up to us whether we choose to walk this path.

Assignment for the Reader:

I invite you to undertake an exercise like the one Andrew Harrison received. Sit down at a desk, take a piece of paper and a pen, and write a letter to your younger self.

This exercise, called “A Letter to My Younger Self,” will help you recall and relive the emotions, thoughts, and events of your childhood and clarify the impact of the past on your present.

Prepare a suitable environment: Find a quiet and cozy place where you will not be disturbed. This could be your favorite corner at home or a peaceful park.

Create the right atmosphere: Play music that inspires you and puts you in an emotional state. This could be instrumental melodies, nature sounds, or your favorite tracks from your playlist.

Practice meditation or relaxation: Before writing the letter, have a brief meditation or relaxation session to calm your mind and open access to your feelings and memories.

Visualization and recollection: Try to visualize your childhood and remember the most vivid moments, emotions, and relationships. This will help you better understand and clarify the aspects of your personality that may have been forgotten or masked.

Work with emotions: Be prepared that writing this letter may evoke various emotions. Allow them to flow through you without resistance, and write down everything that comes to mind.

Immerse yourself in this process, allowing yourself to be honest and sincere. This exercise can become the first step to understanding and accepting yourself.

CHAPTER 2: THE FIRST JOURNEY INTO THE SUBCONSCIOUS

At 10 a.m. on Wednesday, Andrew Harrison arrived at the psychologist’s office after clearing the first half of the day from business meetings. Ascending silently to the fourth floor, he stepped into the reception area. To the right was a sign reading “Psychologist David Miller,” and to the left, opposite, was another sign, “Psychologist Emma Conrad.” Andrew appreciated the elegance of the reception area and decisively headed toward David Miller’s office.

Raising his hand to knock, Andrew took a deep breath, attempting to manage his nervousness. Upon hearing the invitation to enter, he opened the door and found himself in the psychologist’s spacious, cozy office.

The office was decorated in the style of an old English library. Tall wooden bookshelves lined the walls, creating an intellectual ambiance. At the center of the room stood a massive oak desk with intricately carved legs, upon which sat an antique candelabrum with slender candles. Opposite the desk was a comfortable leather armchair with a high back and soft armrests. Antique clocks on the wall ticked slowly, reminding one of the importance of time and the process of self-discovery. The floor was covered with a thick Victorian-patterned carpet, adding charm and warmth to the room. Portraits of renowned philosophers and psychologists adorned the walls, alongside reproductions of artworks symbolizing various aspects of the human psyche and emotions. Heavy velvet curtains decorated the windows, adding extra coziness to the space. Aromatic candles with a faint lavender scent burned on the windowsills, creating a pleasant atmosphere.

Sitting at his desk, David Miller looked up at Andrew with a welcoming smile.

“Good morning, Andrew,” David greeted him, rising and gesturing toward the chair opposite. “I’m glad to see you. Please, have a seat. How was your week? Were you able to write the letter?”

“Good morning, David,” Andrew replied, sitting in the armchair. “I’m a bit nervous, but I think it’s all right. I brought it with me.”

“Excellent,” David said, taking the envelope. He quickly scanned the letter, making notes in his notebook. “Let’s start by discussing what you wanted to express to your younger self.”

“I wrote about my dreams and hopes from childhood, the difficulties I faced, and how I became who I am today. But I also shared my doubts and fears,” Andrew began.

David listened attentively, continuing to make notes. “This is very important, Andrew. Talking about your past can help us better understand your present and guide you toward the future you want to see.”

They continued discussing the letter, analyzing each part, and gradually, Andrew realized what emotions and thoughts had been hidden within him all this time.

“I feel that we are on the right path,” David continued, “but remember, your past is just the beginning. The most important thing is how we use this knowledge to create changes in the present.”

Andrew felt a stir of emotion inside.

“Excellent,” David said. “Let’s start by understanding your goals and what you want to achieve shortly.”

Andrew pondered. “I think my main goal is to balance work and personal life. I feel like I’ve been too focused on work these past few years and neglected many other life aspects.”

David smiled understandingly. “Balance always eludes us, like the last piece of cake at a corporate party. It’s important not to achieve perfect equilibrium but to strive for it, like a game of Twister.”

Andrew smirked, appreciating the light-hearted joke. “Exactly, sometimes it feels like I’m tangled in my life, like a complex labyrinth.”

“Well then,” David said, raising an eyebrow, “let’s try to find a way out of that labyrinth. Tell me more about the aspects of your life that you want to regain or improve.”

Andrew pondered. “I’d like to visit my parents more often,” he began. “My father is getting older, and I feel our relationship isn’t what I want. Maybe I need to find a way to spend more time with him and try to mend our relationship.”

David, making notes, said, “That’s a great goal, Andrew. Reconnecting with family can be a significant step toward finding inner balance. But besides that, is there anything else you’d like to change?”

“I want to start exercising again, to feel more energetic,” Andrew continued, his voice growing more confident. “And perhaps find time for hobbies that I’ve long neglected.”

“Good, those are excellent goals. Let’s envision how you can start incorporating these changes into your life. But before that, let me ask you one question: What genre would you choose if your life were a movie?”

Andrew thought for a moment, then laughed. “It would probably be a mix of drama, comedy, and documentary.”

“Excellent choice,” David responded. “Let’s make your life a bit more exciting by adding elements of romance and adventure. We’ll start small with changes that bring you joy and satisfaction.

“Don’t forget to make time for rest and hobbies,” David continued. “Something that brings you joy and allows you to detach from work.”

“Yes, I understand,” Andrew agreed. “Recently, I’ve started practicing yoga. It helps me relax and focus.”

“That’s great,” David agreed. “Keep doing what you enjoy. And don’t forget to spend time with your loved ones. Family and friends can provide immense support in your quest for balance.”

Andrew sighed thoughtfully. “I often forget that,”- he admitted. “I’m too absorbed in work to give them enough attention.”

“Your letter can be a starting point on your path to self-understanding and personal growth,” David said. “Now, I suggest an exercise to help you gain deeper insight into your inner motivations.”

Andrew looked at David attentively, ready for the next stage of his psychological journey. “What is this exercise?” he asked.

“It’s a technique of deep visualization,” David explained. “During the session, I’ll guide your imagination so that you can visualize important moments of your life. This will help you better understand your feelings and desires.”

Andrew nodded, recognizing the importance of the task. “I’m ready,” he said.

David turned on some light, relaxing music and began the session. He asked Andrew to close his eyes, relax, and imagine a scene from his past that evoked strong emotions.

“Let’s start at the beginning,” David said, calm and assured. “Imagine you are back in your childhood room. What images come to mind?”

Andrew took a deep breath and tried to focus. Vivid images appeared in his mind: an old sofa, a bookshelf filled with books, toys scattered on the floor. He could smell the aromas wafting from the kitchen, where his mother was preparing lunch.

“Now, let’s take a closer look at yourself,” David continued. “How do you see yourself? What feelings do you experience?”

Andrew felt himself being transported back to his childhood, seeing himself as a small boy again. He imagined playing in the corner of a room, feeling joy and serenity.

“Andrew, keep breathing evenly,” David gently reminded. “Now, let’s move forward. Imagine returning to a specific event or moment from your childhood that evokes strong emotions. What is that event?”

Andrew delved deeper into his memories, searching for something particularly significant. Finally, he settled on one of the most vivid moments from his childhood — the day his father first took him fishing.

“I see myself again,” Andrew said, his voice clear but trembling slightly with emotion. “My father and I are at the lake. The water is so calm; he’s teaching me how to fish. I’ll never forget that day.”

David gently guided him, acknowledging the importance of this memory. “Continue visualizing this moment, Andrew. Feel the air, hear nature, and feel the sun’s warmth on your skin. What emotions do you experience when you remember this day?”

Andrew immersed himself further in his memories, trying to feel like the boy he was back then. His heart filled with warmth and gratitude for that day with his father, and he felt these positive emotions spreading throughout his body.

He recalled his excitement sitting on the boat’s edge beside his father. His heart raced with anticipation as his father taught him the basics of fishing. That day, he felt like a real man, helping his father and becoming part of his world.

The scent of fresh air, the smell of damp earth, and the fragrance of the vegetation were forever etched in Andrew’s memory. He heard his father’s voice, full of patience and wisdom, explaining how to hold the fishing rod properly and wait for the fish to bite. “Patience, son, is the key to success in fishing and life,” his father said, looking at Andrew with a smile full of kindness.

Andrew asked his father questions, trying to understand how the natural world worked and how all its parts were interconnected. He remembered how his father joyfully answered each question, encouraging his curiosity and thirst for knowledge.

He recalled the thrill he felt when he suddenly sensed a pull on the rod. His heartbeat accelerated, and he focused on not losing the fish. He began reeling it slowly but steadily, feeling the fish tugging in the opposite direction. His face lit up joyfully when he finally pulled his first fish out of the water.

Looking at his father, he saw pride in his eyes. As they both gazed at the fish, words became unnecessary at that moment. Together, riding the wave of that simple triumph, they felt immense happiness — a moment that would remain in their memories as an essential chapter in the book of their family’s stories.

Returning home, Andrew couldn’t help but smile, carrying his first fish in a bucket. His mother was genuinely delighted when she saw his catch and listened to the story of their day at the lake. Her praise and warm words were a reward for his small but significant achievement.

As evening fell and the first stars appeared, Andrew climbed into bed and smiled again. His heart was full of gratitude for that day, the moments with his family, and the simplicity of joy in everyday moments. He fell asleep happy and content, knowing that this day would forever remain one of the happiest moments of his life.

When Andrew opened his eyes, he returned to David’s office. His heart was still pulsating from his childhood memories, filled with joy and carefreeness.

“How do you feel?” David asked, looking at Andrew attentively.

“Light,” Andrew responded, smiling. “It was an incredible journey into the past. I felt like I was returning to moments of pure joy and happiness.”

Continuing to take notes, David said, “Visualization is a powerful tool for reconnecting with the past and understanding yourself in the present. Every moment we experience during this process can open the door to deep feelings and memories.”

“I feel that returning to these moments helps me better understand who I am,” Andrew said.

David smiled. “Yes, and this is just the beginning. There is much more we can explore and discuss. The key is to stay open to new understandings of yourself.”

“Here’s what I think, Andrew,” David continued, “for our next session, it would be helpful if you started keeping a journal.”

“A journal?” Andrew asked. “But I’ve never done that before.”

“That’s exactly why it will be good exercise. I want you to record your thoughts and feelings every day. This will help us better understand how you react to different life situations,” David said.

“And what exactly should I write?” Andrew inquired.

“Try to capture the key moments of your day that evoke strong emotions. Write down what happened and how you felt in those moments. We can then analyze this together at our next session,” David said with a smile.

“I see. It sounds interesting. I’ll try it. I appreciate your help, David. This session was very beneficial.”

“You’re welcome, Andrew. I’m glad to help you. Good luck with the journal. See you in a week at the same time.”

Andrew stood up, feeling invigorated and light-hearted.

Maria Rossi’s morning as a 28-year-old woman began with the gentle chirping of birds outside her window and the first rays of morning sunlight piercing through the thick curtains of her cozy bedroom. She slowly opened her eyes, feeling a wave of inspiration wash over her, promising a day full of new opportunities.

Maria rose from her bed and headed to the bathroom. After a shower, she felt the warm water wash away the remnants of sleep, invigorating her. She then applied light makeup, enhancing her natural features, and decided not to have breakfast at home but to buy coffee and a croissant at her favorite café.

Approaching her wardrobe, Maria smiled. For her, choosing clothes was a kind of art, an opportunity to express herself and create something unique. She lingered over her choices like an artist selecting colors for their canvas. She chose a light summer dress with stripes, a seashell necklace, and flat sandals this time. She styled her hair into a casual bun, adding a touch of effortless elegance to her look.

Stepping outside, Maria felt the city come to life with her. Her outfit attracted passersby’s gazes, causing them to turn and take a second look. She walked down the street, feeling each step fill her with inspiration and confidence.

Soon, she entered her favorite café, where the air was filled with the aroma of fresh coffee and pastries. Maria moved toward the counter, beaming at everyone around. Her attention was drawn to a man sitting by the window with a sullen expression. Approaching his table, she softly said, “Good morning! Doesn’t this day look wonderful? I think it’s time to add some joy to your life. Have a wonderful day!”

Upon seeing her smile, the man looked up and couldn’t help but smile back. Something in his eyes changed, clearly indicating a shift in his mood.

Many patrons of this café were long-time acquaintances of hers.

A woman who was particularly delighted by Maria’s arrival was at a table by the window. Their eyes met, and the woman smiled at her, exclaiming, “Good morning, Maria!” raising her coffee cup in greeting. “You always bring joy to this little corner of the world. Thank you for sharing your happiness with us!”

Maria responded with a smile, feeling warmth fill her heart. She knew every day could be remarkable if one found joy in the little things and shared them with others.

She responded to greetings and smiles with genuine radiance in her eyes. Sharing her energy and inspiration with those around her came naturally, and she did so quickly and joyfully.

Leaving the café with her favorite cappuccino and croissant, she felt the pleasant warmth of the morning sun on her face. However, as she approached the office of her psychologist, Emma Conrad, a sense of nervousness grew in her chest. Maria had never been to a psychologist’s office before, but her best friend assured her that it would help her deal with creative blocks and fears that prevented her from realizing her true potential.

She entered the waiting room and looked at the clock: a few minutes until her appointment. Sitting on the couch, Maria glanced around. “Interesting,” she whispered, feeling that everything in this space was designed to create an atmosphere of calm and tranquility. “Maybe this is exactly what I need right now.”

The walls were adorned with abstract paintings, representing a variety of forms and colors, like a stream of creative energy reflecting elusive thoughts and emotions. Each painting invited the viewer on a journey within themselves to the source of inspiration and imaginative power. Green indoor plants in the corners added accents, reminding of the cycle of life and constant renewal.

A warm, feminine touch permeated every corner of the waiting room as if confirming Emma Conrad’s invisible presence. This was evident in the soft hues of the chair upholstery, the elegant decorative accents, and the interior’s small, thoughtfully chosen details.

The flower arrangements, meticulously maintained and pleasing to the eye, clearly spoke of the attention given to every aspect. Maria relaxed, feeling that the atmosphere in Emma’s office fostered inner peace and tranquility. She took a deep breath, preparing for the session that she hoped would help her find answers to her questions and overcome her creative blocks.

As she contemplated the paintings on the walls, Maria imagined an artist sitting before a blank canvas, inspired by their thoughts and feelings to bring them to life in a vibrant form on the canvas. She stood up and approached one of the paintings. Something subtly familiar in the abstract art drew her into a light trance. Maria was startled when the door of the opposite office opened.

A young man stepped out, and their eyes met. Maria felt her heart beat a little faster under his gaze. Slightly flustered, she quickly composed herself and smiled, “Hello, I’m Maria. Are you here for a consultation, too?”

“Yes, something like that,” Andrew replied, smiling as well. “I just finished a session with Dr. Miller,” he said confidently and calmly. “I’m Andrew. Nice to meet you, Maria. Is this your first time here?”

“Yes, and I’m quite nervous,” Maria admitted. “I hope it went well for you?”

“Pretty well, I’d say,” Andrew replied, sensing that this chance encounter might be unpredictable and exciting.

He wanted to say something else, but at that moment, Emma Conrad’s office door opened, and she greeted Maria, inviting her in. Andrew watched her walk away, mentally chastising himself for not asking for the intriguing woman’s phone number. He realized he was late for a business meeting and quickly left.

Assignment for the Reader:

Dive into your inner world of memories and recall the most vivid moments from your childhood. These can be any events that have etched themselves into your memory and bring joy to your heart when you think of them.

Once you select one of these moments, please write it in your journal. Describe all the details: what you were doing, where it took place, who was with you, and what feelings and emotions you experienced. Let these memories come alive on the pages of your journal. When you finish writing, pay attention to your feelings and emotions. How have they changed after recalling this moment? What lessons can you draw from this experience?

Then, try journaling for a week, noting any critical thoughts, feelings, and observations during the day. This can help you better understand yourself and your emotions and preserve valuable moments of your life.

CHAPTER 3: A THERAPEUTIC JOURNEY. MARIA'S STORY

A middle-aged woman, Emma Conrad commanded respect and trust from the first glance. Her well-groomed and elegant appearance, with neatly styled hair that curled slightly at the ends, exuded an air of grace. Her gray eyes, warm and kind, instantly drew Maria in. Emma’s glasses’ unique shape and exquisite design added intrigue and sophistication to her appearance. A stylish pantsuit highlighted Emma’s slender figure, while delicate pearl jewelry added a touch of elegance and charm. A subtle hint of expensive perfume lingered in the air.

Maria’s heart swelled with gratitude towards her friend, whose recommendation had led her to Emma. She silently thanked her, realizing the significance of this moment.

“Welcome, Maria,” Emma greeted, her voice a soothing balm. She gestured towards the plush armchair opposite her desk. “Please, make yourself comfortable. Would you like some tea? Black or green?”

“Green, please,” Maria replied.

While the hospitable hostess brewed the tea, Maria took in the surroundings of Emma’s office.

The walls, painted in soft pastel shades, enveloped the room in a comforting embrace. The furniture, a blend of functionality and elegance, beckoned with its plushness: a massive wooden desk with intricately carved legs adorned with several books, framed photographs, and a stack of folders. Two leather armchairs, cushions, and throws invitingly soft-faced the desk. Beside Maria’s chair was an ottoman, a thoughtful addition for her comfort. Between the chairs was a glass table, ready to hold a glass of water or tea. The walls, adorned with artwork, added a touch of sophistication and beauty to the room. The warm and pleasant yet undeniably professional ambiance created an ideal setting for therapeutic sessions.

Maria also noticed the surprising silence in Emma’s office, as if the sounds from beyond its walls had ceased to exist. Only the faint trickling of water from a fountain in the corner of the room provided a soothing background melody, enhancing the room’s tranquility.

After pouring Maria’s tea and setting A whimsically shaped teapot next to the cup, Emma settled into the adjacent chair.

“So, Maria, tell me, what brings you here?” Emma asked, her voice gentle and inviting.

“The last few years have been difficult for me,” Maria replied, a hint of weariness in her tone.

“I understand. Let’s start with what you hope to achieve from this therapy and what goals you would like to reach.”

“I want to regain my passion for creativity and confidence in my abilities. I want to overcome this creative block and return to the active, creative work that inspires me,” Maria sighed, her eyes reflecting a deep longing.

“I see. Those are important goals. We can begin by exploring what is suppressing your creativity and find ways to overcome this block. Additionally, we can work on your self-esteem and stress management strategies. How does that sound?” Emma asked, her gaze steady and reassuring.

“It sounds good,” Maria replied, a flicker of hope in her voice.

“Wonderful. Let’s outline an action plan aimed at achieving your goals. We will start with regular therapy sessions and homework assignments to help you progress. I can recommend additional resources and techniques to benefit your recovery path.”

“That sounds like an excellent plan,” Maria said gratefully. “I’m ready to get started.”

Emma smiled warmly, “I’m glad to hear that, Maria. Let’s embark on this journey together, step by step.”

“To help you overcome your difficulties, I need to know you better. Tell me about your childhood, studies, and personal life,” Emma requested.

“My childhood was filled with joy and happiness,” Maria began. “I grew up in Amalfi, a small town in southern Italy, about an hour’s drive from Naples, on the coast of the Tyrrhenian Sea, where every day was full of sunshine and adventures. This picturesque resort town is famous for its beautiful beaches, winding streets, and stunning views. Amalfi has always attracted tourists, becoming a place where people sought comfort and tranquility.

My parents were wonderful people; they taught me to appreciate the world’s beauty and enjoy every moment of life. My father was a talented musician, and my mother was a caring homemaker.”

Maria sighed, her eyes filling with sadness. “I was ten years old when everything changed,” she continued. “We were on a plane, returning home after a vacation in Rome. Suddenly, there was a loud noise, and the aircraft began to shake like a leaf in the wind. People were screaming, and flight attendants rushed to the exits to calm the passengers.

My parents held my hands tightly, trying to reassure me, but their faces were pale with fear. Suddenly, the plane started to descend rapidly, and at that moment, I knew we would crash.”

Tears welled up in Maria’s eyes, but she held them back. “I closed my eyes, trying not to think about what was happening. And at some point, after a terrifying noise, everything went silent. I opened my eyes and saw the wreckage of the plane around us. My parents… they were right next to me, but they were no longer breathing. I don’t know how I survived. There were over a hundred passengers on that flight, and only nine survived, one of whom later died in the hospital. All the Italian newspapers covered this incident.”

Maria fell silent, and a deep quiet filled the room. Emma listened intently, not interrupting.

“From that moment, my childhood ended,” Maria continued. “After that tragic day, I lived for a while with family friends who took me in after the plane crash. Although a lot of time has passed, the memories of that family remain a part of my life forever.”

About a year later, my uncle, my father’s brother who lived in the United States, arranged for my move. It was both thrilling and frightening.

It was hard to say goodbye to my hometown, Amalfi, where every corner reminded me of my childhood and my parents. But along with that, hope for the future, for new opportunities and prospects, began to awaken in me.

The flight to a new country was a nerve-wracking and scary event for me. The time spent in the air was filled with thoughts about what awaited me—excitement mixed with anxiety but also with hope for the better.

It was a moment of joy and relief when I finally arrived in New York and met my uncle. I understood I now had a new family that would care for and support me in difficult times.”

Emma listened attentively to every word Maria said, immersing herself in her story of childhood, dreams, and fears.

“Initially, attending an American school was a real challenge for me,” Maria continued. “Not knowing the language, I felt isolated and insecure. Everything was confusing: the lessons and communication with classmates.

However, I gradually overcame the language barrier thanks to my teachers’ and classmates’ care and understanding. The teachers patiently helped me master new knowledge, explained the material in simple English, and stimulated my interest in learning.

With their help and support, I gradually began to feel more confident and comfortable in the new environment.

I developed a special relationship with my art teacher, Mr. Richardson. He was a true enthusiast of Italian culture. His passionate love for Italy came from his experiences—he had traveled extensively through this beautiful country in his youth with his beloved wife. He knew a few dozen words in Italian.

Mr. Richardson always joyfully recalled his adventures in the narrow streets of Rome, the majestic landscapes of Tuscany, and the cozy cafes in the squares of Florence. These memories inspired him to create works of art. He was a talented artist and a caring teacher who always found time for his students. Seeing that I was having difficulties adapting to the new school and language, he tried to help me with his knowledge and support.

Mr. Richardson noticed something special in me—a passion for art and a natural talent for drawing. He saw something unique and poignant in my works whenever I sat at my desk, transferring my thoughts and feelings onto paper.

Every lesson with Mr. Richardson was a source of inspiration and joy for me. I felt that artistic creativity was becoming an engaging activity and a means of self-expression and self-realization. Thanks to his support and guidance, I could freely develop my creative potential and discover new horizons in the art world.

Seeing that I was doing well and getting immense pleasure from drawing, I decided to apply to one of the most prestigious universities—the Pratt Institute. It was just a few subway stops from my uncle’s Brooklyn, New York home.

Getting into such a university would be a significant achievement. It would allow me to immerse myself in an intensive program that would fully develop my artistic potential under the guidance of leading professionals in the field of fine arts. Such an education would open doors to worldwide recognition and allow me to fulfill my artistic ambitions.”

Deciding to apply, I began my preparation, deepening my skills and knowledge. I knew that difficulties and challenges lay ahead, but I was ready for them because my passion for art gave me the strength and motivation to advance toward my dreams.

I put all my efforts into preparing. I carefully selected my best works, paying attention to every detail and striving to express my vision and art. When the day of the exam arrived, I was extremely nervous, but at the same time, I felt a deep confidence in my abilities.

I worked on my portfolio for weeks, expressing my individuality and talent through every brushstroke. My works were filled with emotions; they reflected my inner world, my experiences, and my view of the surrounding world.

I presented my work to the jury in tense anticipation and excitement. My heart beat harder as my paintings were evaluated, but I knew I had done everything possible to achieve my dream. When the results were announced, hearing my name—Maria Rossi—felt surreal.

I had been accepted to the Pratt Institute, a moment that began a new chapter filled with endless creative opportunities and self-discovery.

I immersed myself in my studies with complete dedication. I was devoted to my art, striving for perfection and tirelessly working on my projects. My talent and creative approach to painting attracted the attention of teachers and colleagues. I participated actively in class, always ready to support and inspire others.

But then, a new tragedy struck. My uncle, who had been like a father to me after losing my parents, passed away. It was a heavy blow for me. I felt like I was losing the last support in this world and was left entirely alone.

After my uncle’s death, it became tough for me to concentrate on my studies. Sorrow and grief overshadowed my creative fire, and I felt my confidence and inspiration slipping away. It seemed that I had lost the meaning and purpose of my life.

I struggled through each day, battling my emotions and trying to return to the art that had always been my passion. But even my efforts did not always bring the desired result. I felt like I was losing my ability to express myself through beauty and creativity.

Despite an outward appearance of cheerfulness and success, I raged through turbulent emotions and an internal struggle. My smile could easily hide my inner thoughts and anxieties, and no one around me suspected that I was going through such difficulties.

Despite successfully finishing college and winning various competitions, I still felt something was wrong. Although my works received recognition and admiration from others, they did not bring me the satisfaction and joy I had expected. It seemed that I was stuck in place, that my creativity had halted at a certain level, and that I was not growing further.

This was hard to realize, especially considering my passion for painting and desire to develop as an artist. Despite the outward success, I experienced an inner emptiness and doubt in my abilities. I immersed myself in my paintings, hoping to find answers to my inner questions in the colors and lines.

However, the more I created, the more I felt that something was slipping away. My creative process, once natural and organic, now felt like a struggle with myself.

I spent hours in my studio, trying to express my feelings and thoughts on canvas, but all my attempts seemed inadequate and superficial. It was a battle not only with a creative block but also with myself, my doubts, and my insecurities.

I learned to find solace and inner peace in art. Moreover, I realized that sharing my art with others gave me a sense of purpose and value. In my works, I tried to embody not only my own emotions but also to inspire and support others with my creativity. This helped me overcome my inner turbulent feelings and create strength and support in my surroundings.

I have not yet met my true love. There have been moments when I questioned love and relationships and dated guys. Still, I usually found them uninteresting, and the relationships fell apart before reaching a severe phase. I preferred to devote more time to my creativity and self-development each time. I always felt the fire of creativity within me, demanding an outlet, and I believed that now was the perfect time to immerse myself in work fully.

“You know, no one ever knows what I truly feel. I am called the embodiment of happiness. I love the world, life, and people, dressing beautifully, and having noisy parties. They say that if anyone should be an example of how to be happy, it’s me,” Maria concluded, exhaling noisily and smiling at Emma.

“Maria, thank you for your trust. Your story is full of strength and determination. I deeply respect your openness and your drive for self-discovery and personal growth. Let’s look at your path forward together and discuss how I can help you continue your inner and outer journey.”

With these words, Emma rose from her chair and gestured for Maria to do the same. The psychologist hugged Maria, expressing her sympathy and readiness to help the young woman cope with her condition.

“For a start, I suggest we go through ten sessions to explore your emotional state, address past traumas, and gradually find ways to heal. To give you an understanding of what we will be working on in the upcoming sessions,” Emma handed Maria a sheet outlining their future sessions to help Maria better understand and prepare for them.

Wishing Maria a great continuation of her day, Emma gave her an encouraging smile and scheduled the next session for the following week, Wednesday at 11 a.m.

Already in the reception area, Maria sat on the couch for a minute and read what was written on the sheet:

Developing Communication – We will create a cozy space where everyone can freely express themselves.

Examining Your Feelings – We will discuss what you feel daily and how it affects your life.

Remembering the Past – We will gradually review essential events from your past to understand how they influence the present.

Identifying Recurring Situations—We will pay attention to frequently repeating moments in your life and consider how to change them.

Learning to Understand Yourself – We will work on better understanding your thoughts and actions.

Coping with Difficult Moments – We will learn to recognize and rethink moments when you feel overwhelmed.

Improving Communication with Others – We will practice communicating your feelings and needs better.

Planning for the Future – We will consider what you want to achieve and how to get there.

Working on Relationships – We will examine how you interact with others and how it can be improved.

Reviewing and Looking Ahead – We will assess what has changed and discuss how to maintain these changes moving forward.

“It sounds excellent; I can’t wait to go through these sessions as soon as possible,” Maria smiled, standing up quickly and heading to her art studio.

Assignment for the Reader:

Goal: Help readers identify and overcome their creative blocks.

Steps to Complete:

Reflection: Start by asking yourself questions that may help identify potential blocks or fears related to creativity. For example:

Are there types of creativity to which you feel strong resistance?

Have there been moments when you stopped halfway through a creative project? What caused the stop?

What feelings do you experience when you think about your creativity?

Journaling: Keep records of your reflections and answers for a week. Notice what emotions and thoughts arise when you think about creativity or try to create something.

Exploring a New Genre: Choose one creative genre or method you have previously avoided or know little about. Try it out in practice. This can be something entirely new for you, such as writing poetry, dancing, painting, or even culinary art.

Discussion: If possible, discuss your experience with friends or a support group. Share your experiences, fears, and discoveries. Receiving feedback and support can be extremely helpful.

Reflection and Action Plan: After a week of experimenting and reflecting, write a short essay about what you learned about your creative blocks and what steps you can take to overcome them in the future.

CHAPTER 4: SELF-REFLECTION

Andrew sat in his office, surrounded by flickering monitors displaying numbers and graphs. Night had already fallen outside, but he hadn’t noticed how the day had flown by. It was the second time he had stayed late at work that week, immersed in reports and analyses. Work had become his refuge from inner emptiness. After finishing the last document review, Andrew leaned back in his chair. He thought about his recent visit to the psychologist, who was slowly but surely breaking through his emotional barriers. The psychologist had given him an unusual assignment—to start keeping a journal.

“Write down everything you feel, from your first thought in the morning to your last before bed,” David had said with a smile that hinted the task wouldn’t be easy.

Andrew took a deep breath and called his driver to take him home. On the way, he pondered how to approach this assignment.

He went to the living room, removed his jacket and tie, and headed upstairs. After taking a shower, Andrew felt a slight relief. Dressed in comfortable home clothes, he went downstairs and sat at the glass table in his minimalist living room. Opening a new notebook, he stared at the blank page for a long time. The hardest part was to start. Recalling the past days, he wondered, “How should today’s entry be? What important things can I write that truly reflect my experiences?” After sitting over the notebook for a while, he decided to write in chronological order and began to recount his memories on paper:

Day 1

Morning: “I woke up with anxiety that suddenly overwhelmed me. The same fear of being late, even when there’s nowhere to rush. Why do I set myself up like this? My thoughts led me to my father, who was always punctual like a Swiss watch. Maybe I’m trying to be like him without realizing it.”

Evening: “Feeling tired, but not physically—emotionally. The day was spent thinking about what to change in my routine to find balance. It’s strange to realize that the work that once brought joy now causes tension.”

Day 3

Morning: “Today, I woke up feeling something needs to change. I decided to start the morning with a run to clear my head. The run helped refresh my mind and gave me energy for the whole day.”

Evening: “After work, I decided to take a drive around the city. Driving down a side street, I noticed an old bookstore I hadn’t seen before. I decided to stop and go inside.

The store was surprisingly cozy: wooden shelves with books stretched to the ceiling, creating a sense of warmth and tranquility. The soft light from the lamps around the store gave the place an intimate atmosphere. The bell above the door distracted the elderly owner from his book. He was drinking coffee, its aroma filling the entire space. He brewed it right there in the store.

Wandering between the shelves, I found several interesting books on psychology and art. I decided to buy them and chatted with the owner. He was a pleasant conversationalist, telling me about his store and recommending more books. This unexpected visit became a lovely end to the day and gave me a lot of food for thought.”

Day 5

Morning: “Today, I realized how much I still hold inside. Thoughts about past projects and mistakes I made prevent me from moving forward. I need to learn to forgive myself.”

Evening: “After finishing work, I decided to walk in the park, something I hadn’t done in a long time. I slowly strolled along the winding paths, trying not to get lost in thoughts but to focus on the surrounding world. I listened to the rustling of leaves under my feet, the singing of birds, and the distant sounds of the city. This simple walk brought peace and clarity, reminding me of the importance of being present in the moment.”

Andrew watched as the wind rustled the branches of the trees, squirrels scurried about, and the rays of the setting sun pierced through the canopies. This mindful approach helped him feel the present moment and give his mind a rest. He thought, ” I’m beginning to understand how important it is to disconnect from everything. I need to do this more often.”

During the week following his first session with David, Andrew consciously monitored his emotions and reactions to the world around him. He realized how many everyday situations could cause him stress or uncertainty and tried to analyze his responses to them.

Andrew recorded such moments in his journal, noting what caused him stress or discomfort, how he reacted to these situations, and what he could have done differently. He also wrote down his thoughts on what changes in his behavior or thinking he could make to handle similar situations better.

At his next meeting with David, Andrew planned to discuss his observations and thoughts, sharing his ideas on improving his strategies for managing stress and emotions. He also wanted to talk about what steps he could take to better understand himself and his emotional reactions. He decided that in addition to his morning and evening entries, he would include reflections on various moments that arose during the day.

Journal Entry:

“While working on the company’s finances, I noticed several potential areas for improving efficiency. I need to explore options for optimizing expenses and managing resources in more detail. I plan to meet with my key employees tomorrow to discuss these ideas and develop an action plan.”

“At today’s business meeting, I felt somewhat distracted. Usually, I am calm and confident in my decisions, but today, something seemed to be distracting me. Maybe it’s worth discussing with David at the next session.”

In the evening, back home, I suddenly realized that I couldn’t remember what I had for lunch today. Usually, I am attentive to my diet, but today seemed to pass me by. Maybe this is a sign that I must pay more attention to my health and nutrition.

Pondering what to write next in the journal, I got distracted and started doodling in the margins. Without much effort, I drew a pirate ship with sails billowing in the wind. I didn’t expect that after a twenty-year hiatus, my hands still remembered how to hold a pencil. Putting the journal aside, I realized how much this drawing helped me relax. Maybe I should try painting again? Who knows where this forgotten passion might lead me?

Andrew suddenly felt a desire to share his observations with David. Mindfulness was something he needed to work on. The journal entries were somehow helping him to view things with interest that had previously escaped his attention.

Walking through the park, he noticed incredible details of the surrounding world as if discovering them anew. The rustling of leaves underfoot sounded like a melody, leading him into a world of childhood where every sound brought joy and tranquility. Even the simple hum of an engine from a passing car penetrated his consciousness as if reminding him that life around him was filled with music. Watching the sunbeams piercing through the foliage, he felt warmth and peace, as if the touch of nature awakened new feelings and thoughts in him.

Andrew felt that his life was beginning to change, that he was changing. He was no longer the work-absorbed financier he had been just a week ago. Hope and a desire to live an entire life, to feel and be in harmony with himself and the world around him, were awakening in his heart.

Children’s laughter heard from afar evoked warm memories and brought a smile to his face. The breeze playing with his hair seemed to whisper the universe’s secrets, opening new horizons in his consciousness. All these observations gave new shades and meanings to his life.

Andrew realized true happiness lies in the simple moments he once considered insignificant. This realization filled his heart with gratitude and peace.

Maria spent the entire day after meeting with Emma at the art studio she and Linda had opened a couple of years ago. Watching the students’ effort and enthusiasm, Maria recalled her first steps into the art world. She passionately told the students about how she started painting, the challenges she had to overcome, and how it eventually led her to become a sought-after artist whose paintings were eagerly bought by city galleries.

The following day, Maria went to her workshop. She rented a small attic space from an old friend who charged her a symbolic fee. The workshop had a small balcony with a beautiful view of the park. In good weather, Maria would take her easel and set up to paint on the balcony. Today, she felt like painting in the fresh air. Taking her palette, Maria slowly began to spread paints of various shades.

Her gaze slid across the blank canvas, and inspiration beat her heart faster. She recalled the fleeting encounter with that mysterious stranger in the psychologist’s waiting room. At that moment, it felt like an invisible connection had formed between them as if she had known him all her life.

Maria began applying soft, smooth brushstrokes to the canvas to capture every emotion and moment of their meeting. Her work reflected excitement and hope, making her heartbeat in unison with each brushstroke. The man’s portrait began to take shape as if coming to life under her magical touch.

Maria carefully examined her paint-covered hand, feeling the joyful tremor in the vibrant colors again. Her fingers glided effortlessly across the canvas as if they knew on their own that they were creating something unique. There was a strange exhilaration in her heart that she hadn’t felt in a long time.

She closed her eyes, immersing herself in the memories of that encounter, feeling remarkably inspired. Maria continued to work, each brushstroke bringing new emotions as if she were reliving that moment. The man’s portrait began to take shape as if coming to life under her magical touch. Her work reflected her skill and a warm excitement, making her heartbeat in unison with each brush stroke. Her hand moved with confidence as if she were painting not just the contours of a face but the very feeling she experienced at that moment. She aimed to capture in every stroke the warmth that made her smile when they said goodbye.

Maria delved deeper into her work as if trying to capture every detail of that fleeting moment. Her heartbeat was faster, her breathing became more profound, and her hands moved confidently and passionately. Emotions coursed through her like a thrilling melody, making her tremble with excitement and joy.

She stepped back to look at her work when the last stroke was drawn. The man’s portrait was vivid, as if his eyes were looking straight at her, coming alive under her gaze. Her heart was grateful for this moment of inspiration she had captured on the canvas.

Maria stood before her painting, absorbed in her thoughts. Her eyes held hope and doubt as she asked herself, “Will I meet him again?” She couldn’t help but smile at the thought of how wonderful it would be to see him again.

After finishing her work, she brought the easel into the workshop and walked into the nearby park. Sitting by the pond, she admired the graceful swans for a while. Then, pulling out the folded piece of paper Emma had given her, she reread it.

Questions arose in her mind: “What will we talk about?” and “How should I behave?” Maria decided that she needed to prepare for this session. She went home, took a refreshing shower, and settled comfortably on the couch. Opening her laptop, she searched the internet for materials to help her understand how to approach the conversation more profoundly and what questions she should ask.

Maria found an article about the impact of art on emotional well-being. She was astonished to learn that numerous studies confirm the positive effects of creative activities on mental health. The article discussed various aspects of this influence, including stress reduction, increased self-esteem, the development of empathy, and improved overall mood. It noted that art could be a powerful tool for self-expression and self-reflection, allowing individuals to creatively convey their feelings, thoughts, and experiences.

This prompted Maria to reflect on the significance of art in her own life and work and to consider which specific art therapy techniques might benefit her personally.

A few days later, during a break between morning and evening classes at the studio, over a cup of cappuccino, Linda told Maria about one of her students struggling to depict an autumn forest, but whose painting ended up very abstract. Seeing the students’ work, Maria remembered the article she had read earlier and suddenly realized that this could be an excellent opportunity for her to try something new and experimental.

Deciding to take this step, Maria picked up her brushes and began working on her canvas. She felt her hands moving automatically, creating abstract shapes and color combinations. At that moment, she realized that she felt truly free and inspired for the first time in a long while.

Maria’s canvas displayed a stunning symphony of bright colors and unusual forms. She was creating an abstract piece of art where every line and hue seemed filled with living emotions. The work revealed an interweaving of various feelings: joy, sadness, hope, and fear. Each drop of paint on the canvas seemed to tell a deep and stirring story.

In the act of creation, Maria experienced a multitude of emotions. On the one hand, she felt the excitement of experimenting with an unusual style and painting technique. On the other, joy awoke in her heart at the opportunity to express her inner experiences on the canvas. Each brushstroke was a small step toward freeing herself from standard constraints and discovering new facets of her creativity.

As she immersed herself in the process, Maria felt her consciousness smoothly transition into a trance-like state. She became fully engaged with each brushstroke and let her intuition guide her across the canvas. Feeling like she was dancing, she transferred her emotions onto the canvas, giving free rein to her inner world.

Vivid images arose in her imagination, intertwining with the colors and forms on the canvas. Each brushstroke became a step into an uncharted world of mysteries and possibilities. She forgot about the outside world and was absorbed in the creation process as if becoming an instrument of her self-expression and emotions.

As the final strokes found their place on the canvas, Maria felt the inner whirlwind of creativity slowly subside. Her hand, skillfully wielded the brush moments ago, now paused, allowing her to take a fresh look at her creation. Her eyes scanned every detail of the painting as if seeing it for the first time, uncovering new nuances and meanings.

What she saw evoked genuine feelings of amazement and pride.

This painting had become a new creative experiment and an embodiment of her thoughts and emotions. Each stroke contained a piece of her soul, reflected on the canvas. Despite the unusual style, Maria felt that this work was a part of her, a true expression of herself.

Linda, a close friend of Maria, couldn’t hide her surprise, seeing Maria so inspired and wholly devoted to creating her painting. When Maria finished, Linda, who had always admired Maria’s artistic talent, approached the canvas to look closely at her creation. Her eyes reflected incredible admiration and amazement as she realized that Maria had created something extraordinary and unique, unlike her usual style.

Maria, this is amazing!” Linda exclaimed, unable to contain her excitement. “I’ve never seen you paint in this style. It’s like a new version of you! You’re incredible!”

Maria smiled at her friend’s words, feeling inner confidence and pride in her work. This new endeavor brought her a profound sense of satisfaction, a newfound confidence in her abilities, and a fresh, invigorating perspective on her creative potential, as if a dormant part of her had awakened.

The following day, Maria woke up with an inner peace she hadn’t felt in a long time. Yesterday had been full of discoveries and inspiration, and she wanted to continue her creative journey. When she entered her workshop, she felt the colors around her had suddenly become more vibrant and intense. Inspired by yesterday’s experience, she eagerly began working on a new project.

She perceived each brushstroke as a tangible manifestation of her feelings and emotions, which brought her immense satisfaction. Each stroke on the canvas was a whisper of her thoughts and experiences, and she felt that her creative potential was only beginning to unfold, as if the canvas was a mirror reflecting her inner world.

Maria’s heart resonated with childhood memories of happy times spent on the Amalfi Coast. She wanted to capture the sea in all its beauty and grandeur, recalling the endless blue waters, gentle breezes, and warm sand beneath her feet. Her painting became a living reflection of the inner peace and joy she experienced in childhood, symbolizing her pursuit of harmony and tranquility.

Immersed in the creative process once more, Maria felt free and inspired. As she left her workshop, she stopped before Andrew’s portrait. The image of the man on the canvas looked realistic as if he might step out of the painting and speak to her. Maria felt her heart beat a little faster, and a mysterious glimmer appeared in her eyes.

At that moment, she decided that this portrait needed to be at her home. This image symbolized something new and unexplored, a possibility of change and an encounter with something significant and exciting. She was confident that this portrait would remind her of her courage and readiness to embrace challenges.

On the day Andrew had his appointment with David, he woke up earlier than usual. The rain was pouring outside, and the windowpanes were streaked with colorful rivulets. Despite the gloomy weather, Andrew felt unusually uplifted.

He left bed and slowly walked to the window to enjoy the early morning view. After a few minutes of contemplation, Andrew started his day with a short yoga session. Spreading his mat right before the window, he spent about twenty minutes performing asanas that helped him relax and focus.

After finishing his morning yoga, he headed to the bathroom. Following a shower, Andrew approached his wardrobe. His mood dictated his attire—he chose a dark blue suit that perfectly highlighted his slim figure and gave him confidence. He paired the suit with a thin-striped tie, adding a touch of formality and elegance. Andrew wore exquisite shoes custom-made by a famous Italian shoemaker. These shoes, crafted from high-quality leather, were among his favorites.

Dressed, Andrew went down to the kitchen, where he prepared breakfast. Making a double espresso, he toasted two slices of crispy bread with avocado and fried eggs. During breakfast, he briefly checked the latest stock market news on his tablet. Everything was excellent. Andrew savored every moment of this peaceful morning.

After breakfast, he took his briefcase, ensuring all necessary documents and his journal, which he kept on his psychologist’s advice, were inside. Confirming he hadn’t forgotten anything, Andrew walked to the hall and waited for the elevator to take him to the underground car park.

His black luxury sedan purred cheerfully as he started the engine. Andrew loved this car for its perfect blend of sophistication and modern technology. To set the tone for his upcoming meeting with the psychologist, Andrew selected classical music—Sergei Rachmaninoff’s Piano Concerto No. 2. This piece, full of passion and emotional complexity, was perfect for reflection and self-analysis. The piano’s notes filled the car’s interior, creating an atmosphere of serenity. Each note tuned his mind to the right frequency, bringing clarity and pure thought.

When Andrew arrived at the building where David Miller’s office was, it was almost ten in the morning. Thanks to the air conditioning, Andrew walked through the glass doors into the cool lobby. He ascended to the designated floor, skimmed through his journal again to prepare himself, and knocked on David’s door at 10.

David opened the door with a welcoming smile:

“Andrew, great to see you. Come in.”

Andrew entered the office, sat down, and, feeling David’s support and understanding, began to share his thoughts and experiences.

***

The summer rain beat against the window, creating a rhythmic noise mixed with the morning sounds of the awakening city. Maria lingered in bed a little longer, enjoying the sound of raindrops falling on the windowsill. But time was moving on, and she needed to get ready.

After a refreshing shower, she approached her wardrobe and chose something light yet suitable for the rainy weather. She settled on an airy dress with a floral print that draped freely around her figure, creating a feeling of lightness and freshness. The dress was long enough to not worry about sudden gusts of wind.

To protect herself from the rain, Maria put on a stylish transparent raincoat that didn’t hide her outfit but added to its charm. She completed the ensemble with comfortable rubber boots that matched the overall mood of her look. A small yet roomy waterproof backpack was the perfect solution for such weather, allowing her to carry everything she needed without worrying about the rain.

People hurried about their business, sheltering under umbrellas. But Maria walked unhurriedly, enjoying the raindrops gliding down her transparent raincoat.

Before her appointment with the psychologist, she stopped by her favorite café. Ordering a cappuccino and a fresh, still-warm croissant, she sat at a table by the window. Sitting there, she watched the street, turned into a mirror-like path by the rain, and flipped through a fresh fashion magazine.

Maria smiled as she looked at the world outside the window, and her smile didn’t fade even in such weather. Seeing her joyful face, some passersby paused momentarily, wondering how someone could shine in such weather. But it was precisely this smile that made her morning special. She knew that happiness did not depend on the weather.

After finishing her coffee, Maria lingered for a few more minutes, waved to familiar faces, and, exchanging warm words with an elderly lady at the following table, left the café ready for discoveries at her next psychological session.

Assignment for the Reader:

Objective: This exercise will help you better appreciate the present moment and discover sources of inspiration in the world around you.

Steps:

Choose a Location: Find a quiet and pleasant place for a walk, preferably in nature, such as a park, forest, or river.

Turn Off Technology: To minimize distractions, leave your phone and other gadgets at home or turn them off during the walk.

Observation: Start the walk with deep, slow breaths. Focus on your sensations: what you feel underfoot, what scents fill the air, what sounds you hear.

Awareness: Try to notice everything around you with a sense of novelty, as if seeing it for the first time. Pay attention to small details—the shape of leaves, the play of light and shadow, the shades of colors.

Inspiration: Let the environment inspire you. Perhaps you will notice something new you previously ignored or find new ideas for your creative projects.

Reflection: Write down your thoughts and feelings for a few minutes after the walk. What did you learn? What surprised or touched you the most?

CHAPTER 5: THE ART OF SELF-DISCOVERY

“Well, Andrew, how’s our little experiment with the journal going? Haven’t you started writing about stocks and indices in the margins yet?” David joked as he settled into his chair.

Andrew smiled in response. He appreciated David’s ability to lighten the atmosphere.

“You know, it’s been harder than I thought. I’m trying to write down my thoughts and feelings, but it sometimes feels unnatural… I guess I’m too used to keeping everything inside.”

“That’s normal,” David nodded. “The important thing is the process, not the speed. You’ll learn to recognize and analyze your emotions, which will help you understand yourself better. How’s the work-life balance? We talked about its importance last time.”

“Honestly, the balance isn’t great. Work takes up most of my time,” Andrew admitted.

“I understand,” David replied. “Remember, our goal isn’t to change everything radically in one day. Small steps, Andrew. Maybe start by dedicating time to something important to you outside of work. Perhaps spend an hour a week on a hobby or sport. What do you think?”

“You know, David, there was an interesting moment when I was thinking about formulating my journal entry. Suddenly, I started drawing… a pirate ship, can you believe it? Surprisingly, it turned out well,” Andrew shared, his eyes lighting up with interest.

“Oh, that’s wonderful! Art can be a great way to express yourself and relax. How did you feel while doing it?” David asked, encouraging Andrew’s newfound hobby.

“It was… inspiring,” I’d say. For a moment, I forgot about all my tasks and just immersed myself in the process. Maybe I should spend more time on something like this,” Andrew said thoughtfully.

“Moments like these show you have the potential for balance in your life, Andrew. You’ve already started exploring new horizons. This little hobby might lead to bigger changes,” David smiled.

“You know, I used to draw quite well as a teenager. But when I was fourteen, my father insisted I take football seriously, and drawing took a back seat, eventually disappearing altogether,” Andrew said, slightly shrugging his shoulders.

“It’s interesting how decisions made for us in childhood can influence our choices throughout life,” David said thoughtfully. “Perhaps this is a good time to reconsider and revive your passion for drawing. It could be another way to balance work and personal time we’ve discussed.”

“Well, now that we’ve discussed your new interest a bit, let’s move on to today’s session,” David suggested, gathering the documents before him. “We’ve discussed the importance of paying attention to your inner world. Let’s focus on your progress with the journal. You mentioned you’re trying to write down your thoughts and feelings. What difficulties are you encountering?”

Andrew thought for a moment before answering.

“At first, it was hard to start. I always considered a journal like a to-do list or a business plan. But when I started recording my feelings, it helped me understand what was going on with me. The difficulty is not judging my thoughts, just letting them exist.”

“That’s an important step, Andrew. We often judge our feelings and thoughts as ‘right’ or ‘wrong.’ Your task is to record them without judgment. This will help you better understand yourself and your true emotions,” David explained. “So, what are the main insights you’ve gained while keeping a journal?”

“I think I’ve realized that I focus too much on work, neglecting my personal needs. I see now that I need to spend more time on myself, my hobbies, and relaxation. And, importantly, I’ve started to see the connection between my emotions and actions,” Andrew replied, looking into his psychologist’s eyes.

“It’s great that you’ve noticed this,” David agreed. “A journal doesn’t need to be perfect or strictly structured. It’s your personal space for self-expression. How do you feel after making entries?”

“I feel a certain relief. It’s like I’m letting go of the feelings and thoughts I no longer need,” Andrew shared.

“That’s good, Andrew,” David continued, leaning back in his chair. “It’s important to realize that journaling isn’t just an assignment; it’s a tool for self-discovery. You said you feel relieved when you express your thoughts and emotions on paper. That’s a good sign. Now, let’s deepen your practice.”

“How?” Andrew asked with interest.

“This week, I want you to pay special attention to the moment you feel joy. I’ve noticed that you often focus on work and stress but rarely pay attention to what brings you pleasure or happiness,” David explained. “Every time you notice a feeling of joy, write down what caused it. It could be anything: a pleasant conversation, a good meal, a walk in the fresh air, or even completing a task.”

“And what will that do?” Andrew looked intrigued.

“It will help you understand the source of positive emotions in your life. This will allow you to consciously include more of these moments in your day. Additionally, it will help you develop a more positive outlook on life, which is crucial for psychological balance,” David continued.

“That makes sense; it sounds like something that could help,” Andrew agreed, anticipating the new experiment.

“And one more thing,” David added with a smile. “Try to note what feelings and thoughts arise in those moments. This will improve your ability to analyze your emotions and enhance your understanding of yourself. Remember, every little thing matters.”

Andrew nodded, feeling a sense of agreement with David’s advice. He realized how little attention he paid to moments of joy in his life and wondered how this new focus might change his perspective.

“Considering your interest in drawing and the desire to explore your creative abilities, I propose we have a meditation session today to unlock your creative potential. “We’ll try to delve into your subconscious to understand and overcome any blocks that may have formed over time,” David suggested.

“How will that work?” Andrew asked, intrigued.

“We’ll start by making sure you’re comfortable in your chair. Close your eyes and take a few deep breaths. As you breathe in, feel the tension leaving your body. With each exhale, release all your worries,” David began, watching Andrew slowly relax. “Focus on your breathing. Feel the air entering your nose, filling your lungs, and slowly exiting. Imagine that with each exhale, you are releasing all your internal blocks and barriers that hinder your creativity.”

Once Andrew reached a certain level of relaxation, David continued:

“Now imagine that you are in a spacious, bright studio. Around you are many canvases, paints, and brushes. All of this is available solely for you. There are no limits or rules. You are free to create. Approach one of the canvases. Take a brush. Dip it in the paint that first catches your eye. Start painting. Don’t think about what you’re creating; let your hand move freely. Each brushstroke reflects your mood, your thoughts, your ‘self.’”

David paused, giving Andrew time to visualize each step:

“Notice how your feelings change as you paint. What emotions are you experiencing? Is there something surprising in what you see on the canvas?”

After Andrew spent some time in meditative creation, David gently began to bring him out of the state of relaxation:

“Now, having felt what it’s like to be free in your creativity, slowly return to the room. Feel your body in the chair, pay attention to the sounds around you, and slowly open your eyes.”

Andrew opened his eyes. “How was your experience?” David asked. “What did you perceive? What emotions and thoughts surfaced for you? Your experience is unique and valuable, and I’m eager to hear about it.”

“It was incredible,” Andrew began. “At first, I felt a bit tense, but my state changed when you talked about the studio and the canvas. I felt the tension leave and was replaced by inner warmth and calm. When I took the brush and started painting, it felt like I was losing control, but in a good way. My hand moved on its own without conscious effort. I felt each brushstroke freeing me from internal constraints.

“I saw a ship before me—the one I told you about earlier. But this time, it was more vivid and detailed. Around it was the sea, stirred by a gentle breeze. The colors were incredibly bright: blue, green, turquoise… It was so real that I could almost smell the salty water. Interestingly,” Andrew continued, “while painting, I felt joy. It was more than just the pleasure of the act of painting. It felt like a return to something very familiar and dear that I lost many years ago.”

David listened attentively, nodding in understanding.

“That’s wonderful, Andrew. Your description and the emotions you experienced during the meditation show how powerful such an exercise can be for inner exploration and self-expression. Think about using this experience to bring creativity and joy daily. It could be the key to balancing work and personal interests.”

“By the way, there’s one more detail I’d like to discuss,” Andrew continued as they talked about his visualization. “During the meditation, while painting the ship, I noticed a small figure standing on its deck. It was a boy, possibly my age when I last drew. He investigated the distance as if waiting for something important.”

“That’s very symbolic,” David noted. “You mentioned leaving drawing behind due to your father’s pressure and sports. Perhaps this boy represents a part of you still waiting for the chance to express itself through art. This part of you might seek its place in your current life.”

“Yes, that makes sense,” Andrew agreed thoughtfully. “I didn’t realize that part of my personality was still alive. Maybe it’s a sign that I should seriously consider reviving my interest in drawing.”

“These moments in meditation can reveal deep insights into our true desires and unconscious parts of our psyche,” David emphasized. “This is your chance to explore these aspects of your personality. Reflect on the image of the boy on the ship and what he symbolizes for you. This could be your compass in the search for creative passion and deeper self-understanding.”

After Andrew completed his painting, David proposed one final exercise for the session.

“Andrew, now that you’ve drawn your ship, imagine it approaching the shore of an unexplored land. This land symbolizes your future,” David began. “Close your eyes and imagine your ship gently touching the sandy shore. You step onto the shore. What do you see around you?”

Andrew closed his eyes and tried to visualize the scene. He saw sunlight filtering through the leaves of tall trees, birds singing in the branches, and distant mountains on the horizon.

“Feel the sun’s warmth on your skin,” David continued. “Look around. This is your future. What would you like to change in it? What opportunities would you like to explore? What places would you like to visit?”

Andrew imagined himself walking on this land, exploring every corner. He saw himself in a studio, painting large canvases, surrounded by other creators. Then he imagined spending time with his family in nature, laughing and enjoying the moment.

“Now imagine finding something precious on this land,” David said. “What is it? How could it impact your life?”

Andrew envisioned discovering an ancient book filled with rare knowledge about art and self-development. This discovery brought new meaning to his life and inspired him to share this knowledge with others.

“This is your future, Andrew. You can shape it however you want. Return to this place in your meditations. Explore, create, enjoy,” David concluded.

When Andrew opened his eyes, he felt a new wave of inspiration and confidence in his ability to shape his life actively, making it vibrant and meaningful. This visualization process brought him moments of peace and relaxation and gave him a clear vision of how he wanted to see his future.

“Andrew, I see today’s session was especially fruitful for you,” David said, smiling. “I think we’ve made an important breakthrough. How do you feel after this visualization?”

Andrew pondered for a moment, gathering his thoughts and emotions.

“I feel relieved and, at the same time, inspired. I’m grateful for this experience. It gave me a new perspective on my possibilities and desires.”

“That’s wonderful, Andrew. I encourage you to continue practicing meditation and visualization at home. Try to dedicate some quiet time for reflection at least a few times a week. This will help strengthen your connection with your inner self and maintain the creative flow we activated today,” David advised.

“Thank you, David. I will include this in my routine,” Andrew said confidently.

“Excellent. Our next meeting is scheduled for the same time next week. We’ll continue working on your goals and consider what other steps you can take to achieve balance in your life. Don’t forget to bring your journal so we can discuss your entries,” David reminded.

Andrew nodded as he got up from the chair. He felt energized and ready for new challenges.

“See you next time, David. Thanks for everything today,” Andrew said, extending his hand for a farewell handshake.

“See you, Andrew. Keep moving forward and remember that every step you take toward understanding yourself brings you closer to the life you aspire to lead,” David concluded, giving him a warm look as he left.

Leaving the psychologist’s office, Andrew headed toward the elevator. After waiting briefly, he noticed a door on the right leading to the stairs. “Why stand and wait?” he thought, smiling to himself. Andrew spun on his heels and headed for the stairwell. He wasn’t just descending; he was leaping down two steps at a time, like a boy, feeling light on his feet. With each jump, his heartbeat became more robust, anticipating freedom and new beginnings.

Meanwhile, Maria was on her way to her session with Emma Conrad, which was about to start in a few minutes. Neither of them suspected that they were moments away from a chance encounter.

Andrew burst into the street, feeling utterly free. He took a deep breath of the refreshing air and, smiling again, walked toward his car, full of new ideas and energy.

Assignment for the Reader:

Objective: Help readers explore their inner world and creative abilities through journaling practice.

Steps:

Choose Your Tool: Prepare a notebook or journal that will become your self-discovery diary. Choose one that inspires you—it could have a beautiful cover or pages.

Daily Entries: Start keeping a journal, writing not only about your thoughts and experiences of the day but also any creative ideas or impressions from art, music, books, or nature that have inspired you.

Visualization: Dedicate time once a week to creative visualization. Close your eyes and imagine creating something unique. After the visualization, try to describe or draw your vision in the journal.

Reflection: At the end of each week, read through your entries and note any recurring themes or ideas. Reflect on what these might mean in the context of your personal growth and creative expression.

Chapter 6: Reflections of the Past

Maria entered Emma’s office, excited and nervous about her recent artistic breakthrough. Emma smiled warmly and gestured for her to sit down.

“Emma, I feel like I’ve opened new horizons. My latest painting… it’s unlike anything I’ve done before. It’s abstract, but through it, I seem to understand my feelings better.”

“That’s wonderful, Maria. Abstract art can open doors to our deepest emotions. Tell me, what did you feel while working on it?”

“I felt liberated. It was as if all my hidden emotions and fears spilled onto the canvas,” Maria said excitedly. “It was… exhilarating and frightening at the same time.”

“Emma, I never thought I’d like abstraction, but my recent works… they’ve freed me somehow,” Maria continued enthusiastically, her eyes shining. “It opened a new way of expressing my feelings through shapes and colors beyond ordinary perception.”

Emma listened attentively, nodding in understanding.

“What do you think specifically triggered this shift in your art?”

“I experimented with lacquers and textures, which helped me express my feelings more directly.”

“Interesting experience,” Emma said, taking out her notebook. “I think we could use this new approach for the next step in your exploration.”

“Maria, let’s start by having you completely relax. Close your eyes and imagine you’re returning to Amalfi, your childhood town.”

Maria slowly closed her eyes, and her breathing became deeper and evener.

“Imagine you’re walking through the narrow streets, feeling the warm sun on your skin and the sea breeze in your hair,” Emma said.

“I feel… it’s like coming home. I hear the sea and the cries of seagulls.”

Maria’s words were filled with tenderness and longing for the past. Emma listened carefully, giving her time to reflect and emotionally return to those moments.

“That’s beautiful, Maria. Now, open your feelings to this place. What do you see around you?”

“Around me are old stone buildings, covered in traces of salt and time… and the market where I loved to wander, choosing fresh fruits.”

Maria’s voice trembled as she recalled every detail of her childhood, every scent and sound so dear to her. Emma gently supported her, encouraging her to share more.

“Let these memories fill you with light and warmth. What emotions do they evoke in you now?”

“Joy… and pain. It’s strange, the joy of the memories and the sorrow of loss.”

“Excellent, Maria. Now, let’s walk through the streets of the town. Is there a special place you’d like to visit in your imagination?”

“Yes, there’s a street where I first tried gelato. It leads to a small square where musicians often played.”

“What emotions do you feel being there?” Emma asked.

“Joy… and a bit of nostalgia,” Maria replied. “I feel the warmth of the sunlight on my skin and hear the laughter of friends.”

“Now, let’s take these feelings and try to transform them into symbols and colors on your memory map. Are you ready?”

Maria slowly opened her eyes, filled with determination and inspiration. Emma handed her a box of markers and a sheet of poster paper. Settling on the floor, Maria took the markers and began to draw.

“For this street, I’ll choose yellow. It’s as bright and sunny as my memories,” Maria said enthusiastically.

As she drew, Emma asked questions to help deepen each detail.

“And what about the sea? What symbol will you use to represent it?”

“For the sea… let’s use spirals. They symbolize the movement of the waves and my feelings of freedom when I look at the water.”

Maria continued to draw, and each symbol on the map reflected her inner world. Emma watched as Maria grew more confident and liberated from the weight of her past with each color and line.

“You know, Emma, this corner of the map is my favorite street. It was always so full of life. There was a little bakery where I would get fresh bread every morning.”

Maria reached for a blue marker and carefully drew a small building with a roof curved like an old Italian house.

“And this is my friend Lucia’s house. We often played hide and seek in the neighborhood. I drew her house in red because it was the brightest on the street, always full of noise and laughter.”

Emma smiled, seeing how the picture on the paper came to life along with Maria’s memories.

“Tell me more about what you feel when remembering these places.”

“When I draw these houses, it feels like I’m there again. I feel the warmth and care that surrounded me then.”

Maria moved to another part of the sheet, choosing a green color. She drew curved lines, depicting a long winding path leading to the sea.

“This was my adventure path. I would run down this path to the sea, each time as if it were the first. I felt free from everything on this slope for the first time.”

Maria paused, noticing how her voice trembled with excitement. Emma gently touched her shoulder, letting her know she was there.

After Maria finished drawing her path to the sea, Emma suggested shifting focus to other important aspects of her life. She noticed there was still a lot of space on the map.

“Maria, let’s talk about your parents. What do you remember about your time with them?”

Maria looked thoughtfully at the empty corners of the sheet, then slowly picked up a purple marker. With a trembling voice, she began to speak.

“My father always woke up early to prepare breakfast for the whole family. He made the best omelet in the world. Here, at this little table,” Maria said, continuing to draw, “we sat together every morning.”

A tear slid down her cheek as she drew. Emma watched every movement closely, providing support and space for her emotions.

“My father was a musician. He played many instruments, but he loved his guitar the most. Every evening, he played for us before bed. Those melodies… they always seemed magical.”

“What did those evenings mean to you?” Emma asked.

“They were my refuge. No matter what happened at school or outside, that music took me to another world. Where everything was calm and safe.”

“And here’s another special place: the music store on the corner. My dad often took me there with him. The store was full of instruments, and I felt like I was stepping into a fairy tale each time.”

Maria then picked up a green marker and carefully drew a small garden.

“And this is our garden. My mother spent a lot of time here. She tended to each plant as if it were a child. In this corner grew the most fragrant roses,” Maria added, drawing two crimson bushes. “I often helped her, and sometimes we just sat there, talking about everything.”

“These are beautiful memories, Maria. What feelings do they evoke in you?” Emma asked.

“I feel warmth, love, and a great sense of loss. I miss them… I miss those times,” Maria sighed deeply, trying to hold back her tears, but her voice was determined to continue. “You know, Emma, I still remember our last trip together in detail. We had such a great time in Rome, and then, when the tragedy was about to strike, I focused only on my fears. Why didn’t I hold their hands, say goodbye, and tell them I loved them?”

Emma gently took her hand, showing her she wasn’t alone in her grief. “Maria, you are powerful. Thank you for sharing this with me. These memories are a part of you, and you can turn them into your art, so they serve as a source of strength, not pain.”

Maria nodded, wiping her tears, and continued drawing with renewed vigor. She added a car to the map, the one that took her parents to the cemetery, coloring it gray to symbolize her loss. “I want this to be on my map, too. It’s part of my story, part of me.”

“You’ve done wonderful work today, Maria. How do you feel?” Emma asked.

“I feel like I can finally breathe deeply. These memories… they no longer seem like a heavy burden. They’re a part of me, and I’m ready to share them.”

“Maria, you beautifully express your feelings through these drawings. What can you do now to honor your parents’ memory?” Emma inquired.

“I’d like to paint a series of paintings about Amalfi. The town where I grew up, where my parents were alive, to depict my father, mother, our home, and garden, and convey the mood of my happy childhood.”

“That’s a wonderful idea, Maria. Creativity can be a bridge between the past and the present, helping you heal emotional wounds.”

After Maria finished drawing, Emma gently suggested that she put down the markers and close her eyes again. She began to speak slowly and calmly, helping Maria smoothly transition out of her deep emotional state. “Maria, now that you’ve shared your memories, let’s take a few deep breaths. Inhale peace, and exhale all that may trouble you. Feel your body becoming lighter with each breath.”

Maria followed the instructions slowly, her breathing becoming steadier and calmer. Emma continued to guide her with a soft tone that reinforced a sense of safety and tranquility. “Now that you feel the tension leaving your body, look at your memory map again. Each color and symbol is a part of your story that you bravely explored today. How does this reflect on you? How do you feel?”

“I feel relieved, Emma… and grateful. It’s like I revisited these places and met my parents. It was painful, but now I can breathe more freely.”

Emma nodded, acknowledging and supporting her feelings. “This is a critical moment, Maria. Being able to relive and express these memories through art shows your strength and ability to heal.”

“We use these techniques not only to help you remember but also to rethink your experiences so that they no longer hold you back in the past but help you build your future.”

“I think it’s working. For the first time in many years, I feel like I can talk about my parents without sharp pain. It’s still sad, but now there’s something soothing in that sadness.”

“That’s how it should be. The memory of loved ones is the pain of loss and the joy of the wonderful moments spent together. Your art and your words are bridges that connect you with your past and help you move forward.”

Maria slowly opened her eyes, her gaze warm and grateful. She looked at her memory map, feeling a new connection with each image, now carrying special meaning in her heart.

“Thank you, Emma. I feel like I made a big step forward today.”

Emma smiled in response, knowing that the session had been successful and that Maria now had new tools and perspectives to continue her journey of healing and creativity.

***

As he returned from a short business meeting, Andrew noticed a corner building that made him pause. The building, covered with a thin layer of history and city dust, housed an art studio, a small oasis of creativity amidst the gray streets. Sunlight, filtering through the shop windows, played on the walls with soft hues. Following his impulse, Andrew parked his car and headed inside.

Inside, the studio was bathed in light. High ceilings and expansive windows created a sense of spaciousness and freedom. The walls were adorned with various paintings—from abstractions to picturesque landscapes—that vividly told their unique stories.

As Andrew stepped inside, a young woman approached him with a smile. She was dressed in a light blouse and jeans, casually stained with paint, adding to her charm.

“Hello! How can I help you?”

“You know, I’d like to try painting.”

“Wonderful! My name is Linda,” she extended her hand, her eyes sparkling enthusiastically.

“And I’m Andrew,” he shook her hand, feeling the warmth of her palm transferring to him.

“Could you please fill out this form? We are open from 9 AM to 7 PM, with a break from 2 to 4 PM, and you can come whenever it’s convenient for you. If you need a personalized approach, my friend and studio partner will be here from 5 to 7 PM for evening classes, but you must book in advance.”

“Great. Sign me up for this Thursday, then. Do I need to bring anything with me?”

“No, all materials are included in the class fee. Just bring a good mood; that will be more than enough,” Linda replied.

Andrew smiled, feeling inspired and the desire to start something new.

“Then I’ll be here soon. Thank you.”

“We’ll be happy to see you! I’m sure you’ll enjoy it.”

Saying goodbye, Andrew left the studio, but the warmth and light emanating from Linda and her little artistic world stayed with him back in his office.

Assignment for the Reader:

After reading this chapter, I invite you to join Maria in her journey of self-discovery and creativity. You might find this not only a way to understand yourself better but also a means to enrich your life.

Your Assignment:

Create Your Memory Map: Take a large sheet of paper and colored markers or pencils. Start drawing a map of places that have been important in your life. This could include your home, school, first job, favorite park, or even a small café where you love to spend time. Connect each place with specific colors and symbols that reflect your feelings about them.

Write Letters: Choose a few places on your map and write letters to them. Address these places as if they were old friends. Tell them how they have influenced your life and what you feel when you remember them. This could be a letter of gratitude, farewell, or even an apology.

Share Your Experiences: If you feel comfortable, share your memory map or letters with someone close to you or on social media. This can be a catalyst for deep and meaningful conversations.

Reflect: After completing the assignment, ask yourself: What did I learn about myself? Are there memories that seemed painful, but now I can remember them differently? What feelings did this exercise evoke?

This exercise is designed not only for reminiscing but also for therapeutic self-expression through art and writing. It can help you see the beauty and lessons hidden in your past and use them to enrich your present and future.

Chapter 7: Behind the Scenes of the Day

Andrew sat in his spacious office on the top floor of a glass skyscraper, enjoying the morning view of the shimmering city. He had fresh reports on market trends that needed analysis before upcoming meetings—his day started with a morning briefing with the team of analysts. He reviewed the latest data and prepared for the strategy discussion.

The company’s lead analyst, Thomas Gray, was the first to attend the meeting. He was a medium-height, slim man with neatly styled dark hair and sharp eyes, further emphasized by his thin-rimmed glasses.

“Good morning, Andrew,” Thomas said, extending his hand to greet him. We’ve prepared the updated analysis you requested. The market shows increased volatility, but our diversified portfolios are steady.”

“Excellent, Thomas,” Andrew replied, glancing through the documents. “Let’s ensure our clients feel our support and understand the current situation.”

Elizabeth Wong, the head of risk management, was next to attend the meeting. She was a petite, energetic woman with short hair and a sharp mind who always found solutions in the most challenging situations.

“Andrew, we need to reassess our positions in the energy sector,” Elizabeth suggested. “Recent regulatory changes could significantly impact our investments.”

“Thank you, Elizabeth. Work through all possible scenarios and let me know your recommendations,” Andrew instructed her.

After the morning meetings, Andrew prepared for a lunch meeting with Michael Sanders, the CEO of a company he was negotiating a merger with. Michael was known for his strict manners and attention to detail. Andrew knew the upcoming discussion would require meticulous preparation and clarity in argumentation.

Andrew and Michael met in a private room at a restaurant to discuss the details of their strategic partnership. This partnership involved joint investment in new financial technologies, promising to improve customer service and increase operational efficiency for both companies.

“Andrew, it’s good to see you in fine shape,” Michael said as they met at the restaurant. He was older and more significant than Andrew, with a majestic presence. His gray hair added to his air of wisdom. His keen, steel-gray eyes seemed to understand everything even before his opponent uttered a word.

“Michael, I’m confident that our meeting today will strengthen our positions and open new growth opportunities,” Andrew began confidently.

” I’m glad we can discuss this potential for collaboration,” Andrew continued, offering Michael some coffee. “Our goal is to create a platform that effectively integrates our best practices and technologies.”

“I agree, Andrew. Both sides must see significant benefits in this,” Michael responded. “I’m particularly interested in the details of your risk and data management approach.”

Andrew nodded and continued:

“We’ve developed a system that allows us to manage risks efficiently at all levels. Integrating our data will enable us to analyze market trends better and respond quickly to changes. This should reduce our overall operational risks and increase profitability.”

“That sounds promising,” Michael replied, though he furrowed his brow. “But what about handling confidential information? This is a key concern for our clients.”

“Excellent question,” Andrew said. “We plan to use data encryption at all stages of processing. Additionally, we will implement strict access protocols for everyone working with this information.”

Michael pondered, carefully weighing the information he had received.

“I see that you’ve thought through many aspects, Andrew. Your preparation shows the seriousness of your intentions. Let’s discuss the next steps and possible timelines for implementing our project.”

Andrew’s Diary Entry After the Meeting with Michael

Date: July 19

This morning began with the usual hustle and tension I almost always feel before important meetings. The thought of the upcoming conversation with Michael filled me with a sense of inevitable tough negotiations. I knew that Michael is known for his directness and doesn’t compromise when it comes to his business. I expected that I would have to mobilize all my resources to convince him of the benefits of our collaboration.

Interestingly, today’s meeting exceeded all my expectations. I was prepared for tough resistance and complex questions, but the conversation unfolded differently. I recalled my psychologist’s advice about staying calm and paying attention to details, which played a role.

During our discussion, I tried to defend my position and show a deep understanding of Michael’s concerns. This created an atmosphere of mutual respect and willingness for open dialogue. I felt that each of my arguments was received without prejudice, and my proposals for risk management sparked interest rather than skepticism.

Michael expressed appreciation for my transparency and thorough preparation. This confirmed that our preliminary work and changes in negotiation approaches were correct. He even suggested several additional ideas for expanding our partnership, indicating his interest in collaboration.

On the way home, I reflected on how important it is sometimes to change one’s perspective on familiar things. Working with a psychologist is genuinely starting to bear fruit, not only in my personal life but also in the professional sphere. This experience makes me rethink many things and perhaps find new paths to success.

After returning to the office, Andrew felt the day’s tension tightening around his shoulders. He slowly walked around his office, gazing at the framed charts and graphs on the walls. They reminded him of his daily struggle to balance risk and profit. Echoes of today’s meetings and conversations still swirled in his mind.

Andrew sat at his desk, sighed, and looked at the clock. It was almost four. Today, he was supposed to visit the art studio for the first time. Remembering his intention, Andrew started to dial his assistant’s number to check for available spots for today’s session, but at the last moment, he changed his mind and put the phone down.

“No, I’ll do this myself,” he thought, dialing the studio’s number. After a couple of rings, the call was answered.

“Hello, Brooklyn Arts Studio, Linda speaking. How can I help you?” came the response from the other side.

“Good afternoon; my name is Andrew Harrison. I signed up for this evening’s class. Can you confirm that I still have a spot?” Andrew asked, trying to sound calm.

“Oh, Mr. Harrison, yes, I remember you! Your spot is confirmed. The class starts at five, and you’ll have two hours to work with our instructor,” Linda replied, her voice friendly and welcoming.

“Thank you, Linda. I’ll be on time,” Andrew said, smiling as he hung up the phone.

After the call, he felt some of the tension leave him. The prospect of doing something creative and different from his daily routine brought a fresh note to his day. Andrew quickly finished up the necessary work to leave the office on time.

As he exited his company’s building, a light smile appeared on his face—the smile of a man who had momentarily forgotten about the weight of business decisions and was heading toward a new experience full of unknowns and creativity. He was determined to immerse himself in the art world and temporarily forget the stress and strain of his everyday business schedule. This evening, he promised to start something new and inspiring.

Maria woke up to the warm rays of the sun playfully breaking through her bedroom curtains. The morning was bright and sunny, and she couldn’t help but smile, feeling that the new day was full of inspiration and creativity. Rising from her bed, she walked to the window and flung it open, letting in the fresh morning air. The sounds of the bustling streets filled the room, and Maria inhaled deeply, feeling each sound awaken her consciousness. The morning mood was perfect for creativity.

Maria’s day began with a gentle stretch, a ritual to awaken her body and mind. The soft melodies of her favorite tunes filled the air, setting the perfect backdrop for her morning workout. After her exercises, she ventured into the kitchen, the aroma of fresh ingredients guiding her. She selected ripe tomatoes, fragrant basil, and tender mozzarella, each promising a flavorful start to her day.

With breakfast prepared, Maria settled by the window, savoring the taste of her coffee and omelet and the view of the vibrant morning outside. As she finished her meal, she turned her attention to her wardrobe, a treasure trove of fabrics, colors, and styles. Today, she was searching for something special, a garment that would mirror the bright and sunny morning mood.

Maria carefully considered each dress, weighing its mood and style. Her eyes landed on a light chiffon dress with a delicate cream shade. It seemed made for a summer morning, its airy fabric dancing in the wind, inviting Maria to follow it on a bright and inspiring journey. The dress featured a delicate neckline adorned with fine lace, adding an air of mystery and sophistication. A belt of the same material as the dress accentuated her waist, highlighting her feminine curves.

To complete the look, Maria chose soft leather ballet flats that added a touch of lightness and ease. Accessories were an essential part of her ensemble. She preferred to emphasize details, adding elegant earrings, exquisite bracelets, and necklaces to her dresses and suits. Her jewelry collection was a true treasure trove, with each piece holding its own story and meaning.

Maria was a master at creating harmonious outfits, where every detail was thought out to the slightest nuance. She knew how to combine colors, textures, and shapes, so each outfit became a work of art. Today, she complemented her attire with graceful topaz earrings that highlighted the depth of her brown eyes and added brightness to her look. She let her hair down, allowing the curls to fall freely over her shoulders, framing her face and adding more freshness and spontaneity to her appearance.

Looking at herself in the mirror, Maria smiled, feeling that this outfit perfectly reflected her mood and inner light. She was ready to greet the new day with an open heart and joy.

On her way to her workshop, Maria met her elderly neighbor, Mrs. Jones, who, as usual, was out for a morning walk with her cute pug.

“Good morning, Mrs. Jones,” Maria greeted her with a smile.

“Oh, good morning, Maria,” Mrs. Jones replied, smiling a little shyly. “How are you?”

“Everything is great, thank you. How is your morning going?” Maria asked, noticing a hint of sadness in her elderly neighbor’s eyes.

“Ah, you know, Maria, lately things haven’t been going so well,” Mrs. Jones sighed. “One problem after another, and I feel so tired.”

“I understand, Mrs. Jones. Sometimes life is unpredictable and tests us, but I’m sure you have the strength and wisdom to overcome any difficulties,” Maria said soothingly, smiling at her with warmth and support.

Mrs. Jones looked at Maria with gratitude in her eyes.

“Thank you, Maria. You always find the right words to lift my spirits. You’re such a wonderful young woman.”

“The feeling is mutual, Mrs. Jones. If you ever need help or just someone to listen, I’m always here,” Maria assured her, giving the neighbor a comforting hug.

Mrs. Jones smiled, feeling the warmth and support emanating from Maria.

“Thank you, dear. You’re so kind. Have a wonderful day.” Maria watched Mrs. Jones Walk away and continue to the workshop, feeling inspired and ready for the new day.

Maria continued her journey. On the way, she was to meet her old friend Alex at a café for a cup of coffee. Alex, the owner of the workshop he rented to Maria for a symbolic fee, always had amusing stories to share. Maria never knew if they were invented or read somewhere, but they always sounded as if they had indeed happened. Alex was an excellent storyteller.

Today, warmly greeting Maria, Alex ordered them a cup of coffee. He remembered a story when they exchanged the usual pleasantries and news about their lives.

“In a small town, there lived a renowned sculptor known for his incredibly lifelike statues. One day, while working on a portrait of a local benefactor, his dog, Rufus, decided to help. When the sculptor stepped away to fetch some paint, Rufus thought it was time to add his touch and started playing with the clay on the table. When the sculptor returned, he found that Rufus had made a huge clay blob and stuck it on the head of the future statue. The sculptor was horrified but quickly realized that this added a unique and distinctive touch to the portrait. He accepted it as a challenge, and instead of getting upset, he incorporated the clay ‘hairdo’ into the overall look, turning an ordinary portrait into a work of art with character and humor. When the benefactor saw the result, he was delighted and even commissioned another statue with Rufus as the model. Since then, everyone who saw the statue would smile, imagining how the dog had participated in the creative process.”

Maria laughed heartily, picturing the image of the benefactor.

“You know, Maria, I recently went to a contemporary art exhibition and saw paintings that raised more questions than answers. One was titled ‘Abstract Chaos,’ it looked like random paint splatters. So, I asked the guide how one could tell that this art was worth a lot of money. He smiled and said, ‘If you look at abstraction and feel you couldn’t replicate it with your hands, then it’s worth more!’ And that’s when I realized my potential—my random splatters on the dinner table could very well pass for ‘Symphony of Chaos!’”

“Haha, Alex, that’s hilarious!” Maria exclaimed, laughing cheerfully. “You know how to lighten the mood. Your culinary creations could be a real hit at a contemporary art exhibition!”

Warmly bidding Alex goodbye, Maria climbed to her studio, full of inspiration.

Assignment for the Reader:

Objective: Learn to recognize your reactions and feelings, better understand your emotional responses, and cultivate a positive outlook on your day.

Steps:

Preparation: Take a small notebook or create a file to make entries throughout the day. Be prepared to record your emotions and reactions to various events.

Observation: Throughout the day, when you encounter any significant situation—whether a conversation, a task, or an unexpected event—write down your initial reaction and feelings. Please describe the problem and your thoughts now it happens.

Reflection: At the end of the day, take some time to review your entries. Analyze which events triggered which emotions and why you reacted the way you did. Ask yourself:

Which reactions were productive and positive?

Which reactions could be altered for a better outcome?

What lessons can I learn from my reactions today?

Planning: Based on your analysis, think about how you can change or improve your reactions in the future. Plan how you can respond more consciously or positively in similar situations tomorrow.

Repetition: Repeat this exercise daily for about a week. This will help you develop a more mindful and positive approach to your daily reactions and increase your emotional resilience.

Chapter 8: An Unexpected Meeting

Despite her emotional and seemingly carefree nature, Maria always started her creative work with detailed planning. Setting deadlines, defining goals, and developing thorough action plans, she ensured that each painting in the series was meticulously crafted and met her high standards. Her notebook carefully marked the completion dates for each painting, and a schedule on her studio wall displayed the project’s work stages. Maria understood that even the most intense passion requires organization and hard work to transform into a work of art worthy of eternal memory.

She decided to create a series of seven paintings about her childhood home. After careful consideration, Maria wrote down the following work plan:

“The House in the Garden”: The first painting in the series will show Maria’s cozy home surrounded by green alleys and blooming bushes. In the depths of the garden, her mother can be seen tending to the plants, surrounded by bright flowers and green foliage.

“Musical Evenings”: This painting depicts family gatherings at Maria’s home. In the foreground is her father, sitting at the piano, playing melodies that fill the air with music. Friends and neighbors gather around him, admiring his performance.

“Family Dinners”: In this painting, Maria shows a scene of a family meal, with the table set with exquisite dishes and joyful smiles on her parents’ faces. It reflects a family dinner’s warm and friendly atmosphere, where everyone enjoys the moment together.

“Walks Around the City”: This painting will depict the family walks around Amalfi: the streets they strolled together, the places they loved to visit, and the views that left an indelible impression on Maria and her parents’ hearts.

“Inspiration from Mother’s Garden”: This painting will show Maria sitting in her home garden, surrounded by bright flowers and green foliage.

She will be depicted thoughtfully painting on a canvas, inspired by nature’s beauty.

“Father’s Melodies”: This painting will portray Maria’s father, sitting in a cozy room of their home, surrounded by musical instruments, holding a guitar in his hands.

“Family Portrait”: The final painting in the series will be a family portrait, where Maria will paint her family with smiles on their faces and mutual embraces. This portrait will symbolize their bond and tender relationships.

Maria started with rough sketches. Her pencil glided effortlessly over the paper, creating only the most general outlines of the future images. These were mere strokes, fleeting thoughts she wanted to capture before they vanished from her imagination.

As she worked, the images began to take shape and come to life. Maria added details, refining the outlines and forms as if inviting her ideas to life on the canvas. Her movements were light and confident, as if she were merely following the flow of her imagination.

Maria’s sketches were full of life and movement. They captured moments of emotion, bursts of color, and light she had seen in her dreams and memories. Each pencil stroke brought her closer to finished work, a new piece of art waiting to come alive on the canvas.

Maria delved deeper and deeper into the creative process. Her gaze became focused, her attention fixed solely on the canvas before her. Time lost its meaning, and she immersed herself ever more deeply in the world of her creative ideas. In this state, her inner voice grew stronger, guiding her movements and helping to express what could not be said with words. She became one with her work, as if it lived inside her, simply waiting for the opportunity to emerge through the canvas.

In an inspired creative trance, Maria did not notice the passage of time. Her attention was wholly absorbed in the creation process, and the world around her seemed distant and unimportant.

Linda’s call sounded distant, barely piercing the fog of Maria’s creative surge. As if abruptly pulled from a deep sleep, Maria raised her eyes from the canvas in a daze. Her heart still beat in time with the creative impulse, and her ears responded to the outside world with astonishment.

Linda, her caring friend and partner in the art studio, had gently interrupted her immersion in the creative process, reminding her about the evening class. “You have a class at 5 PM. There will be a new student today. An interesting man,” Linda said in a teasing tone.

Maria slowly came to her senses from the flow of emotions, still feeling the vibrations of creativity in her hands. She glanced at the clock and realized how quickly time had flown by.

Returning to reality, Maria felt slightly disappointed that her creative drive had been interrupted. But her mind quickly shifted to ordinary concerns and needs, reminding her that it wouldn’t hurt to have lunch.

She rose from her chair, feeling the muscles in her back relax after a prolonged drawing session. Walking to the refrigerator, she looked over its contents but found nothing to eat. The thought of having lunch at a café seemed an excellent way to relax and recharge.

Descending the street, Maria headed to the French Café des Artistes, a recently opened and seemingly charming place. The café was close to the art studio, so Maria wasn’t worried about being late.

Maria entered the cozy café, feeling the pleasant cool breeze of the air conditioning.

A waiter, smiling, greeted her at the entrance. “Good afternoon, mademoiselle. Where would you prefer to sit – by the window or in the back of the hall?” he asked, handing her a menu.

“Thank you. I’ll choose a place by the window. Please, that table over there, if it’s available.”

“Of course,” the waiter responded politely, smiling. “Take your time; I’ll be with you in a few minutes.”

Maria glanced around the café’s interior. Light beige walls adorned with photographs of Paris and picturesque French landscapes, soft light filtering through high windows creating a play of light and shadow on the cozy tables and chairs, and the pleasant background noise of patrons’ conversations—all these details blended into a cohesive whole, giving the place a unique charm and appeal.

Maria felt as if she had been transported to the streets of Paris, where every corner of the café breathed in an atmosphere of romance and nostalgia. Despite the hustle and bustle around her, she felt calm and serene, as if here, among the aromas of coffee and fragrant spices, time slowed down so she could savor every moment of this beautiful place.

She slowly perused the menu, stopping at each name, trying to choose something interesting.

“Excuse me,” she addressed the waiter when he approached her table. “What is ‘Bouillabaisse’? I’ve never heard of this dish.”

The waiter smiled and replied, “Bouillabaisse is a traditional fish stew from the southern region of France. It’s a soup with fish and seafood, such as mussels and squid. It’s usually served with a flavorful sauce seasoned with spices and herbs. It’s an excellent choice for seafood lovers and true gourmets.”

Maria listened attentively to the description, feeling like an explorer discovering new culinary horizons.

“It sounds interesting,” she said. “I think I’ll have it.”

She smiled gratefully at the waiter, knowing her choice would bring her a new experience and taste sensation.

“And what would you like to drink?” the waiter asked politely, looking at Maria.

“What would you recommend?”

The waiter smiled and suggested, “I recommend trying the ‘Kir Royale’ —a fresh and aromatic cocktail made with white wine and red Cassis syrup. Don’t worry; it hardly tastes like alcohol. It has a pleasant fruity flavor and perfectly complements your Bouillabaisse choice.”

Maria was delighted with the suggestion.

“That sounds wonderful,” she said, smiling. “I’ll have the ‘Kir Royale,’ please.”

Enjoying her delightful lunch, Maria thanked the waiter for the excellent dish recommendation and, promising to become a regular customer, hurried to the studio to prepare for her upcoming classes.

***

After a long day at work, Linda and Maria’s studio became a creative oasis for its students. Among them were people from various professions: a weary bank clerk dreaming of a break from numbers and documents, a teacher looking for a new way to express her talents, a doctor seeking refuge from a stressful schedule in art, and a young student whose passion for painting was her guiding star in the world of art exploration. They all came to Maria’s studio to immerse themselves in the world of colors and imagination, allowing themselves to forget all their daily worries and turn their dreams into works of art under her guidance.

Each student had their preferences in painting. The bank clerk preferred abstract compositions, where he could express his emotions and moods through bold colors and shapes. On the other hand, the teacher preferred landscapes and still life, striving to convey the beauty of the surrounding world with natural tones and careful detailing. The doctor favored portraits, exploring human nature through gazes and facial expressions, while the student happily experimented with various techniques and styles, from realism to abstraction.

Classes were held every evening for two hours, during which Maria offered individual guidance and support to each student. During the sessions, they delved into the art world, studying different techniques and styles and trying to apply them to their works.

The students’ progress was noticeable over time. The bank clerk learned to express his feelings through bright colors and abstract forms, the teacher achieved a higher level of mastery in conveying details and atmosphere in landscapes, the doctor learned to capture emotions and individuality in portraits, and the student gained confidence in her abilities and began to find her artistic voice.

As indicated in his application, Andrew Harrison, a finance specialist with virtually no painting experience, was expected to join the class this evening.

Leaving his car in the office parking lot, Andrew walked purposefully through the streets of Brooklyn, not looking around. He was full of hopes to rekindle his passion for painting, which he had abandoned in school. Approaching the studio door, he took a deep breath and stepped inside.

Linda greeted him at the entrance with a smile and extended her hand to welcome the new student. She immediately introduced him to Maria, who was finishing setting up her easel.

“Andrew, this is Maria, my partner and one of our best artist-teachers at the studio. Maria, Andrew wants to refresh his painting skills.”

Maria looked up, momentarily setting aside her preparations for the lesson, and her eyes lit up when she saw Andrew.

“Andrew? We’ve met before, haven’t we? What a small world,” she said with a smile.

“Yes, it’s quite unexpected,” Andrew replied with a smile. “I hope you can help me remember how to hold a brush.”

Maria nodded, and they both laughed. She led him to an easel where paints and a canvas were already set up.

“Let’s start with the basics,” Maria suggested. “I’ll show you a few fundamental techniques to help you recall what you knew and perhaps discover something new.”

As they laid out the paints and brushes, Maria shared her thoughts on painting and asked Andrew about his life, interests, and what had brought him back to art after so many years.

“I’ve always felt like I lost something when I gave up painting,” Andrew admitted. “But recently, I realized I needed something that would allow me to express myself differently, not just through business.”

“Art might be exactly what you need,” Maria said gently. “It helps us see and understand the world and ourselves more deeply. What would you like to paint today for our first lesson?”

“I was thinking of painting something like an old castle or a deserted fort. Something with an atmosphere of history and adventure,” Andrew replied.

“That sounds interesting! Such a choice will let you showcase your creativity and experiment with various textures and shades. Let’s start by finding inspiring images or photos for your project.”

“Yes, that sounds great! I’ve already looked at a few pictures of old castles online. I think this could be a fascinating project.”

“Great, then let’s begin with a simple sketch,” Maria said, “to outline the composition and main elements of your future painting. Remember, the goal isn’t to strive for perfection initially but to learn to express your ideas on canvas.”

Sitting before his work with a brush in hand, Andrew curiously watched Maria. His gaze lingered on her facial features, captivated by the genuine smile that lit up her face. He noticed her hair moved gently with her motions, and her eyes sparkled when she spoke about her passion for painting.

The studio was filled with soft evening light as the sun set, adding magic to their first shared lesson.

Andrew, who had focused on his first painting in the last two decades, felt his doubts and fears dissipate.

“I think I’m starting to understand why you love doing this so much,” he said, not taking his eyes off the canvas.

“And this is just the beginning,” Maria replied, smiling and continuing her work beside him.

Assignment for the Reader:

Objective: Develop creative thinking and imagination by creating a unique story or image.

Steps:

Choose a Perspective: Select a window in your home or anywhere else. This window will become a symbolic “gateway” to another world.

Observation and Inspiration: Look through this window for 10-15 minutes, noting everything you see: people, nature, buildings, weather, etc. It’s important to fully immerse yourself in the observation process, setting aside all distracting thoughts.

Creative Assignment: Write a short story or poem based on your observations. Imagine that beyond this window lies an entirely different world or era. What stories could unfold there?

Drawing: Create a drawing or painting inspired by what you saw. This can be a realistic depiction or an abstract piece reflecting your impressions and feelings.

Reflection and Discussion: Consider how the creative process affected your mood and well-being after completing the task. Share your works with friends or on social media, discussing the impressions and feelings you experienced.

Regular Practice: You can perform this exercise once a week, each time choosing a new window or perspective for observation.

Chapter 9: At the Crossroads of Desires

Andrew closed the studio door behind him, feeling a light fatigue and an unexpected surge of energy. The evening enveloped the city with its soft veil, and the streetlights painted long shadows on the sidewalk. On his way home, he almost mechanically stopped to buy his favorite coffee—the one he preferred after long meetings at the office. But today, the coffee seemed different: the aroma was more decadent, the taste more vibrant.

The walls of his spacious living room were adorned with works of art, but today, they seemed incredibly inspiring. He imagined how a painting created by his hand—the one he had started today under Maria’s careful guidance—would look among them.

Settling into his favorite deep chair, Andrew let his thoughts wander. Maria… Her image lingered in his mind: the way she leaned over the canvas, her curls casually falling over her shoulders, her eyes shining intently in the lamp’s light. Andrew realized that it was her presence that made the painting process so special. She didn’t just show him techniques; she opened a world where every brushstroke was a word in a quiet dialogue between the artist and his inner self.

For a moment, Andrew felt a surge of emotions he hadn’t experienced in a long time. Work, career, constant stress—all of it receded, making way for new, tender emotions. Maria and art seemed to rekindle the quiet flame he had almost forgotten in his soul.

Standing and walking to the window, he looked at the evening city and thoughtfully ran his hand along the glass. Suddenly, the world outside appeared different to him. He wanted to be part of more than just financial reports and endless meetings. Deep down, he knew that art and Maria could connect him to the world he had been missing.

Andrew understood that important tasks awaited him, especially the upcoming merger deal, which could significantly bolster his position in the financial world. He knew this required total concentration and strategic thinking. However, thoughts of Maria and painting kept returning to him. Andrew felt his heart gravitating toward art, the freedom of expression he experienced in Maria’s studio. Yet, he also knew he couldn’t afford to be distracted from his business, especially now.

Deep inside, Andrew knew he couldn’t reject his newly rediscovered passion. He decided to find a way to balance his life to avoid losing touch with what truly mattered to him. Andrew felt himself at a crossroads. The path he chose would determine not only his career but also his personal life.

Returning to his chair, Andrew picked up the notebook he usually used for jotting down business ideas and projects. The pages were filled with numbers and analytical notes, but he opened a new page today.

“What do I feel?” he wrote at the top of the page, then let his thoughts flow freely.

“Today reminded me that business success requires sacrifices, including personal time and emotional energy. I’m on the brink of a significant deal that could change my career. But why do thoughts of brushes and paints seem so alluring?

Art opens new horizons. With Maria by my side, I feel like I’m opening a new chapter in my life where I don’t have to hide my passions and interests.”

“She sees me for who I truly am, not just as a successful businessman, but as a person searching for meaning and beauty in the world around him.”

Andrew turned the page and continued:

“How often do we sacrifice our true desires to meet the expectations of others? Career, success, money—all of that is great, but when was the last time I did something solely for myself? Why does painting stir me in such a storm of emotions?”

“Does Maria represent a world I left behind or could embrace? Her ability to express herself through colors and canvases is inspiring. Can my soul find peace in the art I abandoned by chance many years ago?”

Andrew pondered how blurred the lines between his professional and personal life had become.

He realized that striving for a balanced life was not only a practical matter but also deeply personal.

“What path will lead me to happiness?” he asked silently. “Should I continue down the well-trodden road, or is it time to take a risk for something real, something that truly matters to me?”

These questions remained unanswered, but Andrew felt ready to seek those answers for the first time in many years. He knew that the coming days would bring new challenges, but now there was hope in his heart—hope for change, for a new beginning.

Looking up from his notes, Andrew caught his reflection in the dark window. He saw in himself a confident leader and strategist and a man yearning for change and new experiences.

“Maybe it’s time to stop being afraid,” he thought. “Perhaps it’s time to take the leap and see where this new path with Maria leads.”

With a sigh, he closed his notebook and returned to preparing documents for tomorrow’s business meeting.

After her classes at the studio, Maria walked home leisurely along the illuminated streets. Her mind was filled with memories of the evening spent at the studio with Andrew when he seemed to have discovered something new and vital through art. A warm joy blossomed when she realized she could help him in this discovery.

Maria poured herself a cup of green tea at home and settled on the small couch by the window. She loved this moment of the day when she could be alone with her thoughts. Twirling a brush she had forgotten to put away after work, she gazed at the darkening sky.

“Andrew is so unusual,” she pondered. “He lives in a world of numbers and contracts, but today I saw a passion in his eyes, the same passion I feel when I paint.”

Maria felt a mix of joy and worry. The pleasure that Andrew was discovering a new world that could bring him true happiness and worry about the challenges they might face on this path.

“Art changed my life,” she continued her thoughts. “It taught me to see beauty in the ordinary and find harmony even in chaos. But is Andrew ready for such changes? And how will it affect his career?”

Maria understood that Andrew’s financial world was far more ruthless and demanding than his world of art. She worried that his pursuit of art might become a significant challenge for him. Maria considered the possibility of later introducing Andrew to her circle of artistic acquaintances, allowing him to interact with people who had already found a balance between creativity and business.

Early in the morning, Andrew was working on financial reports and analytics for the upcoming merger deal. His office was filled with silence, broken only by the clicks of his keyboard and the hum of the waking city outside the window.

“Maybe I need a change,” he admitted, finishing the last report. “Maybe now is the time to open a new chapter in my life.”

Andrew had just completed reviewing the latest report when his deputy, Mark, entered his office.

“Andrew, do you have a minute? We just received the latest numbers from the analytics department. We have a few interesting points to discuss before tomorrow’s meeting.”

“Of course, come in, Mark. Let’s look. What’s on your mind?”

Mark laid out the graphs and tables, pointing to key financial metrics.

“Here, look. Our margin in the second quarter has grown, but our expenses have a few vulnerable spots. If we can optimize these processes, we might increase our overall profitability.”

“Excellent,” said Andrew. “This is crucial for our merger proposal. We need to demonstrate the potential for improving operational efficiency. What about risks? How’s our market trend analysis?”

“Some preliminary data indicate a possible slowdown in the sector. We need to discuss how this might affect our post-merger strategy,” Mark replied.

“Got it. Let’s deepen the analysis and prepare strategic recommendations. I want us to be proactive, not just reactive, to these changes.”

“Great, I’ll gather the team immediately,” Mark responded enthusiastically.

As Mark left the office, Andrew pondered for a moment. Each meeting like this reminded him of his role and responsibilities. He sighed and glanced at the documents before him. “This is what I do best,” he thought, yet deep down, a feeling of doubt continued to nag at him.

After a detailed discussion with his team, Andrew felt reassured that they were fully prepared for the upcoming deal.

The evening was approaching, and Andrew, having completed the final preparations for tomorrow’s business meeting, leaned back in his chair. His gaze fell on the monitor, where his screensaver displayed the castle he had begun painting in Maria’s studio. It was an ancient castle surrounded by a dense forest and shrouded in mist, giving the image a mysterious and almost magical feel.

For a moment, Andrew allowed himself to forget about numbers and reports. He remembered how that day in the studio had made him see the world in a new light. Painting the castle wasn’t just an attempt to create something; it was an immersion into another state, where time lost its grip, and each brushstroke brought him closer to something eternal and meaningful.

“What if I can make this a part of my life?” Andrew pondered. He had asked himself this question many times in the past few days, and the answer seemed more convincing each time. He felt the old fears and doubts associated with the constant need to excel in business slowly retreat before the desire to live more fully, more vividly.

“Maybe I can find a way to combine these two worlds,” he thought again. Art inspired him to see possibilities where he had only seen tasks and challenges before. Smiling, he realized he was looking forward to tomorrow’s art lesson more than the meeting with investors.

***

The morning began early for Maria. She got out of bed and, wrapping herself in a light robe, went to the kitchen for a cup of coffee. As she passed by the wall where Andrew’s recently finished portrait hung, she stopped, momentarily caught off guard. On the canvas, Andrew looked at her with such intensity that, for a moment, she felt he was indeed there in her apartment. His eyes on the painting, full of contemplation and sparkles, reminded her of their first fleeting meeting in David and Emma’s waiting room.

Maria stood there for several seconds, staring at the portrait, feeling a blush creeping up her cheeks from sudden shyness. She was only in a light robe, and although she knew it was just a painting, it felt like she was standing before Andrew himself.

“This is silly,” she whispered to herself, trying to shake off the feeling of embarrassment.

Pouring herself a cappuccino, Maria returned to Andrew’s portrait, unable to tear herself away from it. On the face of the painted Andrew lay the shadow of a smile, so characteristic of him when he listened to her recommendations while painting. Maria remembered how carefully she had chosen the colors for his eyes to capture their depth and softness, which had captivated her during their first encounter.

Squinting slightly, she examined the details of his face — the lines of his forehead, the slightly raised eyebrows, the contour of his lips. She remembered how she had tried to convey not only his appearance but also his inner world, his seriousness, and the hidden softness that made him so special in her eyes.

For a moment, Maria felt her heart beat faster. It was something more than mere artistic admiration. This process and creation consumed her, and now, standing half-naked before his image, she felt strangely vulnerable.

“You make me feel so much, Andrew, even just as paint on canvas,” she whispered, smiling at the portrait. “What will it be like when we meet again?”

Maria allowed herself a moment longer in front of the portrait, immersing herself in her thoughts and feelings before returning to her morning ritual. She knew that this day in the workshop would be unique. Today, she would continue working on the paintings about Amalfi, and in her mind, the work was already playing out in colors.

Arriving at the workshop, Maria began by preparing the space for a new day of creativity, laying out paints, brushes, easels, and fresh canvases. She paid particular attention to the choice of palette — for the painting, she selected warm shades of yellow, gold, and azure, which reminded her of sunny days in Amalfi.

First, Maria started with the background layers. She carefully worked on the sky, smoothly transitioning from the warm dawn to the bright Mediterranean noon. Then, she moved on to the sea, adding depth and movement with mixed shades of blue and green.

After the background, Maria began adding architectural details of Amalfi. She meticulously worked on each element, reproducing the winding streets and characteristic houses with bright facades. This process required high concentration and precision, as each house, roof, and window had to be perfectly integrated into the overall composition.

She continued with the fine detailing of the house facades, adding shades that made the scene more realistic and inviting. Every window and door seemed slightly ajar, as if waiting for old friends to return.

Moving on to the next stage, Maria focused on adding details that brought the painting to life: people on the streets, flowers on balconies, shadows from sun umbrellas on cozy cafes, and a small market on the central square.

She used finer brushes for minor details, slowly giving the painting a sense of completeness and life. She tried to convey movement and emotions — the joy of meetings, the tranquility of walks through the old town. These figures were not just part of the scenery; they brought it to life, filling it with events.

As an artist, Maria always tried to paint and tell stories through her paintings. With each stroke, she left a part of herself on the canvas, making each work a unique reflection of her inner world.

The air in the workshop became saturated with the smells of paints and solvents. Maria set aside her brushes and stepped back from the canvas, assessing the progress of her work. The painting of Amalfi was beginning to take on a vibrant, lively look.

Glancing at the clock, Maria realized it was time for a break. She removed her protective smock, revealing her light summer clothes underneath, and stepped out of the studio. The streets were full of life, and the summer breeze brought with it the aromas wafting from nearby cafes.

Maria decided to take a walk to a small park not far from her studio. Stopping by a café, she bought a coffee and a small piece of chocolate cake—a reward for a productive morning.

As she approached the park, she immediately felt her breathing slow. The city noise seemed distant and almost unreal among the old trees and neatly trimmed bushes.

Maria walked past flower beds adorned with colorful flowers: asters, marigolds, and salvia. Each flower was painted by nature’s brush with such mastery that any artist would envy the natural harmony of color and form. Maria stopped to inhale their fragrance, her gaze lingering on a bee busily collecting nectar.

Further along the path, Maria noticed an old bench surrounded by hydrangea bushes. An older woman sat on the bench. Sparrows and a few bright blue tits gathered around her. Maria watched the birds flit repeatedly, chirping and flying away. The sight brought a smile to Maria’s face—she admired this simple scene of harmony between humans and nature.

After a minute of observing, Maria approached and spoke softly to get the woman’s attention.

“Hello,” she said with a smile. “I hope I’m not disturbing you, but I couldn’t help but notice how wonderfully you interact with the birds.”

The woman turned to her with a kind smile, her eyes full of warmth.

“Hello, dear,” she replied. “These little ones have been my friends for a long time. They know I always bring them something tasty. My name is Agnes. What’s yours?”

“My name is Maria. I’m an artist and often walk here to find inspiration for my paintings,” Maria introduced herself, gently sitting on the edge of the bench.

“Oh, how wonderful!” said Agnes, continuing to feed the birds but now chatting with Maria. “Art has always been close to my heart, though I’m not an artist. It’s wonderful that you’ve found a way to express yourself.”

After Maria shared her thoughts about the importance of art in her life, Agnes paused for a moment and then looked at Maria with unusual insight.

“You know, dear,” she began, her voice soft but confident, “sometimes life teaches us lessons in the most unexpected forms. Your art, your ability to see beauty where others may not, is a gift to be cherished and developed.”

Maria listened intently, feeling Agnes’s words resonate within her heart.

“And also,” Agnes continued, smiling, “it often seems like we choose the path in art, but in truth, art chooses us. In your case, it’s evident. Listen to your heart, Maria. It will show you the right path.”

These words deeply moved Maria. She felt as if Agnes had looked directly into her soul, seeing the doubts and hopes she had so carefully hidden from everyone, including herself.

“Thank you,” Maria whispered, her eyes filling with tears of gratitude. “Your words mean so much to me right now.”

Maria and Agnes continued to watch the birds happily hopping along the path.

“Agnes,” Maria continued, “you seem to have seen a lot in your life. How do you find joy in such simple things despite the many hardships in life?”

Agnes thought for a moment before answering:

“Oh, dear Maria, life teaches us to appreciate moments. I have always found solace in nature, art, and good books. Most importantly, I learned to see beauty every day. The birds that sing, children playing in the park, and even the familiar faces on the street. Every day brings something worth noticing if we are open to it.”

“That’s true,” agreed Maria. “I try to put this beauty into my paintings. But sometimes fear and doubt prevent me from seeing and feeling.”

“Ah, doubts—our constant companions,” Agnes chuckled. “My mother used to say to me, ‘Agnes, doubts only show that you are on the right path. They are a test of our faith in ourselves and our dreams. Just don’t let them take over.’”

Maria listened intently, absorbing every word.

“And also,” Agnes continued, “every artist and creator must remember that art is not just about creating beauty. It’s a way of understanding the world and, more importantly, understanding oneself. So, when you work on your next painting, ask yourself, ‘What do I want to understand through this creation?’”

Maria felt these words opened new horizons for her. She looked at Agnes with gratitude and respect.

“Thank you, Agnes. Your words have given me strength and inspiration. I am ready to return to my canvas with a new vision.”

“Go and create, dear,” Agnes gently replied. “Remember, each painting is not just an image; it’s a part of your soul.”

“Agnes, I’m delighted we met today,” Maria said, standing up from the bench. “Your words mean a lot to me. I hope we meet again and continue our conversations.”

Agnes smiled and responded:

“I wish the same, Maria. Until we meet again, dear.”

As they parted ways, Maria felt warmth and light in her soul. On her way back to the studio, she reflected on how Agnes’s wise words had helped her see the situation from a new perspective and how they might influence her creativity.

The conversation with this remarkable woman became a sign for her, a reminder that the path of an artist is not just a career choice; it’s a calling that must be followed wholeheartedly.

“Maybe I should include Agnes in my painting of Amalfi,” Maria thought. “She could symbolize the wisdom and timeless connection I want to convey through my works.”

Imagining Agnes feeding birds against the bright Italian landscape, Maria felt this image come to life in her mind. It could be an excellent way to merge the beauty of nature with the human wisdom that Agnes embodied.

Upon arriving at the workshop, Maria immediately set to work, determined to bring this idea to life. She painted a bench next to the market in the central square, and Agnes fed the birds.

This day and meeting with Agnes inspired her and reminded her of the importance of deep connections, which can be found even in life’s simplest moments.

By the end of the day, when the painting was almost finished, Maria stepped back to better assess the result. She checked the balance of light and shadow, contrast, and color harmony, ensuring that every element in the painting was in its place and contributed to the overall mood of the work.

Maria was pleased with how the project was shaping up and felt a deep sense of satisfaction from accurately conveying the beauty and atmosphere of Amalfi.

It was almost 4:30 PM when Maria left her workshop and hurried to meet her students.

Assignment for the Reader:

Assess Your Current Situation: Take a piece of paper and divide it into two columns. List your current life priorities (career, family, hobbies, health, etc.) in one column. In the other column, write down how much time you devote to these weekly priorities.

Reflection: Consider whether the distribution of your time matches your essential priorities. Identify any areas where there is a mismatch and think about why this might be happening.

Planning Changes: Choose one or two priorities to which you would like to devote more time or effort. Write down specific steps you can take to start making these changes. These could be daily or weekly goals.

Mini-Project: Create a plan or schedule for the following week, including new priorities and tasks. Try to follow it, and at the end of the week, analyze what worked and what needs to be adjusted.

Chapter 10: Connecting Inner Worlds

Linda was a sophisticated and elegant young woman who always attracted attention with her refined style and grace. Her fair skin, long chestnut hair, which she usually wore loose or in a neat bun, and light blue eyes created the image of a heroine from old romantic novels. Her delicate simplicity in her appearance allowed her to always look elegant, whether at an evening reception or during classes in the studio.

But her true beauty was not just in her appearance. Linda had a deep passion for art and culture, making her personality even more attractive. Her outfits, choice of books, and music reflected her refined taste. Her wardrobe was dominated by classic dresses and suits, always accentuating her slim figure.

Besides art, Linda was interested in studying foreign languages and cultures. She spoke German and Italian reasonably well but had a particular passion for French. She spoke French almost fluently and often incorporated elegant French expressions into her speech, adding even more charm to her persona. Linda had visited Paris three times and dreamed of spending more time there, perhaps even settling down one day.

Linda lived in a trendy Brooklyn neighborhood known for its rich cultural life and artistic community. Her apartment was on the second floor of an old brick building, with large windows that let in soft natural light. The apartment was always cozy and stylish. The walls were adorned with paintings by famous artists, and the shelves were filled with books in various languages. Linda loved French literature and often spent her evenings reading classic novels by Balzac and Flaubert.

She usually starts with a jog along the waterfront or in a nearby park, enjoying nature’s beauty and the morning city’s tranquility in the mornings. She stops by a French bakery to get freshly baked and aromatic coffee on her way back.

Linda was not only sophisticated and educated but also a wonderful friend. She was always ready to support and help, especially regarding Maria. Their friendship began at Pratt, where they met in their first year, and since then, it has become an inseparable part of their lives.

Maria admired Linda for her external beauty, sophistication, and deep understanding of art and culture. Together, they had gone through many trials and joys, supporting each other in all their endeavors.

Linda had often provided Maria with advice and support. When Maria faced a creative block and personal problems, Linda suggested that she see the psychologist, Emma. Emma had helped Linda cope with the aftermath of a failed relationship, and now Linda hoped she could also help Maria.

Jacques was a tall, sturdy man with short blonde hair and blue eyes. His face was often lit up by a friendly smile that instantly made people feel at ease around him. Originally from France, Jacques always stood out with his charm and calm demeanor. He had moved to New York to manage projects at a construction company. However, his true passion had always been art, and he sought ways to express his creative inclinations.

One day, after a stressful day at work, Jacques was strolling through Brooklyn when he noticed a flyer about an art studio attached to the door on the corner of his street. Jacques stopped, read the flyer, and felt a surge of inspiration. He decided this could be an excellent opportunity to reconnect with his long-lost hobby.

The next day, gathering his courage, Jacques headed to the studio to inquire about enrollment. He entered the studio, where Linda greeted him with a welcoming smile.

“Hello, my name is Linda. How can I help you?”

“Hello, my name is Jacques. I saw your flyer about the art studio and wanted to learn more,” Jacques said, slightly nervous.

“Nice to meet you, Jacques. Our studio is open to anyone who wants to express their feelings and thoughts through art. We offer beginners and advanced artists classes, and I’m sure you’ll enjoy it here.”

“Thank you, Linda,” Jacques replied, smiling with relief. “I think this is exactly what I need. When can I start?”

Linda smiled and replied, “We welcome new students anytime. Come tomorrow for your first class. I’m sure it will be the start of something wonderful.”

Jacques returned to the studio the next day, ready to embark on his new artistic journey. Linda welcomed him and introduced him to the other students. She helped him choose materials and set up his easel.

Jacques felt his tension melt during class as he applied paint to the canvas. Each brushstroke was like a breath of fresh air, and he began feeling the freedom and joy he hadn’t experienced in a long time.

“This is incredible,” Jacques thought. “I never realized that art could bring such peace and inspiration.”

Linda noticed how passionately and thoughtfully Jacques approached his new endeavor. She often came over to offer advice and support.

“Jacques, you have amazing potential. You feel the colors and shapes as if they are a part of you. Keep up the great work.”

Jacques smiled, feeling supported and inspired by her words. He realized he had found a new hobby and a place to be himself, expressing his emotions through art. During one session, Linda explained the techniques of mixing paints and creating textures. Jacques listened attentively, feeling inspired by her enthusiasm and knowledge.

“When creating texture, it’s important to remember its depth and variety. As the French say, ‘chaque coup de pinceau compte’—every brushstroke matters.”

Hearing the French expression, Jacques felt warmth and a familiar nostalgia, which drew him in even more.

“You speak French? That’s wonderful. I haven’t heard my native language here in New York for a long time.”

“Oui, je parle français,” Linda replied with a smile. “I’ve always loved French culture and language. It’s like a part of my soul.”

Jacques was captivated. Their conversation in French created a special bond, and he felt he had found a mentor and a kindred spirit in Linda.

“Art is a universal language, but when you can express yourself in your native language, it adds a special depth to your creativity, doesn’t it?”

“Absolutely,” Jacques replied. “I’m grateful to have found this place and you. These sessions truly inspire me.”

A few weeks had passed since Jacques joined the art studio. He and Linda often talked during the classes, and their relationship became more trusting and warmer. Jacques increasingly felt that Linda held a special place in his heart. One evening, after another session, he decided it was time to ask her out.

Jacques nervously approached Linda, who was cleaning her brushes and palette. He took a deep breath, trying to gather his thoughts.

“Linda, I wanted to talk to you.”

Linda looked up and smiled, noticing his nervousness.

“Of course, Jacques. What is it?”

“I would like to invite you to dinner. There’s a wonderful French café nearby. I think you would like it.”

Linda hesitated for a moment. Her heart skipped a beat, but she remembered her recent breakup with a young man. She wasn’t ready for a new relationship yet.

“Jacques, that’s very sweet of you, but I must be honest. I recently broke up with someone and am not ready for a new relationship. I hope you understand.”

Jacques felt disappointed but tried to hide it with a smile. He understood that Linda needed time and didn’t want to pressure her.

“Of course, Linda. I understand. I’m glad we can talk here in the studio. If you ever feel ready, the invitation remains open.”

“Thank you, Jacques. You are a wonderful friend. I appreciate your understanding.”

That evening, returning home, Linda thought long about her conversation with Jacques. She felt a special connection between them but was afraid to rush things. Her heart still ached from her past relationship, and she needed time to heal.

She sat by the window, looking at the night sky, recalling Jacques’ words. His kindness and patience touched her. Linda realized that Jacques might be the person who could help her believe in love again, but she needed time to understand that.

Jacques returned home with a heavy heart but resolved not to let his feelings consume him. He understood that Linda needed support and time and decided he would be there for her in any capacity she felt comfortable with.

The next day at the studio, he continued working on his paintings, interacting warmly and amicably with Linda. He realized their friendship was critical, and he was willing to give Linda the time she needed to sort out her feelings.

Three weeks had passed since Jacques first asked Linda out. They continued working together at the studio, and their friendship grew more assertive. Jacques did not rush things, but his feelings for Linda did not wane. He decided to make another attempt to invite her to dinner, hoping that time had helped her clarify her feelings.

Jacques and Linda finished another session and cleaned up the materials together. Jacques felt the moment was right and decided to discuss his feelings again.

“Linda,” Jacques began with a gentle smile, “I know you’re not ready for a relationship yet, but I’d like to invite you to dinner again. Maybe we could spend some time together as friends?”

Linda felt a slight nervousness again. She was still unsure but didn’t want to disappoint Jacques.

“Jacques, I’m still not sure. I need more time.”

That evening, Linda called Maria to discuss her feelings and doubts. They met at a cozy café near the studio, where they could always find a secluded corner for candid conversations.

“Maria, Jacques asked me out again. I don’t know what to do. I’m still unsure if I’m ready for a relationship after my last breakup.”

Maria understood that Linda was still carrying the pain of the past and decided to give her some friendly advice.

“Linda, I understand it’s hard for you. But how long can you mourn over a failed relationship? Jacques is truly a good person, and he genuinely cares about you. Try giving him a chance. You can always step back if you realize it’s not for you.”

Linda pondered Maria’s words. She knew her friend was right. Perhaps she really should try to start anew.

“You’re right, Maria. I’m just afraid of getting hurt again. But maybe it’s worth a try.”

“Of course, it’s worth it! You deserve to be happy. Just give him a chance. Start small—just dinner as friends. Then see how it goes.”

The next day, Linda met Jacques again at the studio. She felt more confident thanks to Maria’s support, so after the session, she approached Jacques.

“Jacques, I’ve considered your offer. Let’s try going to dinner—just as friends.”

Jacques smiled brightly, his eyes glowing with hope.

“That’s wonderful, Linda. I promise it will be just a pleasant evening.”

In the evening, Jacques and Linda met at a small, cozy French café. They chose a table by the window to view the bustling street outside. French chanson played softly in the background, candles flickered on the tables, and servers moved leisurely around the room, careful not to disturb the idyllic atmosphere.

“Thank you for agreeing to have dinner with me, Linda. I’m glad we can spend this evening together.”

“Thank you for your patience, Jacques. I’m happy to be here with you, too.”

They ordered dinner, and Jacques decided it was time to tell Linda more about himself.

“You know, Linda, I’ve always admired your passion for art. I’ve always loved to paint myself, but I never had the chance to pursue it seriously. I’m originally from a small town in southern France. My family has always been closely connected to art and culture.”

“That’s wonderful, Jacques,” Linda replied, her interest piqued. “I always felt you had a special connection to art. Tell me more about your family.”

“My grandfather was an artist and a winemaker,” Jacques began with a smile. “He lived in a real château, surrounded by vineyards. I still remember the smell of paint and wine that always filled his studio. He taught me the basics of painting, and I think he was the one who instilled my love for art. Besides that, we had a small wine production, and my grandfather showed me how to make wine. We often spent time together, painting and working in the vineyard.”

Linda listened intently, feeling as though his words transported her to the picturesque corners of southern France.

“That sounds magical, Jacques. Those memories are truly precious. What about your parents?”

“My parents met in Avignon. My mother worked in a museum, and my father was an architect. When they married, they moved to Nice, where they found jobs. My mother became the museum director, and my father continued his career in an architectural firm. I often visited my grandfather on weekends and spent every summer there.”

Jacques paused for a moment, reminiscing, then continued.

“When I grew up, life took me down a different path. I initially worked in marketing and was quite successful. Then, after university, I got into construction and design, which also required a certain level of creativity, but it wasn’t quite the same. Work brought me to New York, and I realized I missed art. That’s how I ended up in your studio.”

“That’s an amazing story, Jacques,” Linda said warmly. “I’m glad you found the time and place for your passion.”

Jacques felt it was time to switch to French to share more personal details of his life. He spoke his native language, adding unique intimacy and warmth to the conversation.

“You know, Linda, art has always been magicking to me. It’s like a door to another world. I always wanted to return to that magic, and I think I found it here, with you and Maria.”

Linda felt a warm sense of kinship, hearing French. Her eyes lit up.

“I understand what you mean, Jacques. Art is exceptional. I’m glad we can share this passion.”

“Since I’ve been here, I feel more alive than ever. I think it’s thanks to you and the atmosphere you’ve created in your studio.”

Linda smiled, feeling a special connection forming between them. Jacques shared his childhood memories, how his grandfather taught him to paint, and how he admired the paintings in the studio.

Jacques and Linda often worked together in the studio. Their painting sessions were filled with fun and lightheartedness. Jacques always knew how to keep the conversation going and make Linda laugh, even in the most stressful moments.

“Linda, have you ever tried painting with your eyes closed? It’s a great way to test your intuition!” Jacques asked with a smile.

“Jacques, you always come up with something new. Let’s try it!” Linda replied, laughing.

They both closed their eyes and started painting, laughing and enjoying the moment, bringing them closer together.

Jacques would tell Linda stories from his childhood, recalling adventures he had with his grandfather in their château, with whom he was very close.

“I remember once my grandfather and I decided to picnic in the vineyard. He brought a huge food basket and a bottle of our best wine. We spent the whole day there, painting nature and enjoying the sunshine. It was one of the best days of my life.”

Linda listened to him with admiration, enjoying every story.

Gradually, their friendship began to grow into something more. Linda felt her heart opening to Jacques. She enjoyed his company and felt calm and confident around him. Jacques, in turn, also began to realize that his feelings for Linda were becoming more robust.

“I never thought I could get so attached to someone again after my past failures,” Linda thought. “But Jacques… he’s special.”

“Linda makes my life brighter. I don’t want to rush things, but I feel we could be more than just friends,” Jacques thought.

Six months they had passed since Jacques and Linda started spending more time together. Their relationship grew substantially, and they enjoyed each other’s company every minute. They spent much time in the studio, walked in the parks, and enjoyed each other’s company in cozy cafes. Jacques felt the time had come to take their relationship to the next level.

One day, while painting and discussing their plans in the studio, Linda noticed that Jacques looked a bit anxious.

“Jacques, you seem a bit preoccupied today. Is something wrong?” Linda asked with interest.

“No, nothing bad, Linda,” Jacques replied with a smile. “I’ve just been thinking a lot and decided to propose something to you.”

Linda put down her brush and looked at Jacques attentively.

“What is it?”

Jacques took a deep breath, gathering his thoughts.

“I would like to invite you to come with me to France. It will be a short vacation, but you’ll love it. I want to show you our château, the vineyards, and the places I’ve told you about.”

Linda felt her heart beat faster. She had always dreamed of seeing southern France, especially the places that meant so much to Jacques.

“Jacques, that’s a wonderful idea!” Linda replied with a smile. “I’ve always wanted to see the places you’ve talked about. Maria and I usually close the studio for vacation in the second half of July, and I’ll have three to four weeks completely free.”

“I’m glad you liked the idea. Great, I’m looking forward to our vacation together. It will be the perfect time of year for the trip.”

Assignment for the Reader:

Goal: Explore and express your feelings in personal relationships through art.

Task Description:

Choose your materials: Gather paper, paints, pencils, or any other material you like.

Close your eyes: Focus on your feelings in personal relationships. Allow yourself to feel all the emotions that arise—both positive and negative.

Open your eyes: Start creating your artwork and expressing your feelings. Don’t limit yourself—let your creative process be spontaneous and intuitive.

Reflect: Find a quiet place and spend 10-15 minutes reflecting on what you created. Write down your thoughts and feelings that emerged during the creative process and after completing the work.

Share: If comfortable, share your art project with a trusted person or in an online community. Discuss how the task helped you express your feelings and influenced your understanding of personal relationships.

Chapter 11: Connection of Hearts

In the following weeks, Linda and Jacques actively prepared for their trip. Linda was busy choosing what to take while Jacques was planning their itinerary. They discussed the places they would visit and made plans for each day.

“I’m so excited, Jacques. I’ve never been to the south of France, and this will be an unforgettable adventure.”

“I’m sure you’ll love it. The south of France is amazing, and I’m glad I can show you everything. It’s a pity I can’t introduce you to my parents. They’re in New Zealand and won’t return to France for another two months.”

On their day of departure, they arrived. Jacques and Linda met at the airport, ready for their French adventure. They checked in and sat in the waiting area, discussing their expectations.

After a long flight, Jacques and Linda finally arrived in France. The pleasant southern sun and warm sea breeze welcomed them in Nice, where they planned to spend the first few days of their vacation.

Jacques and Linda stepped out of the airport, feeling a pleasant excitement. Linda happily inhaled the fresh sea air, her face glowing with happiness.

“Jacques, it’s just stunning here!” Linda exclaimed in admiration. “I already feel like this will be an unforgettable journey.”

“I’m glad you like it, Linda. Let’s take a taxi to the hotel. We’ll have plenty of time to enjoy the city.”

They stayed at a cozy hotel, “Hôtel Le Royal Promenade des Anglais,” by the seaside. The view from their room window overlooked the azure waters of the Mediterranean Sea, and Linda couldn’t take her eyes off the breathtaking scenery.

They spent the first day strolling along the Promenade des Anglais, enjoying the waves and the cries of seagulls. Jacques showed Linda his favorite places in Nice and shared stories from his childhood.

“I used to walk here often with my parents. We would come to the beach and build sandcastles. And over there, did you see that café? We always went there for ice cream after our walks.”

“This is amazing, Jacques. I feel like your stories are coming to life around us.”

On the second day, they went on a tour of the old town. The narrow cobblestone streets, old houses with red roofs, and cozy cafés created an atmosphere of an authentic French fairy tale.

“Jacques, this place is so picturesque! It feels like I’ve stepped into another world.”

“I’m glad you like it, Linda,” Jacques replied proudly. “Nice is indeed a special place for me.”

One evening, they visited the local market, where Linda was fascinated by the fresh fruits, vegetables, cheeses, and other delicacies. Jacques helped her choose, explaining each product.

“Look, Linda, this is Cabécou, a small goat cheese from the Occitania region. It has a creamy texture and a delicate flavor that becomes more intense as it matures. This cheese is often served with honey and nuts to highlight its flavor. And here’s Céleri Rémoulade, a traditional French salad made from grated celery root and a creamy remoulade sauce. This salad is a popular side dish often served as an appetizer. And this is loquat, a tender, sweet, and slightly tart flesh fruit. It looks like small oranges. Loquats are often eaten fresh but also great for making jams and compotes. And here’s the Melon de Cavaillon, a type of melon grown in the Provence-Alpes-Côte d’Azur region. It’s known for its sweet aroma and juicy flesh. The Melon de Cavaillon is often served with prosciutto as an appetizer or used in salads.”

“I’ve never seen so much variety! Everything looks so delicious.”

“Nice is famous for its markets,” Jacques smiled. “Let’s buy something and have a picnic on the beach.”

They had a picnic on the beach, enjoying the fresh produce and wine. Linda felt truly happy, her heart filled with joy and gratitude.

“Jacques, this is one of the best days of my life. Thank you for this.”

“I’m glad you’re happy, Linda,” Jacques responded warmly. “It means a lot to me.”

After a few days in Nice, Jacques and Linda set off for Provence, to Jacques’ family château. Jacques rented a convertible. The scenic drive to Luberon took about 2.5 hours.

Jacques and Linda drove along narrow roads surrounded by green vineyards and lavender fields. Linda couldn’t take her eyes off the beautiful landscapes unfolding before her.

“We’re almost there, Linda. Just a little more, and you’ll see the château.”

“This is incredibly beautiful, Jacques. I can’t believe we’re going to a real French château.”

Finally, they arrived. The château was a majestic building in a castle style, surrounded by well-kept gardens and vineyards. Tall towers, stone walls, and large windows created an atmosphere of antiquity and grandeur.

“Welcome to the château, Linda,” Jacques said proudly. “This place has always been special to our family.”

“This is simply stunning, Jacques. I feel like I’m in a fairy tale.”

They passed through massive gates and found themselves in the courtyard, where a fountain stood surrounded by flowers. The air was filled with the scent of roses and lavender.

Jacques gave Linda a château tour, showing each room and telling stories about the place. The great hall with a fireplace, adorned with family portraits and antique furniture, created an atmosphere of coziness and nobility.

“This is the great hall where we held family celebrations and parties. I remember running around here as a child and hiding behind the curtains.”

“I can imagine that,” Linda replied with a smile. “There are a lot of cozy spots here.”

They climbed the wide staircase to the tower where the library was located. Shelves filled with old books gave the room a unique charm.

“What a wonderful library! I could spend hours here, reading and enjoying the view from the window.”

“Yes, it’s one of my favorite places. It’s always so quiet and peaceful here,” said Jacques.

Then Jacques led Linda to the winery where his grandfather used to make wine. The stone walls and wooden barrels filled with wine created an aura of old, traditional France.

“Here, my grandfather taught me the art of winemaking. We often spent time together working and enjoying the aromas of fresh grapes.”

“This place is filled with history and soul. I feel like I can understand you even better, Jacques.”

“Don’t plan anything for the evening,” Jacques smiled, leaving the château early in the morning, “I want to show you something.”

“What are you planning, Jacques? I’m intrigued.”

Towards evening, Jacques returned and suggested Linda dress comfortably for a walk. They got in the car and drove towards the hills.

“We’re almost there, Linda. I hope you’ll like it.”

Once they exited the car near the top of the hill, Jacques took Linda by the hand and led her to a small clearing where he had already prepared a cozy picnic spot with blankets and pillows. The basket contained fresh baguettes, tomatoes, cheese, a bottle of red wine, and greens. After having dinner, they waited for the breathtaking sunset that could only be seen in Provence.

“This is simply incredible, Jacques! I’ve never seen such a sunset,” Linda exclaimed in awe.

“Linda, I want to tell you that you are critical of me. These past few months together have been the best of my life,” Jacques said quietly.

“I feel the same way, Jacques. You’ve brought so much joy and happiness into my life.”

“I think we can be happy together.

I want you to know that you mean more to me than just a friend,” Jacques said, looking directly into Linda’s eyes and holding her hand with tenderness.

“Jacques, I want that too. You’ve improved my life, and I’m grateful for every moment we’ve spent together.”

The next day, after their romantic evening, Jacques and Linda decided to visit local art galleries to immerse themselves in the atmosphere of French art and meet local artists. Jacques wanted to show Linda that France is beautiful for its landscapes and rich cultural traditions.

They entered one of the galleries in a small town near the château. It was a cozy gallery with high ceilings and bright walls adorned with paintings by local artists. They slowly walked around, admiring the variety of styles and techniques.

“Jacques, there are so many talented artists here! Each painting conveys a unique mood and emotion.”

“Yes, Linda. France has always been a place where art flourished. I’m glad you like it.”

In the corner of the hall stood an elderly artist working on a painting. Jacques and Linda decided to approach and talk to him.

“Hello! Your works are impressive. My friend and I are captivated by your art,” Jacques said.

“Thank you, young people. My name is Pierre. I’m glad you like my work. Art, for me, is a way to express my feelings and experiences.”

“It’s a pleasure to meet you, Pierre. I’m Linda, and this is Jacques. We came from New York. Your paintings are truly wonderful.”

“New York is a remarkable city. What brought you here to France?”

“We decided to spend our vacation at my family château. I wanted to show Linda our culture and art.”

“That’s wonderful. France is an amazing place for inspiration. I’m glad you decided to visit our gallery.”

“Pierre, tell us a little about your creative journey. How did you start painting?” Linda asked.

“I started drawing as a child,” Pierre began thoughtfully. “My father was an artist, and he instilled in me a love for art. Since then, I can’t imagine my life without brushes and paints. Art is my soul.”

“In every canvas, I try to convey a part of myself. It’s not easy, but that makes art unique.”

“That’s very inspiring, Pierre. Thank you for sharing your story with us,” Linda said.

“I’m always happy to share art and meet passionate people like you. If you ever return to our area, visit,” Pierre replied.

After saying goodbye to Pierre and viewing the rest of the gallery, they left, holding hands and feeling inspired and full of new ideas.

The next day, Jacques and Linda visited the local artists’ market, where local artisans displayed their works. The atmosphere at the market was festive, filled with the sounds of street musicians and the aromas of fresh flowers.

“This market is one of my favorite places. You can find amazing works and meet talented people here,” Jacques said.

“This is wonderful, Jacques. I’m so glad we came here,” Linda replied.

They walked past various stalls, stopping to talk to artists and artisans. One artist, a young man named Antoine, caught their attention with his unusual abstract paintings.

“Hello! Your works are remarkable. What inspires you to create such paintings?” Jacques asked.

“Thank you,” Antoine replied with a smile. Nature and music inspire me. I try to convey the emotions and moods I experience in my paintings.”

“You can feel that. There’s something special about your work that captivates the attention,” Linda said.

“I’m glad you like my work. Art, for me, is a way to express myself and share my feelings with the world.”

Jacques and Linda continued their conversation with Antoine, discussing art and life in France. Their conversation was warm and understanding, and they felt that this artists’ market had become another special place in their journey.

Several more unforgettable days passed, filled with the beauty of French landscapes, inspiration from meeting local artists, and the warmth of shared moments. Jacques and Linda enjoyed every vacation moment, but it was time to return home. They decided to spend the final days of their journey at the château, reflecting on their fantastic adventure.

Waking up in the cozy bedroom of the château, Linda squinted at the sunbeams reflecting off one of the tower windows and streaming into the room. Jacques had already been up and was preparing breakfast on the terrace.

“Good morning, Jacques. This morning is so beautiful.”

“Good morning, Linda. I thought it would be nice to have breakfast outside today. Enjoy the view and the fresh croissants.”

They sat down at the table, enjoying the aroma of fresh coffee and pastries. Jacques looked at Linda, feeling how their journey had strengthened their bond.

“Linda, these weeks have been incredible. I’m glad you could see my homeland and learn its beauty and culture.”

“It truly has been a magical journey, Jacques. I’m so grateful for every moment.”

After breakfast, they decided to spend the last day of their vacation walking around the château’s grounds and enjoying the peace and beauty of nature. Jacques showed Linda his favorite places where he often walked as a child.

“Do you see this path? I used to walk here with my grandfather when I was little. He taught me to observe nature and draw inspiration from its beauty.”

“I feel like I understand you better, Jacques. These places are extraordinary.”

“Linda, I know our journey is ending, but I hope this is just the beginning of our journey together.”

“I think so, too,” Linda replied warmly. “These weeks have shown me how much we have in common and how wonderful our time together can be.”

“I will miss this place, Jacques. But I’m glad we’re going home together.”

Several months had passed since Jacques and Linda returned from France. Their relationship grew more substantial, and they decided to move in together. Living together marked a new chapter for them, where they enjoyed each other’s company daily, worked on their projects, and supported each other in all their endeavors.

Jacques was actively engaged in his projects at the construction company while Linda continued to develop her art studio. Both were busy, but they always found time for each other.

“I had a meeting with a major client today. We have a chance to land an exciting project.”

“That’s wonderful, Jacques. I know you’ll do great.”

A few months later, Jacques received news that his company had won a tender for a significant construction project in Nice. This meant he would have to leave New York and return to France for several years. Jacques understood this was pivotal in his career but didn’t want to lose Linda.

Preparing dinner, he adorned the apartment with candles and flowers, creating an atmosphere of warmth and coziness.

“Tonight, I’m going to do it. I hope she agrees to be with me,” he thought.

Linda returned home and saw that Jacques had meticulously prepared dinner. She was overwhelmed with surprise and a touching feeling.

“Jacques, this is just beautiful. You always know how to surprise me,” she said.

“I wanted this evening to be special for us. There’s something important I need to talk to you about,” Jacques replied.

They took their seats at the table and began their meal.

Jacques felt his heartbeat faster, and he knew the moment had come.

“Linda,” Jacques began, taking her hand, “you know that the past few months have been the happiest of my life. I can’t imagine my life without you. I’ve received news that my company has won a project in Nice, and I will need to leave New York for several years. But I don’t want to go without you.”

Linda listened intently, and her eyes filled with tears of emotion.

“Linda, I love you. You mean everything to me. Please, agree to be my wife and come with me to France,” Jacques said fervently, getting down on one knee and holding out a ring.

Linda felt her heart stop with happiness. She looked at Jacques and realized she wanted to spend her life with him. But thoughts about her studio and life in New York overwhelmed her.

“Jacques, I… I want so much to be your wife. You mean a lot to me, and I love you. But I can’t stop thinking about our studio, about Maria. I don’t know how to leave all of this,” she said, anxious.

Seeing her distress, Jacques understood she needed time and support to make this decision.

“Linda, I understand that this isn’t easy. Your studio and Maria mean a lot to you. Maybe you should talk to Maria? Find out what she thinks and what can be done. We will find a solution together,” Jacques suggested.

Linda nodded, feeling that Jacques understood her feelings and supported her.

Assignment for the Reader:

Goal: Understanding and analyzing your feelings and expectations in personal relationships.

Description of the task:

Take a diary and dedicate a few pages to your thoughts and feelings about current or past relationships.

Answer the following questions:

• What feelings arise when you think about your relationships?
• What do you like and dislike about these relationships?
• What moments bring you the most joy or pain?
• What do you expect from the relationship, and how does this compare to reality?

Write a letter describing how you would like to see your relationships in the future. What needs to change or improve to achieve this ideal?

Reread your entries after a week and add new thoughts and feelings that have arisen during this time.

Result: Keep this diary for a month, adding new entries as your thoughts and feelings evolve. Pay attention to any changes in your perception and understanding of relationships. This will help you better understand your needs and expectations, find ways to improve your relationships and decide the next steps.

Chapter 12: "Tough Decisions"

Linda strolled through the morning streets of Brooklyn, lost in her thoughts. The cool breeze played with the colorful leaves already beginning to cover the sidewalks. The sky was clear, but the sun shone softly, hinting at the approaching chilly days. Linda felt nostalgia and uncertainty intertwining in her heart.

Linda remembered the day she first met Maria. They were both studying at Pratt Institute in New York. Maria was a talented artist who was always full of ideas and creative enthusiasm. Linda recalled how they quickly connected, sharing their dreams and ambitions.

It was a similarly sunny September day when the leaves on the trees began to change colors. Then, a freshman, Linda, walked into the classroom for her first painting lesson excited and nervous. The atmosphere was filled with anticipation and the light anxiety typical of the beginning of a new academic year.

That day, always elegant and composed, Linda stood on her easel, carefully examining the palette of paints. Suddenly, a girl with bright brown eyes and a radiant smile approached her. It was Maria.

“Hi! I’m Maria. I saw your work at the freshman exhibition. You have an amazing style!”

Linda, slightly embarrassed but pleasantly surprised, replied, “Thank you, Maria. I also love your work. You have such a unique approach to color and composition. Let’s work together and share ideas.”

From that moment, their strong friendship began. Linda and Maria often stayed in the classroom after lessons, discussing their work, sharing dreams, and supporting each other in their studies. They spent long evenings sitting on the floor among scattered canvases and brushes, talking about art and life.

One of Linda’s fondest memories is of their joint travels. She particularly remembers their trips to Europe, where they drew inspiration for their work. Linda fondly recalled their walks through the narrow streets of Paris, visiting museums and cozy cafes.

Linda remembered receiving an unexpected letter from the owner of a gallery in Brooklyn one day. He offered her part of his gallery for an art studio.

“Maria, I have amazing news,” Linda began excitedly, calling her. “Remember that gallery on the corner of our street? The owner offered me part of the space for our art studio!”

“This is incredible, Linda,” Maria responded joyfully. “I’ve always dreamed of such a place. This is our chance to create something truly unique!”

The next day, Linda and Maria met with the gallery owner, Mr. Roberts. He was an older man with kind eyes and a wise expression. Mr. Roberts told them about his love for art and desire to support young artists.

“I’ve always believed that art should be accessible to everyone. Your work inspires me, and I want to help you create a place to create and share your art with others.”

His offer touched Linda and Maria, and they immediately agreed. They began working on transforming part of the gallery into an art studio. Each day, the space became cozier and more inspiring.

One evening, as Linda and Maria finished another class, Mr. Roberts invited them to another talk.

“Girls, I’ve been watching your success and seeing how much you do for our community. I decided it’s time to give you the entire gallery. You deserve it, and I am confident you will turn it into something amazing.”

Linda and Maria couldn’t believe their ears. It was more than they could have dreamed of. Excited and enthusiastic, they planned to transform the gallery into a full-fledged art studio.

Within a few years, their studio indeed attracted locals and tourists. They offered various courses, from classical painting to modern techniques like abstraction and impressionism. Maria and Linda taught classes themselves, sharing their experience and inspiration.

The studio also hosted open workshops and exhibitions of their students’ works.

These events attracted the attention of local media and artists, contributing to the studio’s growing popularity.

Each class was not just a lesson but an actual therapeutic session. People came here to forget their problems, make new friends, and immerse themselves in the world of art.

Linda sighed, pulling herself away from her memories. She knew that time didn’t stand still, and each day brought new challenges and opportunities. Deciding to move to France and start a new life with Jacques was an important step. Today, after classes, she invited Maria to a cafe to talk with her friend about the upcoming changes that awaited them all.

Andrew spent several hours discussing the terms of the deal and the company’s strategy for the coming months. Despite the busy schedule, he tried to stay calm and focused, knowing that in the evening, he would have the opportunity to relax on the easel.

By evening, Andrew had finished all the essential tasks and returned home to change before his painting class. Walking through autumn Brooklyn, Andrew reflected on his day. He enjoyed how painting allowed him to escape daily worries and express his emotions on the canvas. These classes helped him balance his professional life and personal satisfaction.

Upon arriving at the studio, Andrew was pleased to see his classmates—Chris, Sophia, Claire, and Emily. He was ready for a new lesson and eager to continue working on his painting of an ancient castle.

Today, Maria gathered her students to discuss abstract painting. She began by briefly introducing the history of this art movement.

“Abstract painting emerged in the early 20th century,” Maria began, “and it is a style where artists do not aim to depict real objects or scenes. Instead, they express their thoughts and feelings through shapes, colors, and lines. This art form doesn’t have to be immediately understandable; its goal is to evoke emotions and allow viewers to interpret the painting in their way.”

Maria showed a slide with an image of a work by Wassily Kandinsky, one of the pioneers of abstract painting. “Wassily Kandinsky is considered one of the founders of this movement. He believed that art should be completely free from depicting reality, and his works are often compared to musical compositions because he aimed to convey moods and emotions through color and form compositions.”

The following slide features a work by Piet Mondrian. “Piet Mondrian also made a significant contribution to abstract art. His works, such as the famous ‘Compositions,’ use simple geometric shapes and primary colors to create harmonious and balanced scenes.”

Maria switched the slide to a painting by Jackson Pollock. “Jackson Pollock is known for his ‘drip’ technique, where he dripped and splattered paint onto the canvas, creating dynamic and energetic forms. He believed creating the painting was as important as the final result.”

She showed a few more slides with works by contemporary abstract artists. “Today, abstract painting continues to evolve, and many artists find new ways to express their ideas and emotions. Abstract art allows you to be free in your creativity and not be constrained by reality.”

After finishing her presentation, Maria encouraged her students to start their work. “Today, let’s try to apply the principles of abstract painting. Try to express your emotions through color and form. Remember, abstraction is about moving away from the need to create something recognizable. It’s your expression.”

After Maria introduced the students to abstract painting, she invited them to take a blank canvas and spend 45 minutes painting from the heart, expressing their emotions and thoughts through colors and shapes.

Maria gave each student a set of acrylic paints and reminded them that abstract painting aims to express feelings and emotions, not necessarily to follow actual forms and objects.

Andrew began painting energetic strokes, blending bright colors to convey his excitement and enthusiasm after hearing about Kandinsky and Pollock. Chris chose a calm palette and started applying smooth, meditative lines and forms to the canvas to convey his inner peace and balance.

Inspired by Mondrian’s works, Sophia used vibrant, contrasting colors and geometric shapes in her painting. Her painting reflected a desire for order and harmony in life.

Claire experimented with various techniques, creating textures and layers that reflected her complex emotions and experiences related to her work as a doctor.

Emily chose bright, bold colors and dynamic shapes, expressing her youthful energy and desire for self-expression.

Maria walked among the students, giving advice and encouraging them to experiment. The atmosphere in the studio was filled with creativity and freedom, with each student immersed in creating their unique abstract painting.

“Andrew, don’t be afraid to use more colors. Try blending them directly on the canvas to see what unexpected shades and effects you can create.”

“Chris, use brushes of different sizes and shapes. This will help add variety and dynamism to your work.”

“Sophia, try adding a bit of asymmetry. Not everything has to be perfectly ordered. Let your intuition guide you.”

“Claire, experiment with different textures. Try adding sand or grain to the paint to create interesting surfaces.”

“Emily, apply your movements and emotions to paint the canvas. Don’t be afraid to be dynamic and energetic.”

After advising the students, they delved deeper into creating their abstract works. The atmosphere in the studio became even more creative and focused.

When 45 minutes had passed, Maria asked the students to take a break and discuss their work. She began a conversation with them, helping them understand what they wanted to express and how they conveyed it through abstraction.

“Let’s stop for a moment and discuss what we have achieved. Andrew, can you tell us what you felt when you applied these bright strokes?”

“Your words about Kandinsky and Pollock inspired me.

I felt free to express my emotions through color and form. It was exciting.”

“Wonderful, Andrew. I see a lot of energy and joy in your work. Chris, how did you find working with different brushes?”

“It was unusual. I discovered that I could create more textures and depth than I expected. I enjoyed experimenting.”

“Great job. Your lines have become livelier and more dynamic.

Sophia, what do you think about adding asymmetry?”

“It wasn’t easy, but my work became freer. It allowed me to step out of my comfort zone.”

“It shows. Your painting has become more expressive.

Claire, how did your experiments with textures go?”

“I added sand to the paint, which gave an interesting effect. It helped me convey the complexity of my emotions.”

“Very good. Your textures add depth and interest to your work.

Emily, how did you feel working with movement and emotions?”

“I felt like my emotions were pouring onto the canvas. It was an amazing experience.”

“Now that we’ve delved into abstract art, I want you to apply these principles to your current works. Andrew, continue working on your castle, but try to add elements of abstraction to express your feelings about this place.”

“That’s a great idea, Maria. I feel like I can bring more life and emotion to the castle,” Andrew responded enthusiastically.

“The rest of you can continue your work, applying what we learned today. Don’t be afraid to experiment and express your feelings through art,” Maria continued.

Inspired by the lesson, Andrew decided to add bright strokes and abstract forms around the castle to convey the atmosphere and emotions associated with the place. He used mixed techniques to create unique textures on the castle walls and the surrounding landscape.

“Andrew, that’s wonderful! Try adding a bit more contrast to highlight the main elements.”

Chris returned to his work and began integrating new techniques with the different brushes and textures he had learned. He decided to add an abstract background to his landscape using soft color transitions.

“Chris, you’re using textures beautifully. Try adding some brighter accents to create depth.”

Sophia, who usually painted realistic scenes, added elements of asymmetry and spontaneity to her work. Her painting became more vibrant and dynamic, with bright geometric shapes in the background of a familiar landscape.

“Sophia, excellent! Your geometric shapes add interesting dynamics. Try experimenting a bit more with colors.”

Claire continued working on her painting, adding new textures with sand and other materials. Her painting became more layered and more profound, reflecting her inner experiences.

“Claire, you’ve done a great job with textures. Try adding some light and shadow to enhance the effect.”

Full of energy, Emily added bright, dynamic strokes to her work. Her painting expressed her youthful enthusiasm and creativity with rich colors and energetic lines.

“Emily, your work is bursting with energy. Try adding some softer transitions to balance the composition.”

As the lesson drew close, Maria gathered all the students to discuss their progress and wrap up.

“You all did a fantastic job today. Each of you found something personal in abstract painting and applied it to your works. Remember that art is not just about technique but also about expressing your feelings and thoughts. I’m proud of your progress and look forward to the next class.”

Meanwhile, in her part of the studio, Linda was conducting a painting lesson with her students.

“Today, we will study the technique of Impressionism. Impressionists aimed to convey fleeting impressions of nature and life, using loose brushwork and bright colors. We will paint scenes of nature, focusing on colors and light.”

Linda began the lesson by discussing Impressionism’s importance in art history and its fundamental principles. She then used a projector to show several famous paintings and explained how each artist contributed to the movement.

“Impressionism emerged in France in the late 19th century as a reaction to the strict rules of academic painting. Impressionist artists sought to capture fleeting moments of life and convey atmosphere, light, and movement.”

Linda showed the first slide with Claude Monet’s painting “Impression, Sunrise.”

“Claude Monet is considered one of the founders of Impressionism. His painting ‘Impression, Sunrise’ gave the movement its name. Monet used short strokes and bright colors to convey the play of light on water and sky.”

The following slide shows Pierre-Auguste Renoir’s painting “Dance at Le Moulin de la Galette.”

“Pierre-Auguste Renoir” is known for its lively and festive scenes. His painting “Dance at Le Moulin de la Galette” captured the joyful atmosphere of a park in Paris, using light and shadows to create a sense of movement and life.

Linda showed a few more slides with works by Edgar Degas, Camille Pissarro, and Berthe Morisot.

“Edgar Degas often depicted ballerinas and scenes from everyday life, adding dynamism and expression. Camille Pissarro focused on rural and urban landscapes, while Berthe Morisot, one of the few women Impressionists, captured intimate moments of family life.”

After the theoretical part, Linda moved on to demonstrate the technique of Impressionism on canvas.

“Let’s start by applying a thin layer of light paint over the entire canvas. This will create a base for our future brushstrokes and help the colors blend more easily.”

Linda applied a light background to the canvas using a broad brush.

“Lightly sketch the main elements of your composition: trees, flowers, bodies of water. Don’t worry about details; it’s important to capture the general shapes and arrangement.”

She quickly sketched the basic outlines of trees and a river.

“Use bright, pure colors and short brushstrokes to convey the play of light and shadow. Remember, Impressionists rarely mixed colors on the palette; they placed pure colors next to each other, allowing the viewer’s eye to blend them from a distance.”

Linda began adding bright strokes of blue and green for the water and foliage, demonstrating the technique of short brushstrokes.

“Create texture using various brushes and strokes. Use thick strokes for dense foliage and water and thin ones for detailing flowers and grass. Work quickly to capture fleeting impressions.”

She added texture to the foliage and water using different brushes and the wet-on-wet technique.

“Now it’s your turn to try this technique. Over the next forty-five minutes, paint a nature scene using the principles of Impressionism. Remember short brushstrokes and pure colors.”

Anna, a primary school teacher, chose to paint a sunny field. She used bright yellows and greens to capture the light and shadow on the grass.

“Anna, try adding a bit of blue to the shadows to make them look more alive.”

Marco, a young engineer, decided to depict a forest scene. He used short brushstrokes to convey the texture of the foliage and light reflections.

“Marco, excellent! Add a few more light strokes to emphasize the sunlight filtering through the leaves.”

Julie, a homemaker, was inspired by a lake at sunset. She depicted the evening sky using warm oranges and pinks.

“Julie, your sky looks stunning. Add some reflections in the water to enhance the sunset effect.”

Tom, an amateur artist, decided to paint a blooming garden. He used colorful strokes to convey the richness of the flowers.

“Tom, your garden looks vibrant and colorful. Try adding a bit of white for highlights on the petals.”

At the end of the lesson, Linda gathered the students to discuss their progress and give feedback.

“You all did a fantastic job today! Impressionism allows us to capture fleeting impressions and convey them on canvas. I’m proud of your progress and look forward to seeing what you’ll create in the next lesson.”

After the last students left, Linda approached Maria with a severe expression on her face.

“Maria, we need to talk. It’s important.”

Maria, noticing the tension in Linda’s voice, frowned slightly but quickly composed herself and nodded.

“Of course, Linda. Let’s go to our favorite café and talk there.”

Maria and Linda headed to a cozy café near the studio. This place was special for them — they often met to discuss their plans and dreams, enjoy coffee, and relax after a long day.

After the waiter brought their drinks and light snacks, Maria turned to Linda.

“Linda, what’s going on? You look worried. Tell me what’s on your mind.”

Linda sighed, gathering her thoughts. She knew this conversation would be difficult, but it couldn’t be postponed any longer.

“Maria, you know how much our relationship and the studio mean to me. We’ve created something amazing over the years. But we have some serious changes ahead. Jacques proposed to me yesterday, and I agreed to marry him. His company won a construction bid in Nice, and he had to go to France. He wants us to go together. I’m happy and, at the same time, upset. It’s tough for me to decide to leave the project we started together. I don’t know how often I can fly to New York or if I can maintain remote communication with my students.”

Linda took a breath. Maria didn’t interrupt.

“I think there are three solutions to this situation,” Linda continued. “First, you could gradually buy out my studio share and become the sole owner. Second, we could place an ad and possibly find another teacher to take over my share if it’s difficult for you to manage alone. And third, we could decide to sell the studio if neither of the other options works for you. Please think about which solution would be best for you and let me know. We’re planning to leave in mid-December for the Christmas holidays. His project starts right after the New Year. So, we have three months to sort out all the organizational issues.”

“This is a serious decision, Linda. I congratulate you and am very happy for you and Jacques. I am glad you are following your heart. Don’t worry; we will handle all the challenges ahead. I need some time to think about your proposals. I should be able to answer within a couple of weeks.”

“Thank you, Maria. I knew you would understand. I don’t want my personal life to affect our friendship or the studio.”

The girls hugged and reminisced about how everything started. By the end of the evening, the tension had taken a backseat, and they were laughing heartily, recalling amusing episodes from their college days.

Assignment for the Reader:

Recall an Important Decision: Think about one significant decision in your life that significantly impacted your path.

Recount the Decision: In a few heartfelt sentences, narrate the circumstances and the emotional rollercoaster you experienced during this decision.

Create an Artwork: Create a piece of art (a drawing, painting, collage, poem, etc.) that reflects this decision and its associated emotions.

Express Your Journey: Write a brief essay (1-2 paragraphs) about the emotional voyage you embarked on during the creative process and how it illuminated your understanding of the decision.

Discuss Your Observations: Share your observations with a close person or in a journal to better understand your feelings and thoughts.

Chapter 13: "A Difficult Choice"

Maria sat in her workshop, sadly watching the autumn rain drizzling outside the window. She had temporarily put aside her work on the next painting of Amalfi, lost in thoughts about the impending decision. Raindrops slowly trickled down the window, sometimes colliding with other drops and changing direction, as if nature was hinting to Maria that choices constantly occur within it, often beyond our control. Until yesterday’s conversation with Linda, everything seemed clear and straightforward, but today, she had to contemplate how to proceed.

The rain outside intensified. Turning on some light music, Maria sat on the couch and decided to calm her mind and ponder the choice ahead. Closing her eyes, Maria tried to envision the studio’s future without Linda. What would the studio look like? Would it still be as inspiring and lively as before? She felt melancholic at the thought that their paths might diverge. She knew that Linda was making the right choice for herself and wished her only happiness. But she had to make a decision that would change her own life. Maria understood that she was facing a difficult choice. Abandoning what they had built together seemed unthinkable. But staying and trying to run the studio alone was also a considerable challenge. She needed to balance her desires and reality, which was more complicated than anticipated.

Maria felt a slight panic setting in. Determined to overcome this feeling, she breathed slowly: inhale, hold, and exhale. After 5–8 repetitions, she felt somewhat calmer. She imagined being alone in the studio, making all the decisions and handling daily concerns and problems.

Linda had always been her support and source of inspiration. How would she cope without her? What if the studio couldn’t survive without the dynamic they created together?

Then, her thoughts took another direction. What if she sold her share and started something new? Maybe this was her chance to find a new path, to open a new chapter in her life. Maria recalled how she and Linda had started from scratch, and she felt a bit lighter. If they could create something so significant together, she could start something new independently.

Maria closed her eyes again and considered the three options Linda had proposed. She tried not to worry about Linda, knowing her friend had found happiness. Linda was heading to France, to a new beginning and a life full of opportunities. Maria felt warmth in her heart, realizing that Linda deserved this chance.

First and foremost, Maria decided to delve into buying out Linda’s share. On the one hand, this choice held allure. Maria had the financial means—some she had diligently saved, and some was a legacy from her late uncle. However, the prospect of running the studio single-handedly and personally handling the administrative tasks was a source of anxiety and uncertainty. Maria was accustomed to working in tandem with Linda, sharing the load of duties and responsibilities. The studio’s operation demanded a blend of creative skills and financial acumen, organizational prowess, and problem-solving abilities.

Maria attempted to envision herself as the sole manager of the studio. Her day would commence with scrutinizing financial reports, discussing plans with artists, and managing organizational matters. Yet, each time she contemplated the economic reports and managerial issues, a wave of fear washed over her. She acknowledged that these aspects were not her forte, intensifying her uncertainty about the decision.

Yet, there was another path she could tread. She could bring someone on board, an assistant or an administrator. This thought brought a sense of relief. If she had a dependable person to handle administrative tasks, she could channel her energy into creativity and the strategic development of the studio. Perhaps this could be the ideal option—she would remain connected to the project but not bear the weight of responsibility alone.

Maria imagined hiring an administrator. This person would care for the studio’s daily affairs, freeing her time and energy for creativity. Together, they would develop growth plans, organize exhibitions and events, and attract new clients and artists. This would allow Maria to keep the studio, which was not just a business for her but a part of her life and soul.

On the other hand, hiring an administrator was also a risk. She needed to find the right person who shared her vision and values, someone reliable and competent. This would take time and effort, and there were no guarantees that it would work out as she hoped.

Maria’s heart felt heavy as she opened her eyes. The first option, with its pros and cons, was now crystal clear. She knew it was a bold move that would demand courage and determination. Yet, it also promised personal and professional growth, a chance to embrace new challenges and acquire fresh knowledge.

“Alright,” Maria said quietly, “the first option is clear. Scary but doable. I think I’ll need to post a job listing for an administrator and ask around among friends to see if anyone knows someone suitable. Maybe Linda could gradually teach the new person how to handle the studio’s administrative affairs over the remaining months.”

Maria stood by the window momentarily, poured herself a hot cup of tea, and settled comfortably on the couch. “Now, think about the second option: finding a new partner to replace Linda.” This option could allow her to maintain a connection with their shared endeavor while freeing her from some of the responsibilities. New blood could bring fresh ideas and energy, helping the studio to develop and thrive. Maria could continue working on her projects without the need to handle administrative matters. She envisioned herself as a partner focused on creativity and the strategic development of the studio. A new person could manage financial management, work organization, and daily affairs. This would allow Maria to remain part of the studio but focus on what she truly enjoyed and was good at.

However, this option had its drawbacks. Finding the right buyer would not be easy. The search process could take a lot of time and effort. Moreover, Maria couldn’t be sure the new partner would be as reliable and dedicated to the cause as Linda.

She recalled moments when she and Linda worked on projects together, discussed ideas, and solved problems. Would she be able to find a partner with whom she felt just as comfortable working? What if the new person didn’t meet her expectations or couldn’t handle the tasks?

Maria also understood that a new partner might bring their ideas and vision, potentially changing the studio beyond recognition. She wasn’t sure if she was ready for such changes. The studio was her baby, and the thought of someone else transforming it so drastically was unsettling.

However, she also saw potential in this option. A new partner could bring something new and inspiring, helping the studio to develop and grow. Maria could focus on her creativity, knowing she had a reliable partner for daily operations. This could relieve her of responsibility and stress, positively affecting her creative process.

The second option seemed challenging but not impossible. She understood it would be a long and difficult path, but it could lead to new opportunities and discoveries. Perhaps it was a chance for the studio to reach a new level, attract new clients and artists, and organize more exhibitions and events.

Maria closed her eyes again and began to visualize the third option: selling their shares to a third party and ultimately walking away from the studio. This option seemed the most frightening and distressing.

She imagined when she and Linda said goodbye to their shared studio forever. This place, where they had brought their dreams to life, worked late into the night, laughed, and cried, would become someone else’s. Their paintings, sculptures, and other works of art they had created together would end up in the hands of strangers. Maria felt her heart tighten at the thought.

Selling her share meant Maria would completely lose control over the studio. The new owners might drastically change it, making it a soulless commercial project devoid of creativity. Everything she and Linda had built with so much effort and love could be destroyed. It felt like a betrayal not only to herself but also to Linda and their shared endeavor.

She tried to imagine what would come next. Without the studio, her days would be empty and meaningless. She would lose not just a job but a part of her identity. Creativity did not just work for her; it was a way of expressing herself and being. Without the studio, she felt lost and alone.

On the other hand, this option could give her financial stability and the freedom to start something new. She could travel, learn, and pursue other interests. But every time she thought about it, fear gripped her. She couldn’t envision her life without the studio, art, and Linda.

Maria sighed and opened her eyes. This option seemed too radical and painful. She couldn’t find the strength to let go of the studio altogether. It was too frightening and felt wrong. She knew that the studio was a part of her life, a part of herself. Letting it go would mean losing a part of herself.

She realized that this option wasn’t for her. She had to find a way to keep the studio, even if it was challenging and required time and effort. She was ready to fight for what she loved, for what was important to her.

Maria dismissed the third option and discussed the remaining two possibilities with her psychologist, Emma. Her session was scheduled for 11 a.m. the next day. Maria glanced out the window; it was getting dark, and the rain stopped. With another sigh, she closed her studio and headed home.

Sitting in Emma’s cozy office the next day, Maria felt slightly nervous but ready to share her worries. Emma, as always, greeted her with a warm smile and invited her to sit in a comfortable chair.

“Hello, Maria. How are you today?” Emma asked, noticing the slight tension on Maria’s face.

“Hello, Emma. I’m in a tough situation, and I don’t know what the right thing to do is,” Maria began, feeling her anxiety slightly easing.

“Tell me what happened,” Emma gently prompted.

Maria began to explain Linda’s proposal, the three options she had to consider, and how hard it was for her to decide. She shared her fears and doubts, especially about never running the studio alone or handling the administration herself.

“I feel like the second option—finding a buyer for Linda’s share—is the most viable, but I’m not sure if I can handle it,” Maria admitted.

Emma listened attentively, occasionally asking questions to help Maria understand her feelings more deeply. Finally, she said:

“Maria, it’s natural to feel uncertain in such a situation. You’ve worked in the studio with Linda for years, and the thought of change can be frightening. Let’s try to relax a bit and enter a meditative state. This might help you better understand your feelings and desires,” Emma suggested with a gentle smile.

Maria nodded, trusting Emma. She closed her eyes and deeply breathed, following Emma’s instructions.

“Focus on your breathing. Take a few deep breaths in and out,” Emma began. “Feel your body relax. Now, imagine your studio. Do you see it?”

Maria nodded, picturing the familiar walls, vibrant paintings, and the quiet, creative atmosphere.

“Maria, keep breathing deeply and evenly,” Emma gently began. “Now think about what you feel when you teach people art. What do you experience when you see them uncovering their talent?”

Maria, immersed in her thoughts, began to speak:

“When I teach people art, I feel joy and satisfaction. I see them start to reveal their talents and let go of their anxieties. Not everything comes to them immediately, but they become more confident. I love seeing them trust their feelings and express them through art.”

Emma smiled as she listened to Maria’s words.

“That’s wonderful, Maria. What you do is very important. In psychology, this is called art therapy. It helps people express their feelings and emotions through creativity,” Emma explained.

Maria became interested and asked Emma to tell her more about art therapy.

“Art therapy is born from the idea that the creative process can help people express thoughts and feelings they can’t put into words. It’s a therapeutic method that uses various types of art to improve mental health and emotional well-being,” Emma began.

“Art therapy helps people cope with anxiety, depression, and stress. It allows them to explore their inner worlds, express suppressed emotions, and find new solutions. During art therapy sessions, people can feel freer and more confident, as well as gain new skills for self-expression,” she continued.

Maria listened attentively, absorbed in Emma’s words.

“I see how your work in the studio helps people. You’re not just teaching them to draw; you’re helping them uncover their inner worlds, cope with difficulties, and become happier. This is a significant contribution to their lives, making your work very valuable,” Emma concluded.

Maria felt her heart filled with warmth and pride in her work. She realized that her studio was not just a place for creativity but a space for healing and personal growth.

“When I had a creative block, I tried abstraction. It helped me cope with difficulties and opened new horizons. I felt my perception change, and I became freer in my creativity,” she recalled.

“You see,” Emma smiled, “art therapy helps those who come for help and the therapists and artists themselves. It’s a powerful tool for self-expression and self-healing.”

Maria pondered. She realized that her studio could become more than just a place for creating art. It could be a space for various forms of art therapy, a place where people could find themselves and their creativity.

“Emma, do you need to be a psychologist to practice art therapy?” Maria asked, trying to understand how to apply this information in her studio.

Emma smiled and explained:

“If it’s not related to clinical treatment but just a light form of self-expression for people stuck in their development, then no, you don’t necessarily need to be a psychologist. Understanding how art can help people express their emotions and find inner harmony.”

“People today face enormous competition and daily stress,” Emma continued. “Many resort to antidepressants when they could come to a studio like yours and achieve a much greater effect. There’s hardly a profession today where people don’t experience stress and pressure. Art therapy can help them relieve tension, find balance, and achieve inner peace.”

Maria reflected on her words. She remembered Andrew, a financier who had become her student in the studio. Maria recalled how enthusiastically Andrew painted a castle, transforming from the head of a large company into a boy enjoying every brushstroke and immersing himself in the magical world of his imagination. His eyes sparkled with joy and inspiration as if he had found a way to escape everyday worries and stress, gaining creative freedom.

“Thank you, Emma. You’ve helped me see how important my work is. I will work on making the studio a place where people can find inspiration and support,” Maria said gratefully.

Before saying goodbye, Emma asked one more question to support Maria’s inspiration.

“Maria, how is your work on the series of paintings about Amalfi coming along?” she asked with interest.

“Thank you for asking, Emma. I feel that the work is going well. Amalfi is such a beautiful place, and I try to convey all its beauty and atmosphere in my paintings. I enjoy immersing myself in the memories of my days there and recreating those moments on canvas.”

Emma nodded, seeing Maria’s eyes light up when discussing her project.

“That’s wonderful, Maria. Working on these paintings, you’re creating art and reliving those beautiful moments. Let this inspiration help your creativity and decision-making about the studio.”

“Thank you, Emma. Your words always support me,” Maria replied gratefully.

“You are talented and determined, Maria. I’m sure you’ll succeed,” Emma said as they said goodbye. “Until next week,” she added with a smile. After the meeting with Emma, Maria needed to deepen her knowledge of art therapy.

She went to the library to find books on the subject and learn more about how art can help people.

The library was quiet and cozy, with high shelves filled with books. Maria walked along the psychology and therapy section and soon found several books on art therapy. She chose one that caught her attention with its title: “Art Therapy: Healing Through Creativity.”

She sat at one of the tables and began to read. Creativity describes various art therapy methods, how they help people cope with emotional and psychological difficulties, and how they promote self-expression and personal growth. Maria was amazed at how deep and diverse this field was.

The book provided examples of people who had overcome their fears, depression, and anxiety through art therapy. Maria paid particular attention to a section describing how art therapy helps people in high-stress professions: businesspeople, doctors, police officers, firefighters, and teachers.

Maria continued to flip through the pages, searching for something new and exciting for herself and her future audience. On one spread, she came across a section dedicated to unusual art therapy methods and their unique therapeutic effects.

One such method was “Sand Therapy.” It involved using miniature figures and sand to create scenes and visual stories. This method helped people express and explore their inner experiences in a safe and controlled environment. Maria envisioned creating a unique space in her studio for sand therapy, where clients could immerse themselves in their fantasies and explore their emotions.

Another method that caught her attention was “Mask Therapy.” In this approach, people create and use masks to express their hidden emotions and aspects of their personalities. This could be especially useful for those who have difficulty expressing their feelings in words. Maria saw potential in creating unique art therapy sessions where clients could make masks and explore their inner worlds through them.

Next, Maria came across a chapter on “Ecotherapy,” where art was combined with nature. Clients created their works using natural materials such as leaves, branches, stones, and clay. These sessions were held outdoors, which fostered creative self-expression and reconnected people with nature, which had a powerful therapeutic effect. She thought about organizing such sessions in the park near their studio or even going on small creative expeditions to picturesque locations.

Maria also read about “Narrative Therapy,” where clients wrote stories or scripts reflecting their experiences and inner conflicts. This helped them express their feelings, find new ways to solve problems, and see their lives differently. She envisioned organizing courses in her studio where clients could write stories and turn them into art.

These new ideas filled Maria with enthusiasm. She realized how diverse and profound the world of art therapy could be and how many opportunities it opened for helping people. She felt that her studio could become a true center of creative healing, where everyone could find their unique path to self-expression and inner harmony.

Her studio could become a safe and supportive space where people would find inspiration, support, and the opportunity to discover new facets of themselves through art. The only thing left was to figure out how to manage all the future processes administratively. This question still worried Maria, but she felt ready for the new stage in her life.

Assignment for the Reader:

Find a quiet and peaceful place. Get comfortable in your favorite chair or find a secluded corner. Play soft music or nature sounds to create an atmosphere of tranquility.

Take a notebook and pen or a drawing set. Prepare materials that will help you express your thoughts and feelings. This could be paper, pencils, paints, or even a pen for writing.

Recall a recent situation where you had to make a difficult choice. Reflect on a moment when you faced several options and had difficulty deciding. This exercise is designed to encourage personal growth and self-discovery through creative expression.

1. Create a creative choice diagram: Divide the page into three parts:

• In the first part, draw or describe the three possible courses of action you faced.
• In the second part, draw or describe the pros and cons of each option.
• In the third part, remember and depict who among your acquaintances or friends gave you advice or helped you with their words.

2. Immerse yourself in your feelings: Close your eyes and visualize yourself making each choice. Imagine how you feel a week, a month, or a year after making each decision. Then, open your eyes and express these feelings through drawing, collage, or text.
3. Reflect on your creative experience: Think about how creativity has helped you in the past. Recall the crafts, drawings, or other creative projects you have made and how they helped you cope with difficulties.
4. Create a symbol of your path: Use drawing, collage, or another form of creativity to create a symbol that reflects your path and choices. It could be an abstract image, a symbolic picture, or any other form that helps you express your feelings.
5. Conclude: Write a brief conclusion about what you learned about yourself and your priorities during this assignment. How does creativity help you find the right path? How does the support of those around you influence your choices?

Chapter 14: "From Challenges to Healing"

Argentum Capital was a recognized gem in the financial world. Led by Andrew Harrison, the company has earned a reputation as one of the most reliable and innovative asset management companies. They offered their clients various financial services, from individual portfolio management strategies to comprehensive investment consulting. Clients appreciated them for their accurate forecasts, transparency, and reliability.

Andrew knew that his team was the heart of Argentum Capital’s success. They worked on creating the best investment products, conducted deep market analysis, and developed strategies that minimized risks and maximized returns. The company fostered an innovation and continuous learning atmosphere, allowing the team to stay at the forefront of financial technologies and trends.

Zenith Financial was a powerhouse in corporate finance and investment banking. Under Michael Sanders’s leadership, the company specialized in complex mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, and strategic consulting. Its clients included the largest corporations, which trusted Zenith to manage their finances.

Zenith Financial was known for its ability to see opportunities where others saw only risks. They skillfully structured deals, prepared companies for IPOs, and attracted venture capital, helping clients grow and develop. The company’s culture of dynamism and progressiveness allowed it to quickly adapt to market changes and offer the most relevant solutions to its clients.

Michael Sanders and his team were masters of their craft. They knew how to guide a company through the complex process of a merger or restructuring, minimizing costs and maximizing benefits. Every project was a challenge for them, and they approached it with enthusiasm and professionalism, striving for the perfect result.

Andrew saw immense potential for growth and development when merging with Zenith Financial. The combination of resources and expertise from both companies promised to create a powerful player in the financial services market, capable of offering clients unique solutions and opportunities.

Andrew and Michael understood that the merger’s success depended on financial and strategic aspects and the integration of corporate cultures. They were determined to create an environment where employees from both companies could work effectively together, share knowledge and innovations, achieve common goals, and strengthen their market positions.

The merger of Argentum Capital and Zenith Financial marked the beginning of a new era in their history. Each company brought its unique strengths to create an even more successful and influential player in the financial market.

Andrew worked intensely all day. The merger went smoothly; less than a month remained until the planned event. Andrew was finishing the paperwork and heading home when the internal phone rang.

“Andrew, we have a problem. Competitors have found out about our merger. They’ve started an aggressive campaign to attract our clients and employees,” Mark reported.

“Damn it,” Andrew clenched his fists. “Who’s behind this?”

“It looks like Orion Investments. They’re actively working on our key clients and spreading rumors about instability due to our merger,” Mark explained.

“Alright, we’ll deal with it. Call an emergency meeting with the team immediately. We need to develop a counteraction plan and reassure our clients,” Andrew ordered.

“Got it, Andrew. Gathering everyone now,” Mark responded and hung up.

The Argentum Capital team gathered in the conference room. Andrew stood at the head of the table, tensely scanning the faces of his employees.

“We have a problem,” he began. “Orion Investments is trying to undermine our merger by spreading rumors and poaching our clients. We need to act quickly.”

“Thomas, Elizabeth,” he addressed his key staff members. “What ideas do you have to neutralize this threat?”

“We can organize a series of meetings with our key clients to personally assure them of the stability and benefits of our merger,” Thomas suggested.

“I agree,” Elizabeth supported. “Additionally, we need to strengthen internal communication. Our employees must understand what’s happening and be confident about the company’s future. This will help prevent any defections to competitors.”

“Excellent. Let’s implement these suggestions immediately,” Andrew summarized. “We can’t let competitors derail our plans.”

The team dispersed, ready for action.

Meanwhile, intense work was underway at Orion Investments. Several members of the competitive intelligence service had gathered in a spacious office furnished with expensive modern furniture.

“Gentlemen, we have important news,” chief analyst Marcus Brown said. “We’ve learned about the upcoming merger between Argentum Capital and Zenith Financial. This could significantly change the asset management market.”

Jason Miller, CEO of Orion Investments, asked, “What steps can we take to undermine their position?”

“We have already started an aggressive campaign to attract their key clients. We are also spreading rumors about instability related to their merger,” Marcus replied.

“Good. Intensify those efforts. We need to convince clients that our offers are more reliable and beneficial,” Jason ordered.

Meanwhile, intense work was also underway in Michael Sanders’ office as the CEO of Zenith Financial. Michael sat at the table with Amanda Chen, the head of the analytics department.

“Michael, we’ve analyzed the competitive environment. Orion Investments is actively trying to undermine our merger with Argentum Capital,” Amanda began.

“What options do we have?” Michael asked.

“We can boost our marketing efforts to showcase the benefits of our merger to clients. Additionally, we should conduct internal training for employees to prepare them for potential attacks from competitors,” Amanda suggested.

“I agree. Moreover, we need to work more closely with clients to convince them of the stability and benefits of our merger,” Michael added.

“I’ll get started on this immediately,” Amanda replied, standing up and heading to the door.

Orion Investments was a significant player in asset management and investment consulting. It was known for its aggressive client acquisition approach and ambition to lead the market. The company offers various services, including portfolio management, investment consulting, financial planning, and market research.

Orion Investments saw the merger of Argentum Capital and Zenith Financial as a severe threat to their market position. The union of two strong competitors could create a powerful player capable of offering clients more attractive cooperation terms.

Andrew gathered his team to discuss the potential consequences of the merger’s failure.

“Colleagues, if the merger doesn’t go through, what will we do?” he asked, looking at Thomas and Elizabeth.

“We’ll lose many clients. Orion is already attacking us, and without the merger, we’ll become even more vulnerable,” Thomas replied.

“Correct. We’ll have to find new ways to increase efficiency and reduce costs to stay afloat,” Elizabeth added.

Michael was discussing the possible consequences of the merger’s cancellation with Amanda.

“Amanda, what are your projections if the merger doesn’t happen?” Michael asked.

“We’ll be at a disadvantage compared to competitors. Our ability to grow and innovate will be limited,” Amanda replied.

“We’ll need to seek other partnerships or expansion opportunities to compensate for the lost potential,” Michael concluded.

Meanwhile, in Orion Investments’ office, Jason Miller discussed with Marcus the potential outcomes of their aggressive campaign.

“If the merger doesn’t happen, we’ll significantly strengthen our market position,” Jason said.

“Yes, we need to keep the pressure on and seize every opportunity to attract their clients,” Marcus agreed.

“In that case, we’ll be able to reach a new level and become leaders in asset management,” Jason added.

Andrew called Michael and informed him of his decision to organize a press conference immediately. He understood the necessity of acting immediately to maintain client trust and strengthen the company’s position.

Additionally, he instructed Thomas to urgently arrange meetings with the company’s two most prominent clients. Their behavior would influence how the others would act.

Andrew stood at the podium, with media representatives in front of him, waiting for his statement. He took a deep breath and began his address:

“Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for gathering here today. I want to officially announce the upcoming merger of two leading companies in asset management—Argentum Capital and Zenith Financial. This merger aims to create one of the market’s most potent and innovative financial companies.

We are confident that the union of our resources and talents will allow us to offer our clients even higher-quality services and expanded investment opportunities. We understand that news of the merger has sparked interest and questions, and today, I am ready to answer them to clarify the situation and dispel any doubts.”

“Good morning, Andrew. I’m James Smith from the Financial Times. How do you plan to cope with the competitive pressure from Orion Investments, which has already started an aggressive campaign against you?”

“Thank you for the question, James. We are fully aware of the challenges posed by Orion Investments. In response to their actions, we are enhancing our client support and communication. We are also organizing a series of meetings with our key clients to discuss the merger’s advantages personally and reassure them of the stability and reliability of our combined efforts.”

“I’m Laura Brown from Bloomberg. How will the integration of the two companies take place? Is there already a developed plan for merging assets and structures?”

“Hi, Laura. Yes, we have a detailed integration plan. We are creating joint working groups of employees of both companies responsible for synchronizing business processes and cultural aspects. We aim to minimize disruptions and ensure a smooth transition for all stakeholders.”

“Felix Grant from Barron’s. What measures are you taking to retain employees and prevent them from moving to competitors?”

“Good afternoon, Felix. We plan to hold internal events and training sessions to strengthen the corporate spirit and integrate employees from both companies. We will also enhance internal communications to ensure employees feel informed and involved. Additionally, we are offering motivational programs and bonuses for key employees to keep them with the company.”

“Alex Koval from Reuters. How do you plan to reassure clients worried about rumors of instability related to the merger?”

“Hello, Alex. We have already started a series of meetings with our key clients to personally discuss all aspects of the merger and address their questions. We have also strengthened our client support and opened a hotline for all clients to get up-to-date information and clarifications. Our goal is to ensure transparency and confidence in the stability and reliability of our actions.”

“Peter Johnson from The Wall Street Journal. What will the new management structure be after the merger? Will there be any changes in the leadership team?”

“We are working on creating a new management structure that will include representatives from both companies. This will allow us to retain the best of each company and ensure effective management. We also plan to establish a board of directors that will include key figures from both companies for strategic guidance.”

After the press conference, Andrew and his team met with John Roberts, a representative of one of their largest institutional clients.

“Good afternoon, John; thank you for taking the time to meet,” Andrew began.

“Good afternoon, Andrew. I heard about the upcoming merger and am concerned about how it might affect our assets,” John replied.

“I understand your concerns, John. I assure you with full responsibility that this merger will bring only positive changes. We are carefully planning the integration to minimize any risks and improve the management of your assets. We are confident that the merger with Zenith Financial will allow us to offer you an expanded range of services and new investment opportunities,” Andrew explained.

“Good, Andrew. Your words are reassuring. I hope everything goes smoothly,” John said, nodding.

At the next meeting, Sarah Hendricks, a representative of a major pension fund, was present.

“Hi, Sarah. Glad you could make it,” Andrew greeted her.

“Hi, Andrew. How will the upcoming merger affect our pension assets? We’ve heard rumors of instability,” Sarah began.

“Sarah, I want to assure you that these rumors are unfounded. We are doing everything possible to ensure a smooth integration without harming our clients. Your pension assets will be well-protected, and we are ready to offer you additional benefits through the combination of our companies,” Andrew replied.

“That’s reassuring, Andrew. We’ll be closely monitoring the situation,” Sarah said.

The last two days had been a real test for Andrew. Constant meetings, emergency sessions, and dealing with the press had exhausted him physically and mentally. The merger with Zenith Financial, competition with Orion Investments, and the need to reassure clients required incredible effort and focus.

Andrew sat at his desk, leaning back in his chair. It seemed to him that the office walls were closing in, making him breathe faster and more profoundly. He closed his eyes, hoping for a moment of escape from all the problems and challenges he had faced.

Andrew knew he needed to recover; Linda and Maria’s art studio was the best place. It had always helped him unwind and find his inner balance. He remembered how he enjoyed the painting process, feeling each brushstroke on the canvas lift the weight of accumulated stress.

Overcoming his fatigue, Andrew gathered his work documents into a folder and called Maria to arrange a time for a session.

“Hi, Maria. Can I come to the studio today? I need to take my mind off things,” he said, trying to hide the fatigue in his voice.

“Of course, Andrew. We’d be happy to see you,” Maria replied warmly.

Andrew entered the studio, feeling the tension of the past days still hanging heavily on his shoulders. Maria, who had learned about art therapy, watched him with understanding and care.

“Andrew, hello! I’m glad to see you,” Maria said, approaching. You look a bit tired. How have the past few days been?”

“Hi, Maria. These have been the most stressful days of my life,” Andrew replied, sinking into a chair next to an easel. “Meetings, press conferences, clients… It’s all worn me out completely.”

With new knowledge about how art can help relieve stress, Maria saw how much Andrew needed rest and recovery. She decided to approach him from an art therapy perspective.

“Andrew, I know you need to unwind and relax a bit. How about expressing all your emotions on the canvas? It helps,” she suggested, pushing an easel and paints towards him. “Let’s put aside your old castle painting for now; you need something different.”

Andrew nodded, and Maria helped him choose a brush and paints. He began to apply the first strokes to the canvas, his movements somewhat stiff and hesitant. But gradually, influenced by the calm atmosphere of the studio and Maria’s caring presence, his shoulders began to relax.

“You know, Maria, painting helps me. It’s like a way to disconnect from everything around me,” Andrew said, focusing on the canvas.

Maria watched him, noticing how his breathing became more profound and even, and his brushstrokes became more confident. She saw how art slowly helped him release tension and find inner peace.

“Art therapy works, Andrew. I can already see you changing before my eyes. Your shoulders are relaxing, and you’re becoming calmer. It’s a pleasure to watch,” Maria said with a smile.

Assignment for the Reader:

Assess Current Challenges: Think about the current challenges you are facing in your life. These can be professional, personal, or emotional difficulties. Write them down on a piece of paper or in a journal.

Explore Emotions Through Art: Take a few minutes to relax and focus on your feelings. Using pencils, paints, or other artistic materials, create a visual representation of your emotions. This can be an abstract image, symbols, or scenes reflecting your feelings.

Create a Challenge-Inspired Artwork: Choose one of your current challenges and create an artwork that responds to it. This can be a drawing, painting, sculpture, poem, or story. Focus on expressing your perception and emotions related to this challenge.

Implement an Art Project: Plan a several-week art project. For example, create a series of paintings or drawings depicting your journey through challenges. Document your thoughts and feelings during the creation process to analyze how your perception changes.

Try New Methods: Experiment with something new, such as collage art, mask making, or using unconventional materials. This can help you find new ways of expression and offer fresh perspectives on old problems.

Additional Assignment: Creating a Mandala

A mandala is a geometric figure often used in meditation and art therapy. Try creating your mandala using a circle as the base. Start from the center and work outward, adding elements that reflect your thoughts, emotions, and challenges. This activity can help you focus and find inner peace.

Use these assignments to explore new aspects of creativity and healing through art. They will help you cope with current challenges and find new ways of self-expression and personal growth.

Chapter 15: A Wellness Session

Andrew’s morning started as usual: calls, meetings, consultations. By eleven o’clock, he remembered that he had promised to call David today and try to arrange an after-hours session. Yesterday, Andrew missed his meeting with David because of a press conference regarding the company merger set for 10 a.m.

Andrew stepped out onto the office terrace and dialed David’s number. There was no answer; he was likely busy with a client. Andrew left a voicemail: “Hi, David. It’s Andrew. Again, I’m sorry that I couldn’t make it yesterday. Can we meet today or tomorrow? Please call me back when you get a chance. Thanks.”

Returning to work, Andrew kept an eye on his phone. About forty minutes later, David called back. “Hi, Andrew. I got your message. I have some free time at three o’clock today.” “Great, David. Thanks. I’ll be there at three. See you then.”

After hanging up, Andrew felt a sense of relief. The meeting with David was necessary for him to sort through his thoughts and emotions. He plunged back into work but kept thinking about the upcoming conversation.

Andrew arrived at David’s office at the appointed time. His work has become increasingly stressful due to the recent merger process, and he feels his strength waning. When he entered the office, David noticed his fatigue. “Hi, Andrew. Good to see you,” David began. How are you feeling?”

Andrew sat down and sighed heavily. “Hi, David. To be honest, I feel exhausted. The work demands more and more effort, and I’m starting to doubt whether I can keep up this pace,” he added.

“That’s a serious admission. Let’s talk about it in more detail. What exactly is bothering you?” David asked, listening attentively.

“In the merger process, I understand it’s the right decision for our company. But I don’t see myself managing the merged company,” Andrew began. “I feel burned out. It seems like I can’t be on the front lines anymore.”

“I understand. Tell me, Andrew, what about managing the merged company seems the most exhausting to you?”

“It’s the endless demands and the constant need to be available. Every day brings new challenges, and I must always be at my best. The pressure, the feeling that you can’t let your guard down even for a moment…” Andrew answered thoughtfully.

“And how do you feel about that?”

“I’m tired of being constantly under pressure,” Andrew sighed. “Also, I feel guilty towards Michael, who has high expectations of me in this merger. Sometimes, it feels like I’m just a cog in a big machine that can’t stop. I’ve started thinking that maybe I need to step back from leading positions and look for something that brings me more personal satisfaction.”

“That’s an important observation,” David said. “What aspects of your work satisfy you? What do you value in your current professional role?”

“I’ve always valued the ability to influence the company’s development and see the results of my efforts. But now I feel more inspired by helping others find their direction, perhaps through mentoring or consulting.”

“That sounds like a search for a new direction that could offer you more personal fulfillment and less stress. Do you have any ideas on how you might realize this?” David asked with interest.

“Yes,” Andrew nodded. “I’ve been thinking about it. Maybe I should take a break and think about it in more detail, perhaps even try something new in a calmer environment where I could reassess my priorities.”

“You know, David, there are moments when I feel like I’ve lost touch with why I started this career in the first place,” Andrew said, running his fingers along the armrest. “I used to wake up every morning with a sense of purpose, excited about the challenges ahead. Now I wake up feeling the weight of the coming day.”

“That’s a fairly common feeling among people in your position. Have you given yourself time to reflect on what might have changed in your motivations or circumstances?”

“I’ve tried. Sometimes, it feels like I’ve been going down this well-worn path for years without thinking about whether it leads me to where I truly want to go. I need to rethink what is important to me as a professional and a person.”

“That’s a good sign, Andrew. Realizing that you are ready to explore new paths and opportunities can be the beginning of your journey to personal and professional renewal. What elements of your job still satisfy you?”

“I find joy when I can solve problems on a macro level, seeing how my decisions help shape the company’s future. But those moments are becoming rarer. Most of the time, I deal with routine tasks that seem endless.”

“Maybe it’s time to focus specifically on the aspects of work that satisfy you and find a way to delegate or minimize the routine. This could free you up for more meaningful activities and help restore your motivation,” David suggested.

“You’re right,” Andrew agreed thoughtfully. “Perhaps that’s exactly what I need. The opportunity to rethink my role and responsibilities… It could give me a new direction and new energy.”

“David, there’s another aspect I’ve been seriously considering,” Andrew continued. “I want the company to function well without my leadership and perform even better. That would indicate that I’ve done my job right.”

“That’s a noble goal. How do you plan to achieve this?”

“I’m suggesting to my partner Michael that I choose a candidate for the leadership role outside our current circle. This would help avoid conflicts of interest and give the merged company a fresh perspective on management and development.”

“That could indeed bring new ideas and approaches. Do you have any idea how your partner will react to this?”

“I’m not sure how he’ll take it. We’re meeting for lunch tomorrow to discuss it. But I think it’s a sensible step. Finding the right person would improve the company’s performance and let me feel more at ease, knowing the company is in good hands.”

“That sounds like a well-thought-out plan. You’re taking important steps toward conscious leadership, looking not only at current tasks but also at the long-term future and sustainability of the company,” David agreed.

“Yes, it’s part of my desire to find a new balance in life and work. I must ensure that I’m doing everything possible for the company, even if it means stepping back from direct management.”

Andrew looked thoughtfully out the window and continued, “There’s one more thing I’m still thinking about… How will I feel not being at the helm? I’m used to everyone coming to me for advice, to directing every aspect of the company’s operations.”

“That’s a fundamental question. The feeling of significance and influence over company processes is a big part of who you are. How do you envision life where you’re not making all the decisions?”

Andrew smiled a bit sheepishly. “To be honest, it scares me. I’ve always felt confident at the helm. It gave me a sense of control and security. I’m unsure how I’ll cope with letting go of management.”

“That’s a natural feeling for someone in your position. But remember, letting go doesn’t mean losing. It can be the start of a new chapter, where you can explore other aspects of life and activities that can bring you joy and satisfaction.”

“Yes, I understand that. I probably need time to get used to the idea that my days at the helm might end. But at the same time, it can also be an opportunity. An opportunity to learn to trust others and see the bigger picture from afar.”

“Exactly, Andrew. It can also be a chance to learn and grow in new directions you hadn’t considered before because of your constant engagement in management.”

Andrew nodded, reflecting. “Yes, perhaps—a chance to see what I’m capable of beyond the helm. It can be exciting…”

“This might seem strange after everything we’ve discussed, but I’ve often thought in recent months that I need something more global. I used to think that merging the companies would satisfy me. This was exactly what to strive for, and to my surprise, I wasn’t inspired by the opportunities that opened up.”

“David, you know,” Andrew continued, “maybe these reflections seem strange in my position, but I’ve started to feel I need something more. Not just more businesses or more companies under my management. I need a new global goal, something that could truly change my view of the world.”

“That sounds like the search for a new passion. Tell me more, what exactly do you mean by a global goal?”

“I’m thinking of something on an international scale. Not just business expansion but creating or participating in projects that could impact society, science, perhaps politics, or the environment. Something that could truly make a difference on a global level.”

“That’s a very noble dream. You’ve already accomplished a lot, but you’re drawn to something even greater. It shows that you’re not satisfied with what’s been achieved but strive for constant development.”

“Yes, exactly. I’m contemplating whether my next step could involve innovations in education or healthcare. I’m attracted to the idea of creating something that could radically improve the lives of millions of people.”

“That’s wonderful. A goal that goes beyond personal or corporate success and aims at public good can give you a new burst of energy and satisfaction.”

“That’s exactly what I need. I’m beginning to understand that true satisfaction comes not from the number of zeros in the bank account but from the real impact on the world. Maybe I should focus on technologies or projects that can help solve global problems like climate change or access to clean water. It seems to me that this new beginning might be exactly what I’ve been looking for. That feeling when you’re not just going with the flow but shaping the river into which ideas and energy from many people flow.”

“You are on the right path, Andrew. Your reflections show the depth of your feelings and a desire to act.

This is the mark of a true leader.”

“David, you see, even if I stay at the top of the newly merged company, I don’t feel it will foster my growth. There will be more money, but there won’t be anything genuinely new or creative in that work.”

“So, you are seeking opportunities for creative fulfillment?”

“Yes, exactly. I need a startup, but not just any startup. Something creative that will allow me to express myself fully. Maybe a global platform in the field of education or creativity… Something that could truly benefit every corner of the world.”

“That sounds like the beginning of something great. Do you already have an idea of what it might look like?”

“I’ve started thinking about some ideas. For example, it is a platform that brings together creative people worldwide, helping them share knowledge, ideas, and resources. A place where educational innovations could become accessible to everyone, regardless of location.”

“This could be your next big challenge,” David said thoughtfully. “Such a project requires a creative approach and a deep understanding of technology, educational processes, and cultural differences.”

“I agree. I need to study the market and understand what solutions already exist and where there might be niches for innovation. I may need to talk to experts in these fields and potential users and partners. I haven’t settled on a specific goal yet. I’m in the exploration phase and want to ensure this process doesn’t disappoint my new partners.”

“It’s important that you’re thinking about your partners. How do you plan to manage the company during this transitional period?”

“I’m prepared to stay at the company’s helm for as long as it takes to stabilize and integrate. I aim to ensure a smooth transition and gradually move into secondary roles. This will allow me to start moving towards the new global project without neglecting the current business.”

“That approach can help balance your ambitions with your commitments to your partners. Have you thought about how to start exploring new opportunities?”

“I’ve started making a list of areas that might interest me. Education and technology are the directions in which I see potential for global impact. I will need to conduct in-depth analysis and perhaps talk to leading experts in these fields.”

“That sounds like a thoughtful plan. Conducting research and consulting with experts will give you a better understanding of where you can most effectively apply your skills and knowledge.”

“I will do just that. I know this journey might take time, but I’m ready. My main goal is to find a venture that excites me and where I can make a meaningful contribution.”

“Andrew, at the beginning of our conversation, you mentioned feeling guilty towards Michael because, when the merger is nearly complete, you find it demotivating and are experiencing burnout. Understandably, Michael, clients, and employees of both companies are counting on this merger to create a new leap forward, just as you are in your personal development, relying on your enthusiasm and vision for big goals.”

“Let’s try a brief meditative practice to help you cope with this feeling and relax.”

“I’m ready, David. Honestly, I need to calm down a bit.”

“Good. Get comfortable and close your eyes. Take a few deep breaths… Hold your breath for a few seconds, inhale through your nose, then slowly exhale through your mouth. Try to clear your mind of all thoughts.”

“Now, imagine that you are releasing tension and guilt with each exhale. You are not alone in these feelings, and it’s perfectly normal to feel tired and need change.”

“Remember that striving for personal happiness and health doesn’t make you a bad partner or leader. On the contrary, taking care of yourself makes you more focused and productive long-term.”

“Try to envision the path ahead of you, Andrew. Don’t try to see specific details or answers. Just let your mind wander freely in the space of possibilities.”

“Sometimes the answers to our most important questions are within arm’s reach. We search for opportunities across the ocean while they might be right nearby. If you’re at a crossroads, Andrew, listen to every phrase spoken.”

“Messengers can come to you in the most unexpected forms—through a random event, a conversation with a neighbor, a client, an employee, or a passerby. The environment speaks to us in a special language. If you listen, you will hear. Allow yourself to be open to these messages.”

“Now, on the count of three, slowly open your eyes. One… two… three…”

Andrew slowly opened his eyes, his gaze looking pensive.

“David, that’s interesting… I feel like my intuition is starting to respond. It seems to me that I’m beginning to see hints of a path I could explore.”

“That’s an excellent sign, Andrew. Your inner voice has started speaking to you. Keep your mind open and continue exploring these signs and messages. Sometimes, the most significant discoveries happen when we least expect them. This practice, Andrew, is based on the ancient art of mindfulness and meditation. It helps reduce stress and opens our minds to deeper internal explorations. It allows us to see things we usually ignore or deem unimportant.”

“How can I best practice this on my own? How often?”

“I recommend starting with a daily practice of 10–15 minutes each day. Find a quiet place where you can sit uninterrupted and free from distractions. Focus on your breathing, the sensations in your body, and the sounds around you. This will help you achieve a state of calm and mental clarity. Over time, you’ll notice an improvement in your ability to concentrate and become more open to new ideas and opportunities. You’ll start noticing what previously escaped your attention—hints, symbols, random encounters that might lead you to discoveries.”

“Interesting… This sounds like something that could help me right now.”

“Also, Andrew, remember that mindfulness is a lifelong practice. It teaches us to be present in every moment, paying attention to our actions, words, and thoughts. It’s not just meditation; it’s a way to see the world more clearly and holistically. As you continue this practice, you might find that your understanding of yourself and the world around you changes. This could lead to new ideas for your global project and a deeper sense of fulfillment and purpose. Maintaining the intention to explore when on a quest is important, even if answers do not come immediately. The path you are meant to take already exists. You might meet it now, or perhaps in five years if the world decides you are not yet ready.”

“That can be hard to accept, especially when you feel urgency in finding answers,” Andrew said.

“Absolutely, but it’s important to remember that sometimes searching teaches us more than the immediate attainment of a goal. It’s a journey of self-discovery and understanding the world around us. If the path seems closed, it doesn’t always mean rejection. Sometimes, it’s just an invitation to look closer and find alternative routes.”

“How can I best maintain my intention in this process?”

“Continue practicing mindfulness as we discussed. It will help you stay focused and open. Additionally, keep your goals and ideas in front of you. Write them down, discuss them with trusted people, experiment with small projects that might bring you closer to understanding what truly interests you.”

“That sounds like a plan. I’ll remember that my path might not reveal itself immediately and that each step forward is significant.”

“Exactly, Andrew. Every step teaches us something important, even if we don’t see the ultimate goal. This journey is valuable in itself.”

“So, Andrew, let’s summarize our conversation. First, you must free yourself from routine and find the right approach to Michael to share your desire to bring new blood into the merged company. This will help maintain an innovative approach, bring fresh ideas, and won’t disappoint him due to your burnout.”

“Agreed, I need to ensure that we both see this as an opportunity for growth and development.”

“Second, you must carry out the merger to benefit both the company and the clients. This will demonstrate not only financial gain but also improved service and products that you offer.”

“That’s a key point,” Andrew nodded. “I need to focus on making the merger smooth and bringing maximum benefit to all parties involved.”

“And third, listen to your search. Stay open to signs and opportunities. As they say, a neon sign will light up over the right door at the right moment. Don’t ignore random encounters or statements; they might point you in the right direction.”

“This won’t be easy, but I am ready to look for signs and be open to new ideas. Your advice today has helped me see my tasks from a different perspective. You’re not just a psychologist, David; you’re a wise mentor, and it seems there are no areas you aren’t knowledgeable about. I have lived and understood more in this session than in years of solitary searching.”

“I’m glad I could help, Andrew. Remember, every step on this path is part of your growth. Even if the path seems thorny, each experience teaches and prepares you for the next challenge,” David concluded.

Assignment for the Reader:

In this chapter, Andrew and David discussed finding balance and new directions. Now, it’s your turn to think about your path and explore new opportunities for personal growth and inspiration.

Take a Notebook or Create a Document on Your Computer:

• Write a list of your dreams, goals, and interests.
• Plan on how you could start moving toward these goals. What steps can you take right now?
• Think about what new skills or knowledge you need to achieve your goals.

Write a Story About Yourself in the Future:

• Describe yourself five or ten years from now. Detail how you found your purpose and the steps you took to achieve your dreams.
• Include elements of creativity, balance, and overcoming obstacles.
• Use your dreams and goals from the first task as the foundation for your story’s plot.

Draw or Create a Visual Map of Your Path:

• Use pictures, symbols, and words that reflect your dreams and goals.
• Mark essential milestones and achievements you want to reach along your path.

Share Your Guide, Story, and Path Map with Friends or in a Group:

• Discuss what new ideas or perspectives you gained after completing this task.
• Exchange views on how to support each other in achieving your goals.

This assignment will help you better understand your dreams and goals and find inspiration and motivation to achieve them. Good luck on your path to self-realization!

Chapter 16: "The Inspiration Studio"

Andrew, his mind buzzing with the insights from his lengthy session with David, decided to forgo the office and seek solace in a walk. It was around four in the afternoon when he stepped out of the psychologist’s office, the sun beginning its descent, casting a warm, soft light.

Andrew headed to the nearest park. He strolled along the paths, breathing in the fresh air and enjoying the quiet. Thoughts from the session with David were still swirling in his mind. He pondered what it would mean not to be at the helm and how that might change his life.

“Maybe David is right,” he thought. “Letting go doesn’t mean losing. It could be the start of a new chapter.” Andrew knew he needed to learn to trust others and see the bigger picture from a distance. This new perspective could lead him to more than just managing a company.

The serene nature enveloped him, its calming effect seeping into his every pore. He was attuned to the birdsong, the rustling of leaves in the light breeze, and the rhythmic sound of his steps on the gravel path. Each element of this moment was a guide, leading him back to mindfulness and tranquility. As David had advised, Andrew began to look for signs and opportunities in the mundane. Perhaps the answers were indeed within arm’s reach.

He approached a bench in the park’s center and sat down, enjoying the view. In front of him was a playground where children were playing happily. Parents sat on the benches, watching their kids, discussing daily matters, and laughing. The sounds of children’s laughter and adult conversations filled the air with warmth and coziness.

Nearby, children were playing, and one girl, about seven years old, caught his attention. Her dark hair and mischievous brown eyes reminded him of Maria. The girl ran up to him and, stopping for a moment, introduced herself:

“Hi, I’m Lisa. What’s your name?”

Andrew smiled at her directness.

“Hi, Lisa. I’m Andrew. How are you?”

“Good,” she replied, sitting down next to him. “You look sad. Is something bothering you?”

Andrew was surprised by her mature approach to conversation. He wondered how children could ask such complex questions so simply.

“Yes, Lisa, a little. I’m thinking about work and what I should do next.”

She nodded as if she understood.

“My mom always says that if you don’t know what to do, you should listen to your heart. It knows the answers.”

Andrew felt her words resonate in his soul. Maybe this was the very sign David had mentioned.

“Thank you, Lisa. That’s sage advice.”

She smiled and continued:

“You know, sometimes I don’t know what to do either. Yesterday, I argued with my friend, and my mom told me that sometimes you need to stop, not argue, and be alone for a while to think.”

Andrew nodded, listening to her. He remembered how important it was to find moments of silence and reflection in childhood.

“That’s true,” he said. “Sometimes we all need time to think and listen to our hearts.”

Lisa looked at him seriously and asked:

“What do you do when you need to think?”

Andrew thought for a moment and replied:

“I like to walk, like now, or draw. It helps me calm down and find answers to questions.”

“That’s great!” Lisa said with a smile. “Maybe I should try drawing when I don’t know what to do?”

“Of course, try it,” Andrew agreed. “Sometimes creativity helps us see things in a new way.”

Lisa thought for a moment, then said:

“My friend’s mom draws. She says it helps her when she doesn’t know what to do. Are you an artist, too?”

Andrew smiled.

“You could say that. I sometimes draw to sort out my thoughts and find inspiration.”

At that moment, Lisa’s mom called her from a distance:

“Lisa, don’t bother the gentleman! Come here!”

Lisa stood up and, before running to her mom, said:

“Thank you, Andrew! Don’t be sad! If drawing helps you draw, everything will be fine. Bye!” She waved at him and ran off to her friends.

Her mom approached Andrew and apologized:

“Sorry if she bothered you.”

Andrew smiled and replied:

“There’s nothing to apologize for. She’s a wonderful girl and very wise. Our conversation helped me.”

Her mom smiled and led Lisa back to the other children.

After this inspiring conversation, Andrew returned to his car and decided to go to the art studio. He drove to the studio, parked, and went inside, feeling the joy of anticipation for the activities ahead.

***

Maria woke up early in the morning, just as the first rays of sunlight filtered through her bedroom curtains. She stretched, sighed, and, throwing off the blanket, got out of bed. The day promised to be busy, and she needed to find a way to manage all the tasks that now fell on her shoulders.

Walking through the living room to the kitchen, she stopped by a portrait of Andrew. Gazing at his image, Maria was filled with a profound sense of admiration for his decision-making skills. She often wondered how he managed his responsibilities and made such crucial decisions. Today, she was about to face one of the most significant decisions of her life.

“Andrew,” she whispered, as if seeking his advice. “What should I do? Find a new artist partner for the studio, or take it all on me and turn it into an art therapy studio?”

Maria was aware of Andrew’s unwavering self-confidence and decisiveness. She knew her confidence needed to become her main ally in this situation. Taking a deep breath, she made a firm decision: today, she would strive to be as decisive and goal-oriented as Andrew, no matter the challenges ahead.

In the kitchen, Maria made herself a cup of coffee and breakfast. While the coffee was brewing, she made a to-do list for the day. Her thoughts returned to the question of the studio’s future. Should she find a new partner to replace Linda, who was moving to France, or take on all the responsibility and transform the studio into an art therapy center? This decision required deep thought and confidence.

Standing before Andrew’s portrait again, she realized how invaluable it would be to seek his wisdom on the management issues she was grappling with. His wealth of experience and knowledge could be the guiding light she needed to make the right decision.

“Andrew,” she said, looking at the portrait. “What would you advise me? How would you handle this?”

Maria felt she needed to discuss her doubts with him. Resolving, she decided that the next time Andrew came to the studio for his lesson, she would ask him for a meeting to discuss it and seek friendly advice.

“Thank you, Andrew,” she whispered, feeling more confident. “I will ask for your help.”

With these thoughts, Maria finished her breakfast and headed to her studio.

The first painting, depicting the Amalfi coast in the golden light of sunset, was almost finished. Maria looked at it carefully, added a few final touches, and the painting came to life. The painting conveyed all the magic and beauty of this enchanting place, which she remembered from her childhood.

Then, she took a blank canvas and began sketching the plot for the second painting. This time, she decided to depict a morning view of the city when the sun started rising above the horizon, illuminating the old buildings and narrow streets with a soft light. Maria was inspired by childhood memories of walking these streets with her parents and breathing in the fresh sea air.

She decided that her home, surrounded by a garden her mother loved, would be the centerpiece of the new painting. This garden was her mother’s place of solitude and creativity, where she spent hours at the easel, painting flowers and landscapes.

Maria started with a sketch of the house, carefully drawing each brick and window to capture all the details. The house looked as if she remembered it—cozy, with wooden shutters and a tiled roof. Around the house, a garden full of bright flowers and greenery, lovingly tended by her mother, spread.

Maria painted the garden with special care, remembering how her mother loved to take care of the flowers. She depicted bright flower beds with roses, tulips, and gladioli, which were her mother’s pride. In one corner of the garden, she painted an easel standing among the greenery, a symbol of the creativity and inspiration her mother drew from this place.

Each brushstroke was filled with love and nostalgia. Maria felt her heart fill with warmth and peace as she immersed herself in memories of happy moments spent with her parents in this garden. She felt as if she was reconnecting with them through her art.

Maria stepped back to admire her work as the sun began to set. The painting came to life before her eyes, filling her with accomplishment and satisfaction. She knew that this series of paintings by Amalfi not only helped her express her feelings but also kept the memory of her parents alive.

Maria smiled and felt her connection to the past and her parents growing more vital with each painting she created. She realized that her journey was only the beginning, and many more paintings lay ahead, preserving these precious memories.

“Thank you, Mom and Dad,” she whispered, feeling their presence nearby. “I will always remember you.”

Maria finished her work for the day and decided she would continue tomorrow. Her heart was filled with warmth and determination to move forward while keeping the memory of her loved ones alive.

Satisfied with her work, she set aside her brushes and sighed with accomplishment. However, she still had evening classes to prepare for.

Deciding that she needed a quick snack before her classes, Maria ordered sushi delivered directly to the art studio. She picked up the phone and called Linda.

“Hi, Linda. Are you already at the studio?” Maria asked.

“Hi, Maria. Yes, I am here. How are you?” Linda replied.

“Great. I just finished working on a new painting. We need to grab something to eat before the classes. I want to order sushi delivery. Would you like to join me?” Maria offered.

“Of course, I’d love to. I’ll be waiting for you, the usual for me,” Linda agreed.

Maria headed to the studio, where Linda was already waiting for her. When she walked in, Linda greeted her with a smile.

“Hi, Maria! How was your day?” Linda asked.

“Productive. I finished the first painting in the Amalfi series and started working on the second. How about you?” Maria replied, opening the sushi packages.

“Everything’s good on my end too. It was quiet today, so I managed to work on my projects,” Linda said, helping Maria set out the food.

They sat at the table and started eating, enjoying a moment of calm before the classes began. Their conversation naturally turned to their favorite topic—art and plans.

“Linda, have you thought about what you’ll do in France? Are you planning to open an art studio or a gallery?” Maria asked.

“I’ve been thinking about it a lot. I might open a small art school to continue sharing my knowledge and experience. But I also want to try something new, something I’ve always wanted to do but never had the time for. Maybe I’ll write a book about our adventures in the art world or start working on a project that finds me there,” Linda said, smiling.

“Those are wonderful plans, Linda. I’m sure you’ll succeed. You’ve always been full of ideas and inspiration,” Maria said, unwrapping the sushi.

“Thank you, Maria. And what about you? Have you decided what you’ll do with the studio?” Linda asked.

“I’m still thinking it over,” Maria began. “Recently, I met with Emma, and we discussed art therapy. She told me that art therapy can be a potent tool for healing and self-expression. Through art, people can express what is difficult to put into words. It helps them cope with emotions, trauma, and stress.”

Linda nodded, listening with interest.

“I’ve been thinking our studio could become such a place,” Maria continued. “Maybe we could start transforming the studio together. If you like the idea, you could open a similar project in France. We could then share experiences and support each other in this direction.”

Linda thought for a moment, then smiled.

“That sounds amazing, Maria. I think it could work. Art therapy is a wonderful direction, and I would love to be a part of it,” Linda said.

Maria felt a wave of relief and joy. She knew Linda’s support would be invaluable.

“Thank you, Linda. Your support means a lot to me. I think together we can create something amazing,” Maria said confidently.

“Of course, Maria. We’ve always been a great team, and I’m sure we’ll succeed,” Linda replied enthusiastically.

“I’m still worried about your departure, but I’m happy for you and your love,” Maria admitted. “Honestly, I’m more inclined to buy out your share, but I’m afraid of the administrative aspects. I’ve always relied on you for that.”

Linda smiled, understanding her friend’s concerns.

“Maria, if you decide to take full control of our studio, I know a young artist who might be a good fit. She managed a similar studio in Chicago, but her husband moved to New York for work, and she’s currently working at a gallery in Manhattan. She would be very interested in managing the studio, especially if the project is exciting.”

Maria felt a glimmer of hope.

“That sounds interesting. How did you find out about her?” Maria asked.

“Jacques arranged the introduction,” Linda explained. “Steve, her husband, is moving from Chicago to replace Jacques in New York, and they had lunch together yesterday. Jacques said she’s talented and seems very organized. I think she could be a great administrator for our studio.”

“Thank you, Linda. This could be a great solution. I want to meet with her and discuss all the details,” Maria replied confidently.

“I’ll contact her and arrange a meeting. I think you’ll enjoy working with her,” Linda reassured her.

They continued eating, discussing plans and possibilities for the studio. This conversation helped Maria feel more confident and at ease with the upcoming changes. She saw that her idea excited and inspired Linda, which gave her strength.

They began preparing for the students’ arrival as it neared five o’clock.

Students started arriving at the studio, settling at their easels. Maria greeted each one, helping them get ready to work. The studio was filled with the sounds of conversations, the rustling of pencils, and the soft hum of preparations.

Maria noticed Andrew standing at the door, which made her very happy. Approaching him, Maria smiled and greeted him:

“Hello, Andrew! How are you?”

Andrew smiled back, taking off his jacket and setting up his supplies.

“Hi, Maria. I’m doing well, thank you. How about you?”

“I’m good, thank you. Today has been productive. I’m glad to see you here,” she replied, slightly nervous but trying to hide it.

“Thank you. I’m glad to be here, too. The studio classes always help me relax and focus,” Andrew said.

Maria decided not to delay the conversation and cautiously asked, “Andrew, do you have time this evening for a brief chat? I need your advice on an important matter related to managing the studio.”

Andrew looked at her with interest. “Of course, Maria. I’d be happy to help. I have some time after the class; we can talk then.”

Maria felt relieved and grateful. “Thank you, Andrew. It means a lot to me. Let’s meet after the class at the restaurant across the street. How do you feel about Italian cuisine?”

“I love it, thank you.”

“Then let’s meet at 7:15 pm after we close the studio,” Maria suggested.

“Sounds good, agree,” Andrew nodded.

When all the students began their work, Maria started walking around the studio, observing how her students were doing. Andrew was engrossed in his work on his castle, carefully drawing each element and bringing the painting to life. His concentration and calm seemed to spread to those around him. Maria couldn’t help but admire him and even slightly blushed.

Other students were also absorbed in their work. Some were painting landscapes, others were portraits, and some were experimenting with abstract forms. The studio was filled with an atmosphere of creativity and self-expression. Each student was in their world, expressing their thoughts and feelings through art.

She saw one of the students, Amy, who was usually shy and reserved, enthusiastically painting. Her face glowed with joy and focus. Maria approached her and praised her work, seeing how Amy transformed under the influence of creativity.

Maria continued to walk around the studio, helping students, giving advice, and supporting them in their endeavors. She felt they were blossoming, finding their place, and expressing themselves through art.

In another part of the studio, Linda helped students, and her energy and enthusiasm spread to everyone around her. Pausing momentarily, Maria looked around and mentally divided the studio into squares. She imagined how each square could become a separate space where people could engage in art for therapeutic purposes. However, she began to worry that the word “therapy” might scare people away. Many might think that it was only for those who needed psychological help.

“Maybe it should be called something else,” Maria thought. “Maybe it should be the Inspiration Studio? A place where people can come regardless of their skill level or goals. I need to think more about the name…”

Maria envisioned the Inspiration Studio, where everyone could find their place and express themselves through art. In this space, people would heal their emotional wounds and, most importantly, find inspiration, create, learn, and grow.

Watching the students absorbed in their creative processes, Maria saw how they transformed. Their faces shone with joy. She understood that art had the power to change people, help them find themselves, and cope with internal struggles.

Maria finally realized that she couldn’t give up this feeling. Her heart was filled with warmth and confidence. The Inspiration Studio, still without a formal name, felt like an idea and a necessity that could greatly benefit people.

This evening, I helped her decide and strengthened her resolve to pursue the changes and create the Inspiration Studio.

Assignment for the Reader:

In this chapter, Maria reflects on the future of her studio and suggests creating a space for inspiration. Now, it’s your turn to find your personal space for creativity and inspiration.

Choose a Corner in Your Home or Workspace:

• Decorate it with things that inspire you, such as books, paintings, photographs, plants, candles, or other items.
• Think about what activities you will carry out: writing, drawing, meditating, doing yoga, or any other form of creativity.

Create an Inspiration Collage:

• Gather materials for creating a collage: magazines, newspapers, photos, cutouts, fabrics, paints, and other decorative elements.
• Create a collage on a large paper or cardboard sheet reflecting your dreams, goals, and inspiration. Include inspirational quotes, images of places you want to visit, and anything that symbolizes your creativity and growth.

Share Your Ideas and Plans:

• Write a brief essay (300–500 words) about how your personal space and inspiration collage will help you achieve your goals and in what direction you want to develop.
• Describe what emotions and thoughts your collage evokes and how you plan to use your space for inspiration in everyday life.

Discussion:

• Share your collages and essays with friends.
• Discuss what new ideas or perspectives emerged after completing this task.
• Support each other in creating and maintaining personal spaces for creativity and inspiration.

Chapter 17: The Beginning of a Great Journey

Andrew entered a small, cozy restaurant called “La Dolce Vita” near the studio. The restaurant was known for its warm hospitality and homemade Italian cuisine. The windows offered a beautiful view of the evening Manhattan skyline. Inside, a cozy atmosphere prevailed, with soft lighting from lamps with shades and wooden tables covered with checkered tablecloths. The air was filled with the delicious aromas of freshly baked bread, tomato sauce with basil, garlic with olive oil, and freshly brewed espresso, instantly transporting guests to the heart of Italy. The walls were adorned with photographs of Italian landscapes and vintage posters of vineyards.

Andrew looked around, inhaling the aromas and enjoying the pleasant music playing softly in the background. He approached the hostess, who greeted him with a smile.

“Good evening! A table for one?”

“Good evening,” Andrew replied. “I’m expecting a lady. Could you please seat us by the window?”

“Of course, follow me.”

Andrew followed the hostess to a cozy table by the window, offering one of the best views of the evening city. She handed him a menu and left him to enjoy the atmosphere.

Andrew sat down and began to peruse the menu, choosing drinks. Deciding to place an order in advance, he called the waiter over.

“Good evening. My name is Lorenzo, and I’ll be serving your table tonight. Would you like to order any drinks?”

“Good evening, Lorenzo. I’ll have a glass of Chianti Classico Riserva and a glass of Pinot Grigio delle Venezie for the lady. We agreed to meet here, and she will join me shortly.”

“Of course. The wine will be served in a few minutes,” Lorenzo replied.

Andrew thanked the waiter and returned to the menu, pondering what to order with the wine.

While waiting for Maria, he reflected on her request for a friendly advice meeting, which intrigued him. He was glad for the opportunity to help if he could.

The restaurant gradually filled with guests, but the atmosphere remained calm and cozy. Andrew occasionally glanced at his watch, waiting for Maria. Lorenzo brought the ordered drinks, and Andrew sipped the red wine, enjoying its flavor.

Maria entered the restaurant and immediately spotted Andrew sitting at the table by the window. As she approached the table, she smiled.

Andrew stood up, greeted Maria, and, showing care, helped her sit down.

Maria didn’t need to look at the menu as she was familiar with it, often dropping by this restaurant after or before classes at the studio.

Andrew signaled to the waiter that they were ready to order.

“I’ll have a light ‘Insalata Caprese’ salad,” Maria requested.

“And I’ll have the ‘Bruschetta al Pomodoro’,” Andrew ordered.

The waiter praised their choices and went to the kitchen. Maria and Andrew took a sip of their wine and began their conversation.

“Do you come here often, Maria?” Andrew asked.

“Yes, it’s one of my favorite places. It’s always cozy here, and the food is wonderful. Especially after a busy day at the studio.”

“I understand. This place invites relaxation,” Andrew agreed.

They exchanged a few words about today’s lesson at the studio, and then Maria, taking a deep breath, decided to get to the main point.

“Andrew, I need to talk to you about something important concerning the studio.”

“Of course, Maria. What’s on your mind?” Andrew replied, intrigued.

“Do you remember Jacques, who used to attend Linda’s classes?”

“Yes, I remember. Nice guy, he’s an architect, right? They’re a couple, aren’t they?”

“Yes, exactly. Jacques received a major project in France and asked Linda to move with him. His company won a tender for a construction project, and they’ll be moving there by Christmas.”

Andrew looked surprised but understood that this was a significant step for Linda.

“That’s a big change. How will it affect the studio?”

“Exactly. I have three options for moving forward, and I’m leaning toward one.”

“Tell me more about your options.”

“The first option is to buy Linda’s share and continue running the studio myself, possibly hiring someone to help. The second option is to invite a new partner to take over Linda’s responsibilities. The third option is for both of us to sell our shares and completely leave the studio, but I wouldn’t say I like that option. I’m too attached to our project.”

“I understand. And you’re leaning towards the first option?”

“Yes. I think I can manage the studio with a new administrator. But I need to change the concept of the studio to make it more attractive and profitable.”

Andrew thought for a moment, then nodded, confirming her choice.

“I’ve been thinking about transforming our studio into more than just a place for art lessons. I want to create an inspiration studio where people can engage in various forms of creativity.”

Andrew paused for a moment, then smiled.

“That’s a wonderful idea, Maria. Tell me more about your plans.”

At that moment, the waiter brought their orders.

“Your ‘Insalata Caprese’ and ‘Bruschetta al Pomodoro’. Enjoy your meal!”

They thanked the waiter, and Maria continued.

“I see the inspiration studio as a place where people can engage in various forms of creativity. It will not only be painting but other forms of art as well. I want people to come here to find inspiration, relax, and express their emotions through art. It should be a space where everyone can find something for themselves, regardless of their skill level. I like our current concept, but I feel I can do more. I want to help more people. I’ve been deeply impressed by the power of art in art therapy, which I’ve read about. Using this knowledge, I want to create something similar, not for those who need clinical help from a psychologist, but for those who are stuck in their development or looking for a place where they can express themselves and find inspiration. I want this inspiration to carry over into whatever field they are engaged in.”

Andrew listened attentively, nodding, his eyes shining with interest.

“I thought about an art therapy studio and briefly discussed it with Linda. But then I started to dislike the word ‘therapy.’ I don’t want my studio to be perceived solely as a place for treatment, as that might scare some people away. Not everyone is ready to admit they have psychological problems. But an inspirational studio is something different. It’s a place where you can feel a surge of energy and emotions and learn something new. This idea came to me towards the end of today’s classes, and I haven’t had a chance to discuss it with Linda yet. You’re the first to know about it.”

“I am honored, Maria,” Andrew replied with a smile. “This is truly an inspiring idea. How can I help you?”

Maria took a sip of wine before continuing.

“I need your advice and help as an experienced businessman. I want to understand the steps to bring this idea to life.”

Andrew leaned forward, his expression becoming more focused.

“Maria, this is an excellent plan. You have a clear vision, and I’m sure you can achieve it. But I must ask a few questions, as I usually do with any project. Do you mind if I check some data right now?”

“Of course, Andrew. Do what you need to,” Maria replied, her curiosity piqued.

Andrew took out his tablet and began working with the information.

“Let’s see what courses are most in demand and who your main competitors are.”

A few minutes later, Andrew looked up from his tablet, nodding satisfactorily.

“Here’s what I found:

Painting and Drawing: Very high demand. Many people are looking for courses on basics and advanced techniques.

Calligraphy and Graphic Design: Medium demand. Particularly popular among students and young professionals.

Photography: High demand. Workshops on portrait and street photography are highly sought after.

Writing: Moderate demand. Courses on creative writing and poetry are top-rated.

Regarding the competitive landscape, several large studios in Brooklyn offer similar courses. Still, you have an excellent opportunity to stand out with unique programs and the integration of various art forms.”

Maria looked at him with surprise and admiration.

“Andrew, I’m amazed at your speed and efficiency! This is truly impressive.”

“I’m Glad I could help,” Andrew replied with a smile. But let’s move on to more professional questions. How do you plan to finance the project? Do you have a plan for attracting investors?”

“I haven’t thought that aspect through yet. I have some savings, but I’m unsure if they’ll cover all the needs.”

“Okay, that’s important to consider. Next, how do you plan to attract new clients? Do you have someone to handle developing a marketing plan? Do you have experience in marketing?”

“I planned to use social media and collaborate with local organizations, but nothing concretes yet.”

“That will need to be developed as well. Another question—how do you plan to manage the studio considering the increased workload?”

“I planned to hire an administrator to take on some administrative tasks. But I’m not sure what specific responsibilities to delegate. Linda will introduce me to a woman who recently moved from Chicago and has experience managing a studio similar to ours.”

“Good, Maria. There’s a lot to work on. I have a merger with another company right now, but it will be completed by the end of the month, and I’ll have more time to help you. I plan to come to the studio several times a week, but if more time is needed to devote to the business, I can do that after the merger.”

Maria felt relieved and confident thanks to Andrew’s support.

“Thank you, Andrew.”

“It’s my pleasure, Maria. I believe in your vision, and I’m excited to see how we can make it a reality,” Andrew replied, raising his glass. I offer my help as a consultant free of charge because I believe this is a very suitable and noble project, and it will succeed.”

They clinked glasses, sealing their commitment to the future of the Inspiration studio.

His words and offer touched Maria.

“Andrew, that’s incredible. Thank you so much. Your support and experience are invaluable to me.”

“One of the first things we must do is create a business plan and a rebranding plan. Please think about a name for the updated studio. I’ll look into this more in my free time, and we can meet in a week to discuss the results and outline concrete steps.”

“Agreed. Thank you, Andrew. I feel that with your help, we can make this work.”

Andrew glanced at his watch, realizing that the evening was ending, and called Lorenzo over to settle the bill.

“Lorenzo, may we have the check, please?”

“Of course, sir. One moment.”

Lorenzo quickly brought the check. Andrew took out his wallet and, not giving Maria a chance to protest, paid for dinner.

They stood up from the table. Andrew, showing care, helped Maria put on her coat. They headed for the exit, where Lorenzo bid them farewell.

“Thank you for choosing ‘La Dolce Vita’. Have a good evening!”

“Thank you, Lorenzo. The food was wonderful, as always,” Maria replied warmly.

Outside, the air was incredible, and the evening New York skyline shone brightly. They decided to walk along the street, enjoying the fresh air.

They stopped at a crosswalk, and Andrew looked at Maria with warmth.

“Maria, you are truly an inspiring person. I’m glad our acquaintance is moving to another phase, and I’m very grateful for the opportunity to help you.”

“Thank you, Andrew. I appreciate your support and advice.”

They exchanged smiles and wished each other good night. Andrew helped her into a taxi and said goodbye.

Maria, sitting in the taxi, exhaled joyfully. The tension of the past days had vanished. With such support, her thoughts and dreams about the inspiration studio would become a reality.

The taxi started moving, and Andrew decided to take a walk and review the information he had received.

“What a wonderful idea,” Andrew thought. “Maria is indeed an interesting person.

The inspiration studio could become something special.”

He walked along the waterfront, illuminated by the soft glow of streetlamps. Evening New York was living its usual life: voices, car sounds, lively conversations of passersby, and the smells of food from numerous establishments. Andrew inhaled the cool air with various aromas, and his thoughts returned to Maria.

“She is not only a talented artist but also an incredibly determined person. Her passion and energy are contagious.”

Passing by shop windows and cafes, Andrew couldn’t help but think about how Maria had looked at him with such gratitude and hope.

“Maria… Her eyes shone with such determination and inspiration today. She wants to help people; she wants them to find themselves through art. That is truly admirable. I noticed how she changes when she talks about her project. It’s not just work for her; it’s her calling.”

Andrew stopped on a bridge, looking at the city’s lights reflected in the river. An exceptional warmth grew in his heart.

“Maria is an extraordinary woman. Her courage and desire to improve the world are awe-inspiring. She deserves support and success.”

Walking further, Andrew found himself thinking about the potential of Maria’s business and how he started seeing himself in it. If organized correctly, the project could grow into something bigger.

“This project could become not just a successful studio but an opportunity to create a franchise based on it,” he thought, imagining inspirational studios opening in different cities where people could develop their creative abilities.

Andrew chuckled at his global thoughts and immediately remembered what his therapist, David, had said during the session that day, “An idea can be within arm’s reach.”

“Perhaps David was right,” Andrew smiled to himself. “Inspiration and great ideas can be closer than we think. The key is to see them and not miss out.”

Andrew entered his apartment with these thoughts and a feeling of inner peace and determination. He placed his keys on the shelf by the door and looked at himself in the mirror. He liked the look in his eyes, which were full of fire. He remembered how finances and company growth once enticed him similarly.

Tomorrow, he had a meeting with Michael Sanders over lunch to discuss the management and coordination of the newly merged company. If he had doubts in the first half of the day, after meeting with David and then with Maria over dinner, he knew exactly what he would propose.

Assignment for the Reader:

Imagine you can create your own inspirational space. What would it be like? What kinds of art or creative activities would you include?

Reflective Questions:

What types of art or creative activities inspire you the most?

• Consider painting, drawing, writing, music, dance, sculpture, photography, or other creative pursuits.
• How would you organize the space to make it cozy and conducive to creativity?
• Think about the layout, lighting, furniture, and decorations. Would you include comfortable seating, natural light, inspiring artwork, or some plants?

What features would make your inspirational space unique?

• Consider special touches like a reading nook, a meditation corner, a music area, or a space for collaborative projects.
• Consider a name for your place. What would it symbolize?
• Reflect on what the name represents for you and those who visit. It could embody creativity, tranquility, inspiration, or personal growth.
• Write your ideas in a journal and share them with your loved ones.

Discussing your dreams about creating such a space might be the first step towards making it a reality!

Chapter 18: "The Beginning of a New Era"

Andrew woke up with a sense of lightness and joy that he rarely felt in the mornings. He had an unusually vivid and colorful dream. In this dream, he stood atop a hill covered with blooming plants, watching as the sky merged with the earth in a distant haze. In the distance, he saw a house surrounded by a beautiful garden. The base of the hill was washed by the sea, gently lapping at the sandy shore. The water sparkled in the sunlight, blinding him a bit. Andrew thought he even squinted in his sleep. Stretching, he smiled, recalling the dream, and felt an irresistible desire to capture it on canvas someday.

He got out of bed, did some stretching exercises, and began meditating, focusing on his breathing. Inhale, hold, exhale—gradually bringing him into deep calm and relaxation. He felt his body fill with energy, and his mind tuned into a productive day.

After finishing his meditation, Andrew felt an additional surge of strength and determination. Making himself an espresso, he opened his tablet and skimmed through financial news headlines, then read and responded to several emails from his colleagues in Asia.

Setting aside the tablet, he recalled the evening with Maria and smiled. Shaking his head slightly, he tried to push her image out of his mind to get into a work mindset.

Andrew quickly checked his schedule for the day. He had several business meetings and calls, but the most crucial meeting awaited him at lunch. He decided not to waste any time and immediately began preparing the documents.

“Michael will likely discuss managing the merged company today and gently push me to lead this union.”

Andrew felt his mood dip slightly at the thought of the upcoming conversation. He knew Michael would be persistent, but he needed to find the correct arguments against this idea while not offending Michael.

“This will be a difficult conversation.

I must convince Michael that hiring someone outside to manage the merged company is better. But how do I do it without hurting his feelings?”

Andrew started reviewing the documents, gathering his thoughts, and preparing for the meeting. His worries grew, and he knew he needed to be very careful with his choice of words and arguments.

“We need to find a compromise,” Andrew concluded.

Choosing a dark gray suit and a light shirt, he momentarily stood in front of the mirror and decided not to wear a tie. Heading to the garage, Andrew started his car and drove leisurely towards the office.

After several morning meetings and phone calls, Andrew was satisfied that things were going well. He informed his assistant that he would be out for a couple of hours for negotiations and unavailable for a while.

The “Executive Lounge” was in one of Manhattan’s skyscrapers, occupying the top two floors. This restaurant, known for its international cuisine and discreet atmosphere, was the perfect place for business negotiations and meetings. Patrons could enter by invitation or club cards, ensuring privacy and confidentiality. The restaurant’s interior featured elegant simplicity: soft lighting, walls adorned with modern paintings, and comfortable leather chairs. A large table with a fine tablecloth and setting was in a private room for their meeting. Expansive windows allow for enjoying the cityscape, creating a comfortable and cozy atmosphere.

Andrew arrived at the “Executive Lounge” a little earlier than the scheduled time. He liked to arrive early for negotiations. It helped him acclimate to the surroundings and be entirely composed by the start of the conversation.

Andrew sat at the table and once more glanced over all the documents and notes that might be needed. Soon, the door opened, and Michael Sanders entered, as energetic as ever and exuding powerful energy.

“Hi, Andrew! Good to see you.”

“Hi, Michael. It’s good to see you, too. How are things?” Andrew stood up, and the men exchanged a firm handshake.

A moment later, the waiter approached.

“Good afternoon, gentlemen. My name is James, and I’ll be your waiter today. Have you decided on your order?”

“James, what do you recommend?” Michael asked.

” I suggest our beef tartare with capers and quail eggs. It’s served with baguette toast and a green salad. I recommend pairing it with a glass of Chablis, which goes excellently with the dish.”

“Thank you, James. That sounds wonderful. I’ll start with the tartare and Chablis,” Andrew replied.

“I’ll have the same,” said Michael. “What do you recommend for the main course?”

“For the main course, I recommend our signature filet mignon with truffle sauce and seasonal vegetables, or, if you prefer fish, our baked cod with lemon sauce and saffron risotto.”

“That sounds fantastic. I’ll have the baked cod,” Michael said enthusiastically.

“And I’ll have the filet mignon, medium rare,” Andrew ordered.

As the waiter left to place their orders, they exchanged the latest financial news, discussing a few updates about their competitors. Ten minutes later, James quietly brought the tartare and Chablis, leaving a call button on the table.

“Please press this when you’re ready for the main course.”

Andrew and Michael nodded, thanked James, and began eating.

After briefly pausing, Michael sipped his wine and transitioned to the main topic.

“The merger is less than a month away. Andrew, I imagine you see yourself leading the merged company. You’re young and ambitious, and I don’t know anyone else in the financial sector who has reached your heights at such an age.”

Andrew listened attentively, feeling the tension gradually dissipate. “I don’t see myself in that role,” Michael continued. “My priorities have changed with age, and I’m considering stepping back from operational management.

Even though you were my top candidate for our future merged company’s CEO position, I thought we might face a conflict of interest.”

Andrew nodded, realizing that Michael was heading in the right direction.

“I would suggest we consider hiring someone from outside to manage the company. It would be easier for our teams to accept a new leader, eliminating potential conflicts and rivalries. Additionally, we need a new quality leap, so a fresh perspective on our business would benefit us.”

“To be frank, I didn’t come empty-handed. I have two candidates in mind. Are you ready to consider them, Andrew?”

Michael pulled two dossiers from his briefcase and handed them to Andrew.

One of the folders bore the name Jessica Marshall, and the other, Robert Green. Andrew recognized both names. They were middle-aged professionals whose careers in the industry had been quite impressive. It was a good choice, but he wanted to understand Michael’s reasoning.

“Why these two candidates, Michael?”

“Jessica has deep strategic insight. She can ensure reliability and stable growth for our company. Jessica Marshall has worked in large corporations, successfully implementing strategic changes that significantly improved their performance. She has extensive business connections and an impeccable reputation.

On the other hand, Robert Green can breathe new life into our processes and help us adapt to the rapidly changing market. Robert is known for his innovative approaches. He has worked in several successful startups and attracted significant investments thanks to his creative ideas and effective management. Both candidates are well-known in the market, and clients, investors, and employees of both companies will favorably receive their appointment. This should also positively affect the merged company’s shares and create a positive dynamic for our assets.”

Andrew listened carefully, pondering what he had heard.

He understood that choosing the right candidate was crucial for the future of their merged company.

“Michael, this is a bit unexpected, but I share your opinion and also agree to step back from operational management. We would feel comfortable on the board of directors,” Andrew said.

“I suggest we meet with both candidates at the end of this week,” Michael said enthusiastically. “Of course, we should have thought about this earlier, but for some reason, throughout the negotiations and preparation for the merger, I had no doubts that I would pass my company to you and that you would successfully continue the growth of our new joint venture. For some reason, I started thinking about doing it differently just a few weeks ago.

Perhaps you can take the helm at the initial stage with the plan to hand it over to the new CEO by Christmas, and we can ceremoniously announce our joint decision to the market.”

Andrew thought momentarily, then smiled and replied, “Michael, that sounds like a sensible plan. I also think a smooth management transition will be the best option for all of us. Moreover, it will allow us to ensure the right choice of candidate and prepare the company for the new phase of development,” Andrew replied with relief and barely concealed joy.

“Let’s schedule the meetings with the candidates for the end of this week. I’ll arrange everything necessary, and we can discuss all the details with them in person.”

“Great, please let me know a day in advance so I can clear my schedule,” Andrew replied.

“Of course, Andrew. I’m glad we’re on the same page. I was honestly worried about how you would take my suggestion.”

Michael pressed the button on the table, and within two minutes, James brought the main courses. While they ate, they touched on a few minor details. After paying the bill and thanking James for the excellent recommendations, the men took the express elevator to the underground parking lot.

Shaking hands, they said their goodbyes, agreeing to meet soon at Andrew’s office with the two candidates for the new CEO position of the merged company. Andrew was highly pleased with how everything had turned out. The universe had arranged the situation in the best possible way. Andrew started his car and drove towards the parking lot exit—thoughts about the upcoming changes no longer troubled him.

After a long sleep, Maria woke up early, feeling calm and clear-headed. Her morning began with a cup of aromatic tea and thoughts about the upcoming day. After breakfast, she headed to her workshop, where an unfinished painting of Amalfi with a house and garden awaited her. Maria immediately immersed herself in her work, adding the final touches and details. The painting came to life before her eyes, filled with colors and vibrancy.

“Today, I need to finish this painting and start thinking through all the details of our project. Yesterday’s conversation with Andrew was so inspiring. He supported me and helped me see new opportunities,” Maria thought.

After finishing the painting, Maria stepped back to evaluate her work. She was pleased with the result and felt that the painting conveyed all the beauty and tranquility she had felt while creating it. Instead of starting the next painting in the series, she went to the table where her papers and notes on the inspiration studio project awaited. She began reviewing her ideas, making notes, and adding new thoughts.

“Now I need to think through everything in detail and prepare a plan for discussion with Linda. I have to convince her of the importance of this project and get her support.”

She picked up the phone and dialed Linda’s number.

“Hi, Linda! How’s your schedule? I have some important ideas I want to share with you. Can we meet at the studio a couple of hours before the evening classes?”

“Hi, Maria! Sure, I’ll be there. Let’s meet at the studio at 3 PM. I’ll bring your favorite pastries on the way.”

When Linda arrived at the studio, they sat at the table with cups of hot coffee, unpacked the pastries, and began discussing Maria’s ideas.

“Yesterday, towards the end of the classes, I thought that this should not be an art therapy studio but an inspiration studio,” Maria began. “The word ‘therapy’ can be misinterpreted by some people. Not everyone wants to think they have problems that require therapy. But an inspirational studio is where you can feel a surge of energy and emotions and learn something new. I want to create a space where people can find themselves and their inspiration. Last night during the evening classes, I mentally divided the studio into squares where people could simultaneously engage in different types of creativity.”

“Then, feeling embarrassed, Maria continued, I met Andrew at the Italian restaurant across the street. I wanted to hear his advice about starting a new business. He was so attentive and courteous.”

The change in her friend’s tone and demeanor did not go unnoticed by Linda, and she smiled slightly.

“You hadn’t met him alone before. What were your overall impressions of the conversation?” Linda asked.

Maria smiled and blushed slightly.

“To be honest, I was a little nervous. But he was so calm and confident that it helped me relax. He was interested in the project and offered to consult us about building the new business model. We discussed many important points, and I realized his support would be beneficial.”

“I’m so happy for you, Maria. It seems like you and Andrew understand each other.”

“Yes, I feel that too. He helped me see new possibilities and inspired me to take further steps. I’m sure that with his help, we can create something extraordinary.”

“That’s wonderful. I think it will work out. Have you considered what the inspiration studio will look like and what activities will be offered?”

“Yes, I have a few ideas,” Maria replied. “I want it to be a place where people can express themselves through art, regardless of their skill level. It could include painting, sculpture, calligraphy, photography, and creative evenings and workshops. I also suggest you consider the new concept; maybe you can fully adopt or modify it to your liking when you move to France.”

Linda stood up and walked over to the large table, taking a sheet of drawing paper and a pencil.

“Look, Maria, our studio can accommodate no more than 40 people at a time. You mentioned that there would be four main types of art. Let’s think about rearranging the space and organizing the work so students and visiting instructors don’t feel cramped.”

She began sketching the layout on the drawing paper.

“We can use mobile partitions. This will allow us to divide the space into zones for different types of art without disrupting the students’ focus. And if necessary, we can move the partitions to expand the space for larger events or workshops.”

“That’s a great idea, Linda. This way, we can be flexible and adapt the space to different needs.”

“Exactly. For example, we can set up a drawing area here, a sculpture area there, and a calligraphy area over here. We’ll leave the center space for photography classes and creative evenings.”

They continued discussing the details, with Linda drawing the floor plan and Maria adding her suggestions and comments.

“We might need to slightly reduce the storage area by moving this wall,” Maria suggested, drawing a new line on the paper. “And we probably need to remove the permanent gallery of works and only display them during exhibitions and open house events when guests can come, view, and possibly purchase the students’ works. We also need to consider the schedule so that classes don’t overlap, and students can work without interruption.”

“Agreed,” Linda replied. “We can organize classes at different times of the day so each group has enough time and space. And you know, let’s meet with that girl I told you about tomorrow morning at the studio. Maybe she’ll agree to be our administrator and can offer some ideas at the planning stage. Her name is Jennifer. I spoke with her preliminarily, and she seems interested.” “Great,” Maria said happily. “If we align our visions, I think Jennifer can provide a fresh perspective and help us organize everything better.”

“Then it’s settled. We don’t have any classes tomorrow morning, so we can discuss all the plans and get to know each other. Let’s meet here at the studio at 10 AM with Jennifer. I’m confident that everything will work out,” Linda said with a smile.

The following day, Maria and Linda met at the studio to discuss the plan with Jennifer, the potential new administrator. Jennifer, a young, energetic woman with short blonde hair and a lively gaze, arrived on time. She greeted Maria and Linda warmly, ready to hear their ideas and suggestions.

“Hi, Jennifer! Thanks for coming,” Maria said. “We have a few ideas we’d like to share with you and get your opinion.”

“Hi, Maria. Hi, Linda. I’m happy you invited me.”

Maria and Linda spread out the drawing paper with the studio’s layout and began explaining their concept.

“We envision our inspiration studio as a place where people can engage in various types of creativity,” Maria explained. “We want to create a space where people can find themselves and their inspiration. We’ll use mobile partitions to change the space’s configuration easily.”

“That sounds interesting,” Jennifer said. Mobile partitions are a great idea. They will allow us to adjust the space configuration quickly based on our needs.”

“Exactly,” Maria agreed. “Linda suggested this idea, and I liked it too. We also want to organize the schedule so that classes don’t overlap and students can work peacefully. We must think about the best way to allocate time and space.”

“Of course,” Jennifer nodded. “I can help with scheduling and space organization. I have experience in similar projects and am confident I can bring some useful ideas.”

“We were hoping for that,” Linda said. “Additionally, we’d like you to take on the administrative responsibilities. You could coordinate the studio’s work, organize classes, and interact with instructors and students.”

“I’d be happy to do that,” Jennifer exclaimed. “I like your concept, and I see great potential in it.

I believe the inspiration studio can become a special place for people.”

Maria hugged Jennifer and almost clapped her hands in joy at how wonderfully everything was resolving. “Excellent. We’re glad you agreed to join us. Let’s discuss the details and start working on the plan.”

They continued discussing ideas and developing a more detailed action plan. Jennifer suggested several innovations that could improve the studio’s organization and make it more convenient for students and instructors.

“I also think we should consider holding regular open house events and activities where people can come and get to know our studio. This will help attract new students and create a community around our studio,” Jennifer proposed.

“Great idea,” Maria said, pleased that Jennifer quickly got involved. “We can organize such events once a month so people can come and learn about our programs.”

They excitedly discussed plans as the morning sun slowly rose to its zenith. Maria felt their project was taking shape and was confident that they could create a truly unique and inspiring place with Linda, Jennifer, and Andrew’s support.

Assignment for the Reader:

Imagine you are faced with creating a space where people can find inspiration and express themselves through art. How would you organize this space to help people relax and unlock their creative potential?

Consider the following aspects:

Atmosphere: What decor elements, lighting, and colors would you use to create a calming and inspiring atmosphere?

Activity Zones: How would you distribute areas for various types of art (painting, sculpture, calligraphy, creative evenings)? How would you ensure that they do not interfere with each other?

Support: What methods or elements would you include to help visitors feel confident in their endeavors and creative abilities (e.g., regular meetings with specialists practicing subconscious work, a meditation corner, an affirmation board)?

Describe or draw your idea of an inspirational studio, paying attention to how it will promote psychological comfort and the creative development of visitors.

Chapter 19: New Pages of "Argentum Capital"

During strategic negotiations, Andrew and Michael agreed that the combined company would continue under Andrew’s banner, “Argentum Capital”, after the merger. Michael’s company, Zenith Financial, which had fewer assets than Andrew’s company, would cease to exist due to the merger. Clients and employees of both companies were expected to benefit from this synergy, as the renewed Argentum Capital would become a significant player in the US financial sector, ranking among the top three in terms of asset value. This merger was not just a business decision but a strategic move ensuring stability and growth in rapidly changing market conditions.

Today, Andrew and Michael were set to conduct swift negotiations, and by the end of the business day, the candidate for the CEO position out of two contenders was to be confirmed. Neither Michael nor Andrew had any doubts that the analysts had done an excellent job in selecting the best possible candidates for this position, and the day promised to be challenging but productive. A board meeting of the combined company was already scheduled for 6 p.m., where the new CEO would officially give their first speech.

At 7:30 a.m., Michael and Andrew were already settled in one of the meeting rooms on the 24th floor. Their assistants had been warned not to disturb them today. To avoid wasting time, breakfast and lunch were served in the dining room adjacent to the meeting room.

The meeting room was furnished for maximum comfort and modernity. The walls, covered with soft light-gray panels, created a warm atmosphere. A large oval table made of dark wood took center stage in the room, surrounded by comfortable chairs with soft leather upholstery. Along one wall was a long cabinet, and opposite it, a large screen for presentations and video conferences.

Huge windows occupied the entire wall, offering a stunning view of the morning New York City. The city was already starting to wake up, and the first rays of the sun could be seen illuminating the glass facades of skyscrapers.

Andrew turned on his laptop and opened the day’s plan, which he had carefully prepared the night before. Michael, holding a cup of hot coffee, was reviewing his notes. They exchanged confident looks, realizing that every step they took today would have long-term consequences.

“Let’s begin,” said Andrew, pressing the call button. “Emma, please invite the first candidate.”

The first candidate, Jessica Marshall, was scheduled for an 8 a.m. meeting.

Jessica was a middle-aged woman, about 45, with chestnut hair that gracefully fell to her shoulders. Her green eyes radiated determination and professionalism, giving her appearance an air of unwavering confidence. Her face, with refined features and a light tan, seemed the epitome of experience and competence. She was dressed in an elegant dark blue suit with a white blouse, highlighting her slender figure. A delicate silver pendant complemented the look.

“Good morning, Jessica. We’re pleased to see you.” The men stood up to greet her and shook her hand.

“Good morning, Michael and Andrew. Thank you for the invitation.”

They sat down at the table, and Andrew began the meeting.

“Jessica, we are impressed with your experience and achievements. Please tell us how you see your role in our company?”

Jessica nodded slightly, her movements smooth and confident. She began speaking in a soft but assertive tone that immediately captured attention.

“Of course. For the past 20 years, I have worked in various companies, starting from a junior manager position and rising to an executive director. My latest project was at ‘GreenTech Innovations,’ where I led the strategic planning department. Under my leadership, the company stabilized its financial flows and increased profits by 15% over three years.”

She paused, allowing her interlocutors to digest the information, then continued.

“Stability is the key to success in any business. I always strive to create predictable processes that allow a company to grow and develop without sharp ups and downs. At ‘TechnoFusion,’ I also implemented a risk management system that enabled us to avoid significant losses during an economic downturn.”

Her voice was calm and confident, with every word carefully chosen.

“Your achievements are awe-inspiring, Jessica. We appreciate your management approach. Can you tell us how you envision implementing your principles of stability in our company?” Michael asked.

“The first thing I would do is conduct a full audit of the current processes and identify the weak spots. Then, we would develop a plan for improvement and optimization to achieve stability as quickly as possible. I also emphasize that team—motivated employees are the foundation of a successful business.”

She emphasized the words “stability” and “motivation,” showing that these concepts were not just words for her but principles she lived and worked by.

Andrew and Michael exchanged glances before asking the next question.

“Jessica, your focus on stability is impressive, ” Andrew said. “However, how do you handle an aggressive competitive environment? Recently, our company faced a serious attack from competitors. How would you handle such a situation?”

Jessica tensed slightly, her face lengthening. She was not in her element when it came to aggressive tactics.

“I believe the best way to deal with competitors is to prevent such situations by creating predictable business conditions. Of course, there are times when decisive action is required, but I always prefer strategies aimed at long-term stability. At ‘GreenTech Innovations,’ we avoided aggressive tactics, preferring to build partnerships and strengthen our positions through sustainable growth.”

Michael and Andrew noticed her hesitation on this issue. Although Jessica tried to conceal her doubts, her soft response did not go unnoticed.

“Your approach is clear. Thank you, Jessica,” Michael said. “We have a few more questions.”

They continued the discussion, asking clarifying questions about her experience and work methods. Jessica answered confidently and clearly, demonstrating a deep knowledge and understanding of the business.

“Jessica, you were informed not to leave the office premises until we decide. Emma will escort you to the waiting room, where everything necessary will be provided, including snacks and drinks. Please, make yourself comfortable,” Andrew said.

Jessica smiled, nodded, and left, accompanied by Emma.

After Jessica left, Andrew and Michael decided to take a short break and discuss her candidacy, noting the candidate’s strengths and weaknesses.

“Jessica is impressed with her knowledge and professional experience, but while ‘stability’ is important in our policy, it’s not the key focus,” said Michael. “Did you notice, Andrew, that she used the word ‘stability’ in almost every sentence? Five years ago, I might have taken her without hesitation for the top role in the company, but today’s realities are somewhat different…” Michael said doubtfully. “Let’s see the next candidate and their strategy.”

“Yes, let’s see how Robert envisions the future of our company,” Andrew agreed.

Soon, Robert Green, known for his innovative ideas and unparalleled ability to bring them to life, entered the meeting room. Robert was a man of average height, about 40 years old, with thick dark hair and bright blue eyes that radiated boundless energy and determination. His confident walk and charm immediately drew attention, and his stylish business suit and colorful tie emphasized his charisma and professionalism.

“Good morning, Robert. We’re pleased to see you,” Andrew said. “Good morning, Michael and Andrew,” Robert said, shaking their hands. Thank you for the opportunity.”

Andrew got straight to the point.

“Robert, we’re glad you agreed to meet with us. Please tell us how you see your role in our company.”

Robert began speaking confidently and energetically, his voice filled with enthusiasm.

“I believe that for successful company development, it is necessary to introduce new technologies and innovations. Over the past 15 years, I have worked in various companies, starting as an analyst and rising to executive director. My latest position was at ‘Innovatech Solutions,’ where I led the innovation department. Under my leadership, the company implemented several key technologies, allowing us to surpass competitors and take leading market positions.”

Clearing his throat slightly, Robert continued.

“My main strategy involves creating innovative products and services that meet client needs and anticipate future demands. At ‘TechFuture,’ I led a project to develop a new platform for big data processing. The innovation allowed us to increase profits by 20% over two years.”

Andrew and Michael exchanged glances, impressed with his achievements. Robert continued:

“I also believe it is important to create a culture of innovation within the company. Motivated and creative employees are the key to success. I developed incentive programs for new ideas and implemented an internal entrepreneurship system, which allowed us to realize many successful projects.”

Michael asked a question to help them understand how Robert handles a competitive environment.

“Robert, your achievements are awe-inspiring. How do you handle an aggressive competitive environment? Recently, our company faced a serious attack from competitors. How would you handle such a situation?”

Robert leaned forward slightly, his eyes gleaming with interest.

“Competition is a stimulus for growth. At ‘Innovatech Solutions,’ we faced a similar situation when our main competitor tried to capture our market share. We responded with an aggressive marketing campaign while accelerating the development of new products. We also implemented an analytics system to respond to market changes and anticipate competitor actions quickly.”

He paused to gauge Andrew and Michael’s reactions, then continued.

“It is important not only to defend but also to attack, staying ahead of competitors. At ‘TechFuture,’ we developed a strategy of constantly monitoring the competitive environment and rapid implementation of innovations, allowing us to maintain leading positions.”

Andrew and Michael nodded, acknowledging the strength of his approach. Robert exuded confidence, showing he was ready to act quickly and decisively in a challenging competitive environment.

“Your strategies are indeed impressive, Robert,” Andrew said. “We appreciate your approach to innovation and aggressive competition. Thank you. We have a few more questions.”

They continued the discussion, asking clarifying questions about his work methods. Robert answered confidently and clearly, demonstrating deep knowledge and understanding of the financial world and a readiness for quick and decisive action.

When Andrew and Michael finished, Robert decided to ask his questions to understand better the company he was being offered to lead.

“Andrew, Michael, I also have a few questions. I must understand how ready your company is to implement new technologies and changes. What are your priorities in the coming years?”

Andrew and Michael exchanged glances before responding.

“We aim to make our company a leader in the industry,” Andrew replied. “To achieve this, we must implement new technologies and constantly adapt to market changes. We are ready to invest in innovations and support teams working on new projects.”

“That sounds excellent,” Robert said, smiling. “I also need to understand how ready your team is for changes and new challenges. How do you support your employees in adapting to new technologies and work methods?”

“We pay great attention to training and developing our employees,” Michael replied. “We conduct regular training sessions and seminars so they can master new technologies and work methods. We encourage initiative and creativity, so every employee feels part of our innovative culture.”

“Thank you for your answers,” Robert said. “Your priorities and approaches align with my views on managing and developing a company. I am ready to take on the challenge and work towards achieving our common goals.”

“Thank you, Robert,” Andrew replied. “Emma will escort you to the waiting room. We will be ready to announce our decision within an hour.”

Robert nodded and left the meeting room.

“Robert impresses with his knowledge and innovative approach,” Michael began. “He is ready for aggressive competition and can bring a fresh perspective to our company.”

“I agree,” Andrew replied. “His approach truly meets our current needs. But we must weigh all the pros and cons before making a final decision.”

They moved to the dining room for coffee and a snack.

“So, Michael, let’s start with Jessica. What do you think are her strengths?”

“Jessica is impressed with her experience and professionalism. Her main strength is stability. She has shown that she can create predictable and sustainable processes. Her work at ‘GreenTech Innovations’ and ‘TechnoFusion’ demonstrates her ability to stabilize financial flows and avoid risks.”

“She also works well with the team, knows how to motivate employees, and creates an atmosphere of trust,” Andrew agreed. “Her focus on stability and team motivation is important for long-term success.”

“However, there are also downsides,” Michael continued. “Her approach to an aggressive competitive environment concerns me. In today’s world, where competitors can act decisively and unexpectedly, we need someone who can respond quickly and attack when necessary.”

“Exactly. She does not feel confident in situations requiring aggressive tactics. Her approach to avoiding conflicts and building partnerships is good but not always applicable in our case,” Andrew added.

Michael took a sip of water and continued.

“Moreover, her emphasis on stability may limit us in innovations. It is important that the CEO stabilizes processes and is ready for changes and implementing new technologies.”

“So,” Andrew summarized, “we have an experienced candidate with a strong focus on stability who is not ready for aggressive competition and rapid changes. Now, let’s consider Robert.”

“Robert is a completely different approach. He is energetic and full of enthusiasm. His main strength is innovation. He knows how to implement new technologies and create products anticipating market needs. His experience at ‘Innovatech Solutions’ and ‘TechFuture’ shows that he can stay ahead of competitors.”

“Another advantage he has is his readiness for aggressive competition. He has shown he can respond quickly and decisively to competitors’ actions. His strategy of monitoring the competitive environment and implementing innovations is truly impressive,” Andrew said. “Now, let’s move on to the cons. What can you say about them, Michael?”

“Robert may be too focused on innovations and not always pay enough attention to stability. The CEO needs to find a balance between implementing new ideas and maintaining stable processes.”

“I agree.” Andrew paused for a moment and continued. “Another downside is his potential lack of experience in managing large teams. While he has led departments, the CEO of the merged company needs to be able to manage a large team.”

“So, we have an energetic candidate with a strong focus on innovation and readiness for aggressive competition, but with possible shortcomings in the areas of stability and large team management,” Michael said.

“We need to find a balance. Perhaps we could use the strengths of both candidates?” Andrew suggested. “For example, Jessica could become the Vice President of Investments, where stability and predictability are key, while Robert could lead the merged company, where innovation and readiness for change are needed.”

“That’s a great idea,” Michael replied with a smile. “This way, we can leverage the strengths of both candidates and ensure success in both areas.”

“Then let’s invite each of them to a final meeting to discuss our proposals and see if they are willing to take on these roles,” Andrew suggested.

“Emma, please invite Jessica Marshall,” Andrew requested over the intercom.

Jessica returned to the meeting room. She looked confident, but her eyes showed a slight hint of nervousness.

“Jessica, we are very impressed with your achievements and professional qualities. Michael and I have discussed and analyzed your strengths and approaches,” Andrew began.

“However, there is one issue,” Michael interjected. “The merger of our companies is causing great concern among competitors. We expect that competitors may unite against us and launch aggressive attacks. Therefore, the role of the CEO requires someone ready for such challenges.”

Jessica tensed slightly, her expression becoming more serious.

“I understand. Aggressive competition is indeed a serious challenge.”

“We have assessed your experience and skills and believe that your strengths lie in ensuring stability and managing risks. Therefore, we want to offer you the Vice President of Investments role. In this role, you can avoid the aggressive environment and focus on stability and partnerships,” Andrew proposed.

Jessica thought for a moment before asking clarifying questions.

“What specific tasks will I be responsible for in this position? And what authority will I have in this role?”

“Allow me to answer,” Michael said. “Your main responsibilities will include managing investments, developing strategies for sustainable growth, and minimizing risks. You will work closely with the finance department to ensure the stability of our financial flows. Additionally, you will have the opportunity to build long-term partnerships.”

Jessica nodded, contemplating what was said.

“I find this interesting. I truly believe I can make a significant contribution in this area. I am ready to accept this offer. Thank you for your trust.”

“Excellent,” Andrew said with a smile. “We are confident that with your skills and experience, you can significantly contribute to our company’s development. Please be in the office by 5:30 p.m. We will introduce you to the new CEO and the board of directors.”

They shook hands, and Jessica smiled, feeling she had made the right choice.

After the successful meeting with Jessica, Andrew, and Michael invited Robert Green for a final discussion.

“Robert,” Andrew began, “we are very impressed with your achievements and innovative approach. We hope our proposal will satisfy you and help our company reach new heights.”

“We offer you the CEO position of the merged company,” Michael said. “Your innovative ideas and readiness for aggressive competition are perfect for this role.”

Robert smiled, his eyes sparkling.

“By the way, Robert,” Andrew added, “we also made an offer to your competitor for the CEO position, Jessica Marshall, offering her the position of Vice President of Investments.”

Robert’s face lit up with even more joy. “I honestly didn’t know she was my competitor. This is great news! I know her from other projects; she has always been an excellent professional. This will be a great addition to our team.”

“We’re glad you think so,” Michael said. “We are confident that our company can succeed with her stability and your innovative approach.”

“I am very pleased with this offer. What will my main tasks be in this role?”

“Your main tasks will include implementing new technologies, developing innovative products and services, and leading the team to achieve the company’s strategic goals. We also rely on your ability to respond to the competitive environment quickly,” Andrew replied.

“It is also important to note that you and Jessica must quickly integrate into the processes. For now, there will be no press announcements about the personnel changes. The announcement will be made closer to Thanksgiving. Until then, we will work closely, integrating both teams into our shared processes. I will oversee the transition period.”

Robert nodded, clearly pleased with the proposal.

“Thank you for the trust.”

“Excellent,” Michael said. “We are confident that with your skills and experience, you will make a significant contribution to the development of our company.”

They shook hands.

“Robert, you have a few hours. Please return to the office by 5:30 p.m. We will introduce you and Jessica to the board of directors. Prepare to say a few words,” Andrew said with a smile.

The board of directors began meeting at 6 p.m. in the small conference room. Andrew presided over the tense but ceremonious meeting.

“Colleagues. Today, we have an important announcement. We have decided to hire new key executives for our merged company.”

Andrew paused to let everyone focus.

“We are pleased to announce that Robert Green will become the new CEO of Argentum Capital.”

Robert stood up and nodded in appreciation.

“Additionally, we are pleased to announce that Jessica Marshall will take on the Vice President of Investments role. Her experience ensuring stability and managing risks will be invaluable for our company.”

Jessica also stood up, her face reflecting confidence.

“The transition period will last until Thanksgiving, and during this time, we will work closely together, integrating both teams into our shared processes. I will oversee the transition period.”

“Our decision will be announced to the press on December 1st. Until then, it is best not to publicize this news so that we have enough time to prepare for the management transfer without undue attention,” Andrew added.

“We are confident that with our new leaders and combined efforts, Argentum Capital will reach new heights,” Michael said. “Welcome aboard, Robert and Jessica.”

Robert and Jessica shook hands with Andrew and Michael.

“Robert, you have the opportunity to say a few words to the board of directors,” Andrew said.

Robert Green stepped up to the podium, confidently looking at those gathered.

“Dear colleagues, it is a great honor for me to stand before you today. Argentum Capital has always been a symbol of reliability and stability. By joining forces with Zenith Financial, we become an even more powerful and influential force in the financial world.

We live in an era of rapid changes and innovations. Our future depends on how ready we are to adapt, anticipate challenges, and seize opportunities. As the new CEO, I aim to transform Argentum Capital into a leader in innovation and growth. We will implement advanced technologies, develop unique products, and create value for our clients and partners.

The synergy of our teams and combined resources will enable us to reach new heights. We will work as one team, striving for excellence and not being afraid to take risks for great goals. I believe that together, we can change the future and leave our mark on the history of the financial sector.

Thank you for your trust. Let’s work and make Argentum Capital a role model worldwide.”

Robert’s speech elicited approval and applause from the board members. His words inspired everyone present and strengthened their confidence in the bright future of the merged company.

Assignment for the Reader:

Imagine that you are facing an important life choice. How would you approach making it?

Define the Situation:

• Think about a significant decision you need to make.
• It can be related to your career, studies, personal relationships, or any other aspect of your life.

Analyze the Options:

• Write down all possible options for resolving this situation.
• Consider the pros and cons of each option.

Evaluate the Criteria:

• Determine which criteria are most important to you when deciding (e.g., long-term benefits, personal happiness, professional growth, financial stability, etc.).

Make a Choice:

• Based on your criteria and analysis of the options, make a choice.
• Explain why you chose this option.

Reflective Questions:

• What factors did you consider when making your decision?
• Which criteria turned out to be the most important to you?
• How do you feel after making this decision?

Practical Assignment:

• Write a short paragraph (100-150 words) about your decision-making process.
• What helped you make the choice?
• How did you feel afterward?

This task will help you think about how to make important life decisions and what to consider when choosing.

Chapter 20: "Meeting the Wanderer"

In the second half of September, New York gradually began to embrace the warm colors of autumn. Leaves on the trees changed color, painting the landscape in golden and crimson hues. The first rays of the sun gently filtered through the branches, creating a play of shadows on the sidewalks and building facades. The morning, they arrived quietly and tenderly, with the cool air filling the streets with freshness. The changes in nature seemed to beckon city dwellers to new challenges and achievements.

The city was slowly waking up. The first pedestrians were hurrying to the subway, and fresh coffee and morning pastries wafted through the streets. Breakfast was being served in small cafes, and shop owners, yawning, opened the doors to their stores. Cars began to fill the roads, adding the sounds of engines and horns to the morning symphony.

Maria woke in her bright, cozy bedroom, bathed in soft morning light. She slowly opened her eyes and smiled, feeling the warmth of her blanket and the softness of her pillows. After lingering for a bit, she felt a slight excitement and joy for the day ahead. Today, she would continue working on her project—the inspiration studio—which brought her immense satisfaction and happiness. Maria got out of bed, walked to the window, and opened it to breathe fresh morning air. Looking out the window, she saw the streets coming to life with pedestrians and cars and felt the energy of this movement transfer to her.

After standing at the window momentarily, Maria headed to the bathroom. Standing under the shower, Maria was in a light state of contemplation. She remembered the importance of being mindful and gently shifted her focus to the sensations of her body. She noticed how the warm streams of water enveloped her body, washing away the remnants of sleep and filling her with energy. Maria closed her eyes, enjoying the moment. She suddenly vividly remembered her childhood in Italy, how her mother would prepare breakfasts filled with love and warmth. These memories of family mornings made her want to prepare something unique, light, and exquisite like her mother used to make.

Maria decided to make Italian toast with ricotta, honey, and fresh fruit—a breakfast that always brought her joy and a sense of celebration. She stepped out of the shower, wrapped herself in a fluffy towel, and headed to the kitchen feeling refreshed and inspired. Opening the fridge, Maria took out fresh fruits and berries: figs, strawberries, and peaches. She sliced them thinly, carefully arranging them on a beautiful ceramic plate. Then she took some fresh Italian bread, cut two medium-thick slices, and lightly toasted them on a dry pan until golden brown. While the bread was still hot, Maria lightly drizzled it with olive oil and sprinkled a pinch of sea salt, recalling how her mother taught her this detail to enhance the flavor. Then she gently spread each toast with creamy ricotta and drizzled honey over them, the golden drops adding a delicious shine. Finally, she placed the sliced fruits on the toasts, garnished them with fresh mint leaves, and stepped back to admire the result of her efforts. Sitting at the table with an aromatic coffee, Maria closed her eyes and delightfully enjoyed her breakfast.

After breakfast, she glanced at the clock—it was almost 9 a.m., and she needed to get ready. Today at 11 a.m., as usual for the past few weeks on Wednesdays, Maria was preparing to meet with her psychologist, Emma. There was so much she wanted to share. Emma always found the right words to ease tension, reduce anxiety, and add determination, which was slightly lacking.

Maria went to her wardrobe to pick out today’s outfit. Opening the doors, she scanned the hanging clothes, pondering what to wear to feel comfortable and look elegant on a fantastic autumn day. Maria chose a cozy cream-colored sweater made of fine wool that softly hugged her figure. She paired it with dark blue skinny jeans that perfectly complemented the shirt. To complete the look and protect herself from the chill, she chose a light gray trench coat that added sophistication to her outfit and harmonized beautifully with the cream sweater. She wore comfortable brown leather boots with small heels.

Moving on to accessories, she put on her favorite silver watch with a thin strap, which was both stylish and practical, then put on silver earrings and a pendant on a chain, a gift from her uncle. The pendant was a delicate addition to her look and a talisman for Maria. She applied a few drops of one of her favorite perfumes to her wrists and neck. The subtle, fresh scent instantly enveloped her, filling the air with notes of bergamot and lemon. The barely noticeable scent of juniper added a particular sophistication to the fragrance, while warm vanilla notes added tenderness and depth. This exquisite aroma reminded her of excellent forest trails and warmed her with memories of summer evenings in nature, giving Maria a feeling of freshness and tranquility.

She chose a medium-sized dark brown leather bag from a French fashion designer, which easily held all the necessary items: a notebook, pen, phone, and makeup bag. The bag harmoniously complemented her look and added a touch of elegance. Then, she moved to the dressing table where all her cosmetic products were placed. Maria applied light makeup to enhance her natural beauty. A light lip gloss finished the look, giving her face freshness and radiance. She decided to let her hair down.

Maria took one last look in the mirror and winked at herself, pleased with her reflection. It was time to leave.

Maria walked through the streets to meet Emma, smiling at her thoughts. The new direction of her life had initially frightened her, but then the world seemed to show her that changes were for the better. She walked and thought about how everything was transforming and what the new inspiration studio would be like for her, the teachers, and the people coming to the studio for inspiration.

Arriving by the elevator, Maria was in Emma and David’s reception area five minutes before the session began. Sitting on a comfortable couch, she pulled out her notes to remind herself of the questions she needed to discuss with Emma. Immersed in her thoughts, she didn’t immediately notice when David’s office door opened.

Andrew emerged from there. His face reflected a mix of joy, concern, and determination. He lingered on the threshold, seemingly gathering his thoughts, and then he saw Maria. Their eyes met, and they smiled simultaneously, sharing a brief but heartfelt moment of mutual understanding. Maria carefully put away her notes and stood up, moving towards Andrew. Noticing her movement, he took a step forward.

“Hello, Maria,” he said with a slight smile. “You look great. How are you?”

“Hello, Andrew. I’m fine, thank you. How was your session?” she replied, noticing a slight nervousness in his voice.

“It was productive,” he admitted. “I realized a lot and now feel lighter, though a bit anxious.”

Maria nodded understandingly. “It’s always challenging, but such sessions help move forward.”

Andrew took a deep breath and looked her in the eyes. “I agree, Maria. And you? What are your plans for today?”

“Right now, a meeting with Emma,” she replied. “I have a few important questions I want to discuss. This, I think, will help me with the project. Then I’ll be working in the studio.”

“It sounds interesting. Your project is truly inspiring,” Andrew said, smiling.

Before they could continue their conversation, Emma’s office door opened, and Emma appeared, ready to welcome Maria.

“Maria, welcome. Please come in,” Emma called.

Maria glanced at Andrew, gently squeezed his hand, and said, “See you later, Andrew. I hope you have a great day. See you in class this evening.”

“Thank you, Maria. Good luck with your session. See you soon,” he replied warmly.

Maria entered Emma’s office, slightly nervous before the critical conversation.

“Good morning, Maria. I see you were talking with one of David’s clients. I remember seeing you two together before. A pleasant man.”

“Good morning, Emma. Yes, we met by chance a few weeks ago in your reception area. His name is Andrew. He also started taking classes at the studio Linda and I run.”

Emma smiled, observing Maria’s emotions. “Good, how are you today?”

“I have a lot of thoughts about the new project, and I feel the need to discuss them with you.”

“What has changed since you decided to create the art therapy studio?” Emma asked.

“I think I want to change the concept. The principle will remain the same, but I want it to be not just a therapy studio but an inspiration studio,” Maria replied.

She told Emma how she came to this desire and how her surroundings and the world around her fully supported her, providing help from all sides. Finishing her story, Maria smiled.

“An inspirational studio is indeed a worthy idea. But despite your happiness about the opportunity to realize a new project, something is still bothering you?”

Maria nodded, confirming Emma’s words. “It’s like I know and at the same time don’t know how it should all be. I wish I could peek into the future,” Maria laughed slightly. “I’m afraid of making mistakes. I understand they’re inevitable, but I am responsible for my decisions and don’t want to disappoint anyone.”

Emma thought momentarily and then said, “You know, Maria, the heart usually already knows everything; you just need to listen to it. Fear and uncertainty arise in our minds because we haven’t experienced this before and are trying to stay in our comfort zone. However, your subconscious knows and understands what you need, so when you think about the project, your soul sings, and your mood improves. You must know that your soul came up with the inspiration studio. Now, you need your soul and mind to agree.

“During today’s session, let’s try to communicate with your subconscious and find the answers you’re looking for, providing your mind with the knowledge it needs so it won’t fear change,” Emma suggested.

“First, give your subconscious a human image,” Emma continued. “It’s hard to think about the soul or subconscious when we don’t have a specific image. This image can have any face, be a man or woman, of any age and race, as long as you trust him or her. Take a moment and let the first image to your mind be the one.”

Maria, feeling a bit excited, agreed. “My image is a gray-haired wanderer.”

“Excellent. Now close your eyes and focus on your breathing.”

Maria followed Emma’s advice, closed her eyes, and began to breathe deeply.

“Imagine your studio. What does it look like? What kind of lighting is there? What sounds do you hear? How do people feel in this space?”

Maria gradually entered a meditative state, imagining her studio. She saw bright walls and natural lighting, heard soft music, and heard the voices of inspired people.

“Now imagine you are exploring the corners of your consciousness. Picture yourself walking through a beautiful forest. Your studio is ahead, but you must walk through the forest. You smell the fresh leaves and hear birds singing. On your path, you meet a wanderer.”

In her mind, Maria saw the forest filled with the sounds of nature. Ahead of her awaited the meeting with the mysterious wanderer. She continued walking until she saw a figure standing by a large oak tree. The wanderer was an older man dressed in simple but neat clothes reminiscent of old-time travelers. His hair was completely gray, and his gray eyes shone with wisdom and kindness.

“Who are you?” Maria asked in her mind. She knew no words were needed. The wanderer could hear her.

“I am the one who will help you find answers. First, I want to congratulate you—your inspiration studio is more than just a place. It reflects your soul and your desire to help others. What questions are troubling you?” the wanderer asked.

“I don’t know how to choose the right teachers. I want the space to be inspiring, but I’m afraid I won’t be able to create the right atmosphere.”

“Listen to your heart, Maria. It would be best to find people who share your passion and vision.

The space will be inspiring if you put your soul and love into it. Trust your instincts.”

Maria felt her anxieties beginning to dissolve. The wanderer pointed her to a path that was both simple and complex.

“What if conflicts and stressful situations arise? How do I deal with them?”

“Conflicts and stress are inevitable. But if you are open and honest with your students and teachers and create an atmosphere of trust and support, you can overcome any difficulties together. Regular meetings and discussions will help you find solutions.”

“And what about motivation? How do I maintain interest among all participants over a long period?”

“Create diverse activities that will inspire and engage. Creative evenings, workshops, and exhibitions will help maintain high interest. And remember, your passion and energy will be transmitted to others.”

Maria listened to the wanderer, feeling his words penetrate deeply into her consciousness, giving her confidence and clarity.

“Thank you. I see what to do. You have given me the answers I was looking for.”

“Remember, you can always find me and the answers within yourself. Trust your feelings and intuition. And never forget that your studio reflects your soul. Put your love and care into it, and it will become a place of inspiration for many.”

“Now thank the wanderer and start returning, Maria,” Emma said softly. “Feel the confidence filling your heart and mind. You know what to do.”

Maria thanked the wanderer and began to return, feeling her heart filled with determination. She opened her eyes, smiling at Emma.

“Thank you, Emma. I see what needs to be done. I am confident I can create an inspirational studio where people feel at home.”

Emma smiled, seeing that Maria had found the answers to her questions and gained confidence in her project.

“You are strong and talented, Maria. Believe in yourself and your dream,” Emma said, giving Maria a final hug.

Maria left Emma’s office feeling like she was on the right path. Stepping outside, she decided to take a short walk. Not far away, she noticed a park and felt an irresistible urge to visit it. Walking along the gravel path, she found herself near a playground and couldn’t help but admire the play of two little girls, about seven years old. She met the gaze of one of them and exchanged smiles. The girl approached Maria and spoke:

“Hi, I’m Lisa. What’s your name?”

“My name is Maria,” Maria introduced herself, looking at Lisa with interest. The girl reminded her of herself at that age.

“You’re so pretty,” Lisa said, smiling sincerely.

“Thank you, Lisa,” Maria replied, feeling warm from the compliment. You are lovely and sweet, too. What are you doing here?”

“I’m playing with my friend. We love coming here after school,” Lisa replied, swaying on the spot. “What do you do, Maria?”

“I’ve started working on a project to help people find inspiration and create,” Maria smiled.

Lisa looked thoughtfully at Maria. “That sounds great. Do you help people dream?”

“Yes, you could say that,” Maria agreed. “I want people to believe in their dreams and strive for them.”

“My mom says that if you believe in your dream very much, it will come true,” Lisa shared, looking into Maria’s eyes.

“Your mom is right,” Maria nodded. “The main thing is not to be afraid and to go towards your goal, even if it’s sometimes difficult.”

Lisa thought momentarily, then confidently said, “I also want to help people when I grow up. I want to be like you.”

Maria felt a surge of warmth and inspiration from the girl’s words. “You absolutely can, Lisa. You are already so wise and kind. The main thing is to believe in yourself and your abilities.”

“Thank you, Maria,” Lisa said, smiling widely. “I will remember your words.”

Maria smiled at the girl again, feeling her determination strengthen. This short conversation reminded her of the importance of her work and how much she could influence others, even young girls like Lisa.

“Thank you, Lisa,” Maria said softly. “You’ve inspired me today, too.”

Bidding farewell to Lisa, Maria stood up from the bench and continued her walk through the park, feeling a new wave of determination and confidence that her project was indeed necessary and needed by people.

Assignment for the Reader:

Take a moment for yourself to stop and think about your life.

• What inspires you?
• What dreams do you want to achieve?
• Write a few lines about what brings you joy and what drives you forward.

Reflective Questions:

• What is your most cherished project or goal?
• What can you do today to get closer to achieving it?
• Where do you find inspiration in the world around you? Perhaps in nature, people, books, or music?
• Do you have someone who supports and inspires you?
• How can you express gratitude to this person?

Chapter 21: "The Magical Land"

Walking through the park after she met with Lisa, Maria felt a fire of inspiration and determination burning inside her. She stopped momentarily, taking in the nature around her, and realized it was time to act. The first thing they needed was a name for their studio. The project couldn’t remain nameless.

Maria took out her phone and called Linda. Excitement and confidence were evident in her voice.

“Linda, hi. We need to stay after classes tonight and get started. I suggest we brainstorm and discuss a name for the studio.”

Sensing Maria’s enthusiasm, Linda immediately agreed and promised to invite Jacques. Extra creative input wouldn’t hurt.

Next, Maria called Jennifer and Andrew. Both readily agreed to stay late tonight.

Maria returned her phone to her bag with a smile and growing confidence. She felt that tonight would be a turning point for their project.

Continuing her walk, Maria noticed a sprawling, majestic old oak tree on the adjacent path. Its thick, gnarled branches reached towards the sky, and a cozy bench was partly covered in soft moss at its base. Maria approached and saw a forgotten book on the bench. The cover, adorned with symbols and patterns, caught her attention.

Maria sat on the bench and picked up the book. It was dedicated to esotericism and myths, containing ancient legends and stories about magical lands. She began to flip through the pages, immersing herself in the descriptions of these mystical places.

On one page, she noticed a drawing. The illustration depicted people from different cultures sitting in a circle. In the center, she stood a great oak, symbolizing the connection between all peoples and cultures. Maria was struck by the similarity to the oak under which she was sitting.

Suddenly, an older woman approached the bench. Her eyes glowed with kindness, and a gentle, mysterious smile played on her lips. She was dressed in a long dress with a floral pattern. A woolen shawl was draped over her shoulders. The woman’s silver hair was neatly tied in a bun. Maria noticed a medallion with strange symbols hanging from her neck. There was a sense of calm and wisdom about her.

“Good afternoon,” Maria greeted warmly, meeting the woman’s gaze. “How are you enjoying this beautiful autumn day?”

“It’s a wonderful day, my dear,” the woman replied. “My name is Amelia. Excuse me, I believe I left my book behind,” she said, pointing to the tome in Maria’s hands. “Strangely, it found its way to you; perhaps the book chose you. Are you seeking inspiration?”

Maria smiled and introduced herself in return.

“Nice to meet you, Amelia. My name is Maria. My friends and I are working on creating an inspirational studio and looking for a suitable name. Perhaps the stories in this book are exactly what we need.”

Amelia smiled softly and looked thoughtfully into the distance.

“You know, long ago, I heard a legend about a mysterious land called Artelania during one of my journeys. It was said to be a place where art and magic intertwined, inspiring all who entered.”

Maria asked with interest, “Can you tell me more about this land? I’ve never heard of that name.”

Amelia paused for a moment, then began to tell the story.

“In this magical land, art united people, and there was no need for words—everyone understood each other through creativity. People from different corners of the world brought their traditions and crafts, and together, they created something incredible. Artelania had no barriers, and everyone could find their inspiration, feeling part of something greater.”

Maria’s eyes widened.

“That sounds amazing. A land where art brings everyone together despite their differences. How did they share their traditions?”

Amelia continued. “In Artelania, there were special places where everyone could showcase their art—painting, music, or craft.

Imagine open-air amphitheaters where African musicians played drums alongside Japanese ikebana masters. Galleries where Italian painters worked next to Indian mehndi artists. It all happened simultaneously, creating an unparalleled atmosphere.”

Maria nodded in awe.

“That sounds incredible. Such diversity and harmony…”

Amelia smiled and added.

“Exactly. In Artelania, everyone can find inspiration by immersing themselves in the cultures and traditions of others. It was a place where people learned to understand and respect each other through art. There were no language barriers because art spoke for itself. Imagine a place where words are unnecessary, where everyone can express their feelings and ideas through art. In Artelania, you could see artists creating masterpieces inspired by the world’s cultures. Musicians played soul-stirring melodies, and craftsmen created things full of grace and beauty.”

Maria pondered.

“This is exactly what I want to create in our studio. A place where people from different corners can share their traditions and art, inspiring each other.”

Amelia nodded, her eyes shining with wisdom.

“Then name it Artelania. Let it become as magical as that land. And remember, true inspiration comes when you open your heart and mind to everything new and beautiful.”

Maria excitedly wrote down every word.

“This name truly captures the spirit of our project. A place where everyone can find their inspiration.”

Maria hesitated for a moment but then cautiously asked.

“Amelia, what do the symbols in this book mean? They look so mysterious. And your medallion… it also seems special.”

Amelia smiled mysteriously.

“These symbols and the medallion are connected to ancient legends about magical places like Artelania. They symbolize the connection between art and magic, between peoples and cultures. They remind us that inspiration can be found in the most unexpected places if we open our hearts and minds.”

Absorbed in her thoughts, Maria lowered her head to write the name in her notebook. When she looked up to thank Amelia, she was gone. The woman seemed to have vanished into thin air, leaving only a faint scent of lavender and a sense of magic. This left Maria pondering, but she felt that the encounter was not accidental.

Maria envisioned their studio becoming a place where everyone could find inspiration and feel part of something greater. This seemed especially relevant and significant in New York, a city with such cultural diversity. She saw images of students studying the arts and cultures of different world peoples, sharing their knowledge and traditions, and creating something new and unique together.

Ideas for workshops dedicated to different regions of the world, led by unique instructors who would bring their distinctive energy and knowledge, began to form in her mind. She envisioned students immersing themselves in the atmosphere of each culture, inspired by its art, music, and crafts. Images of workshops on traditional Japanese calligraphy techniques, Italian Renaissance art, African sculpture, and many other disciplines came to her imagination. In this studio, everyone would find their place and source of inspiration.

Maria continued to sit on the bench, overwhelmed by the mystical encounter. She felt it was more than just a chance conversation—it was a sign from above, a confirmation of her path. The name “Artelania” resonated in her thoughts like music, creating the image of a magical land where art and inspiration merge.

Her thoughts were suddenly interrupted by a voice from a young man passing by the bench.

“Excuse me, are you alright?” he asked kindly, stopping nearby.

Maria quickly raised her head and smiled.

“Yes, thank you, I’m fine.”

The young man smiled slightly in return.

“I just noticed you were talking to yourself. I wanted to make sure you were okay.”

Maria blushed slightly but remained friendly.

“I must have been too engrossed in my thoughts. I appreciate your concern.”

The young man nodded, his smile widening.

“You’re welcome. Sometimes, it’s good to talk to yourself. Have a nice day!”

Maria stood up from the bench, feeling energy and inspiration. She knew she now had a clear vision for their studio’s future. She walked purposefully towards the park exit, thinking about sharing her idea with her friends and bringing it to life.

After the morning classes at the studio, Linda decided to walk along the waterfront. Finding a pleasant spot, she sat on a bench and immersed herself in her thoughts. Linda was thinking about the upcoming meeting and finding the perfect name for their studio. Suddenly, her thoughts were interrupted by the soft rustle of a brush on canvas. Next to her on the bench was an elderly artist with an easel. He was painting intently, and Linda curiously watched him work. She was amazed at how easily and confidently he applied brushstrokes, creating something extraordinary on the canvas.

Unable to resist, Linda asked.

“Excuse me, may I see what you’re painting?”

The artist looked up and replied with a kind smile.

“Of course, young lady. I am painting my vision of a magical land where people from different cultures unite through art.”

Linda gasped in surprise.

“That’s incredible. We are thinking of creating a studio where we can realize this idea. How did you come up with this vision?”

The artist looked thoughtfully at his canvas.

“Sometimes inspiration comes from the most unexpected places. I have traveled a lot and seen how art can unite people. Every corner of the world has unique traditions and crafts, and they can all coexist in harmony if people are willing to share and learn from each other.”

Linda decided to share their project.

“We want to create an inspiration studio where people can learn about the arts and cultures of different nations. Your vision is very similar to our dream.”

The artist nodded.

“That’s a wonderful idea. If you believe in your cause, it will surely come to life. The name you choose should reflect this magical harmony and unity.”

Linda felt her heart fill with warmth and confidence.

“Thank you for the inspiration. I think we are on the right path.”

The artist smiled.

“Art is magic that can be shared with the world. I wish you the best of luck with your project.”

Feeling inspired, Linda thanked the artist and headed back to the studio.

Jennifer, who had already assumed the administrator role, was busy with tasks in the studio when she noticed a woman standing in front of the display window, attentively examining the exhibits. She looked as if she were from another time, dressed in a long, old-fashioned coat and a hat carelessly perched on her graying hair. Jennifer felt a strange attraction and approached her to find out what had caught her attention.

“Hello,” Jennifer began warmly. “How can I help you?”

The woman, without taking her eyes off the display, quietly responded.

“Hello. I’m looking at these wonderful works of art and feeling that each piece carries a part of its creator’s soul. Do you work here?”

“Yes, I’m Jennifer, the studio administrator. We strive to create a place where people can find inspiration and share their creative ideas.”

The woman finally turned to Jennifer and smiled.

“Nice to meet you, Jennifer. My name is Eliza. Art has always been a powerful bridge between cultures and eras. It holds a special magic capable of uniting people.”

Jennifer nodded, feeling the deep meaning of Eliza’s words.

“Yes, that’s exactly what we want to do in our studio—create a space where people can share their cultures and be inspired by each other.”

Eliza looked thoughtfully at the display and spoke.

“Did you know that in ancient times, there were places where art and culture intertwined so closely that people didn’t need words to understand each other?”

Jennifer thought for a moment, trying to recall. “I think I’ve heard something like that. It sounds like a legend or a myth.”

Eliza smiled and nodded. “It’s more than a myth. It was a reality in places like Artelania. People worldwide brought their traditions and created something beautiful and magical together. In Artelania, there were no boundaries, and everyone could find their inspiration.”

Jennifer felt those words resonate deeply in her heart. “Artelania… It sounds wonderful. We are looking for a name for our studio, and this might be perfect.”

Eliza nodded approvingly. “I’m sure your place will be as magical as Artelania. The key is to remain sincere and open to new ideas and cultures.”

Jennifer thanked Eliza for her inspiration and wise words. When she looked back at the display to write down the name, Eliza had already disappeared. This left Jennifer deep in thought, but she felt the encounter was no coincidence.

Jacques decided to take a short break from his work on a new project and visit the library. He loved spending time there, browsing old magazines and books on architecture from different eras. This library had always been a source of inspiration for him; its halls and quiet corners held many secrets and stories.

Walking between the tall shelves filled with books, Jacques stopped in the section dedicated to ancient cultures and art. An old, worn book with gold embossed on the cover caught his attention. He carefully took it from the shelf and opened it at random.

On the page was a map of an ancient land. Detailed illustrations and texts described a place where people from around the world gathered to share their traditions and art, creating something incredible.

Jacques was engrossed in reading when an elderly librarian with gray hair and glasses approached him. “Hello, young man. Have you found something interesting?”

Jacques, slightly surprised, replied, “Yes, this book is fascinating. It describes a mythical place called Artelania.”

The librarian smiled and nodded. “Artelania is more than just a myth. It was a real country where people lived harmoniously, inspiring each other. They created art that spoke for itself, requiring no words. You know, such a place can be created even today.”

The librarian took the book and carefully flipped through a few pages, showing Jacques various illustrations and descriptions. “Look at these images. See how people from different cultures work together, creating something new and beautiful. This is the essence of Artelania.”

Jacques nodded, feeling a deep connection with these images. “Yes, that’s what we want to create. A place where art unites people and helps them find inspiration.”

The librarian smiled and handed the book back to Jacques. “You will find many ideas and inspiration here. And remember, true art is magic that can be shared with the world.”

Jacques thanked the librarian and, feeling a surge of energy and inspiration, left the library. He knew that this meeting was not accidental and that the name Artelania was perfect for their project. Ideas were swirling in his mind, and he couldn’t wait to share them during the evening discussion.

Andrew was sitting in a cozy little restaurant on the corner of the street, enjoying his lunch. He was lost in his thoughts about the upcoming meeting with Maria and the search for a name for their studio. His contemplation was interrupted by a lively conversation at the neighboring table.

Two men, obviously friends, were animatedly gesturing and discussing something. Andrew accidentally caught a phrase from one of them.

“Have you heard the old legend about Artelania? It’s a place where people from different countries meet to exchange cultural traditions and creativity. A true land of inspiration!”

Andrew froze, listening intently. He turned around and saw that the man continued to speak.

“Yes, it’s a legend about a magical land where masters worldwide gathered together. Imagine musicians playing melodies of their nations, artists creating unique paintings, and artisans showcasing their skills. This place embodied harmony and creativity, where you didn’t need to speak to understand each other.”

Andrew felt his heart start to beat faster. This was precisely what they were looking for in their studio. He couldn’t believe his luck—a randomly overheard conversation had given him an idea that could become the name for their project.

As the men finished their conversation and began to leave, Andrew suddenly felt that this meeting was no coincidence. He knew he had to share this discovery with Maria.

That evening, all the project members gathered in the studio. Maria, Linda, Jennifer, Andrew, and Jacques sat around a large wooden table. Each of them had experienced something special that day, and they were full of inspiration and determination.

Maria began the meeting by sharing her encounter in the park. “This morning, I met an elderly woman who told me about a place called Artelania. It was a land where culture and magic merged, inspiring everyone.”

Andrew, hearing this, interrupted excitedly, “You won’t believe it, but I overheard a conversation during lunch today where two men also mentioned Artelania.”

Linda, wide-eyed, added, “I met an old artist in the park who was painting his vision of a magical land where people from different cultures unite through art. He also talked about the importance of inspiration and the magic of art.”

Jennifer, barely waiting for her turn, said, “And I met a woman who stopped by our studio window. She spoke about preserving cultural traditions and finding inspiration through art. She mentioned Artelania and said such a place existed.”

Jacques joined in, “I found a map in the library and talked to a librarian who showed me how people from different cultures created something beautiful together. He also spoke of the magical Artelania.”

Everyone fell silent, realizing that their encounters were connected and confirmed the rightness of their path.

Maria spoke up, “This is incredible! How is it possible that each of us encountered Artelania today?”

Andrew nodded thoughtfully. “It seems something greater is pointing us towards this name. These coincidences can’t be accidental.”

Linda, smiling, added, “Yes, it feels like a sign. In my story, the artist said that people could understand each other without words in this land, just through art.”

Maria concluded, “I think the name Artelania is perfect for our studio. It’s a place where art unites people, and everyone can find their inspiration.”

Everyone unanimously agreed. The name was found, and now they could move forward with even more confidence, knowing that their project bore a name reflecting their dreams and aspirations.

“Now that we have a name, we must consider a logo. How do you envision it?” Jacques asked.

Recalling the illustration in the book, Maria said, “I saw an image of a great oak tree surrounded by people from different cultures. Maybe our logo should be similar? The oak is a symbol of strength and unity, and around it, it is a symbol of various arts and cultures.”

Andrew added enthusiastically, “That’s a brilliant idea! But what if the oak had paintbrushes, musical instruments, and other art symbols instead of branches? That would emphasize our goal of uniting through creativity.”

Everyone loved this idea, seeing how it reflected their mission. Jacques, already envisioning possible designs, nodded, “That’s wonderful! Let’s think about the primary colors for the logo and brand. I can make a few sketches so we can choose the best option.”

Jacques opened his notebook and began sketching the main elements quickly. The others watched with interest, discussing the details.

“How about adding light around the oak?” Linda suggested. “It would symbolize the inspiration coming from art.”

“Great thought,” Jacques agreed, adding soft light rays around the tree. “The light can be golden, as we discussed.”

Jennifer thoughtfully looked at the sketch. “Maybe we should add some national ornaments around it? It would emphasize the multicultural aspect of our studio.”

Maria nodded, “Yes, that would be a lovely addition. Small elements from different cultures woven into the overall design.”

Andrew added, “I think making the logo modern and stylish is also important.

We can use a more minimalist approach to look contemporary and appealing.”

Jacques smiled, “Alright, I’ll try to combine all these ideas. We need the logo to be beautiful and easily recognizable.”

“And don’t forget the name,” Maria remembered. “Artelania should be well-readable and harmoniously integrated into the logo.”

“Of course,” Jacques replied. “I’ll try different fonts and styles to find the perfect combination.”

Linda smiled, “I’m sure we’ll make it work. This logo will reflect all our values and inspire people to create.”

They continued discussing, proposing new ideas, and adjusting Jacques’ sketches. Eventually, they agreed on the logo’s principal elements and colors.

Everyone felt that together, they were creating something truly unique and inspiring.

Linda added, “The primary colors should symbolize harmony. How about deep blue, which is associated with wisdom and calm?”

Jennifer suggested, “And in addition to blue, we could add gold, which symbolizes warmth and creativity. These colors will blend well and create a pleasant atmosphere.”

Jacques wrote down all the suggestions and said, “Perfect! I’ll make some sketches using these ideas and colors. I’m sure we’ll create something truly inspiring and unique. Andrew, will you help me?”

“With pleasure,” Andrew replied.

Jacques opened the graphic editor he used to create future building models, and they began to work.

While Andrew and Jacques worked on the first visualization of the logo and studio design, Linda, Jennifer, and Maria discussed the list of initial workshops.

Less than an hour later, they invited the girls to see the first results of the Artelania Inspiration studio logo and design.

“Here, look at what we’ve got,” Jacques said, smiling.

“We tried to incorporate all your suggestions.”

“This is amazing!” Linda exclaimed. The oak looks so symbolic and powerful. Adding art symbols highlights our mission.”

Maria, examining closely, remarked, “This logo perfectly reflects our vision. It will inspire everyone who sees it.”

Jacques and Andrew proudly watched the girls’ reactions. They felt that together, they had created something truly unique.

With a smile, Andrew said, “Let’s make this dream a reality. Let our studio become that very Artelania, where everyone can find their place and inspiration.”

Assignment for the Reader:

Imagine you are in the magical land of Artelania, where various cultures and arts intertwine. Your task is to create and describe your unique place in this land that helps people find psychological balance and inner inspiration. Try to answer the following questions in detail:

Description of the Place:

• How does this place look?
• What architectural elements and natural landscapes surround it?
• What colors and materials dominate this place, creating an atmosphere of calm and harmony?

Psychological Practices and Arts:

• What types of arts and psychological practices are presented in your place? This could include painting, meditation, music, sculpture, dance, or something else.
• How do these practices help people find inner balance and self-expression?

People and Interaction:

• How do people from different cultures interact with each other in your place?
• What unique forms of communication and collaboration do you envision?
• How are new participants involved in the life of this place, and what can they learn?

Inspiration and Magic:

How does your place inspire people and help them achieve psychological balance? What magical or unusual elements make it unique?

Example to set the mood for inspiration.:

Description of the Place:

My unique place in Artelania is called Harmony Grove. It is nestled in a serene forest, with towering trees whose leaves shimmer in shades of emerald and gold. A crystal-clear stream winds through the grove, its gentle babbling providing a soothing background. The architecture here blends ancient and modern styles with natural wood and stone structures adorned with intricate carvings and mosaic patterns. The colors are soft and earthy, with vibrant hues and splashes that bring peace and vitality.

Psychological Practices and Arts:

Harmony Grove offers a variety of arts and psychological practices. There are open-air pavilions for meditation and yoga, where participants can reconnect with their inner selves amidst nature. Music is a central element, with spaces for performance and participation, allowing individuals to play traditional instruments worldwide or enjoy the melodies. There are also painting, sculpting, and dance workshops, each designed to facilitate self-expression and emotional release. These practices help people find their inner balance by encouraging mindfulness, creativity, and a sense of community.

People and Interaction:

In Harmony Grove, people from different cultures interact through shared activities and collaborative projects. There are communal gardens where everyone can contribute to planting and harvesting, fostering a spirit of cooperation. Regular cultural exchange events are held, where individuals can share their traditions, stories, and skills. New participants are welcomed with an orientation that includes a tour of the grove and an introduction to ongoing projects, ensuring they feel integrated and valued. Through these interactions, people learn about different cultures and develop a deeper appreciation for diversity.

Inspiration and Magic:

Harmony Grove inspires people through its unique blend of natural beauty, artistic expression, and cultural exchange. The grove is home to several magical elements, such as a tree whose leaves change color with the emotions of those nearby, providing visual feedback on the collective mood. There are also hidden nooks where one can find ancient scrolls of wisdom, offering guidance and inspiration. Bioluminescent plants light up the grove at night, creating a mystical atmosphere that sparks creativity and wonder. This place helps people achieve psychological balance by immersing them in an environment that nurtures the soul and encourages continuous growth and discovery.

Having been introduced to Harmony Grove, continue to let your imagination flow.

Enjoy your inspiration!

Chapter 22: "Invisible Support"

The atmosphere in the studio was filled with energy and a sense of accomplishment. Each of them understood this was a significant achievement to be celebrated.

“We did it!” Maria exclaimed, her eyes shining with happiness. “I can’t believe we found the perfect name and logo so quickly.”

“This calls for a celebration,” Jennifer agreed, smiling.

“I know a great place,” Linda said enthusiastically. “This café serves dishes from various world cuisines. Let’s try something exotic to make this evening unforgettable.”

“Great idea!” Jacques agreed. “Let’s order something unusual to celebrate.”

“Maybe we should try some Thai cuisine? I’ve heard their dishes are amazing,” Maria suggested.

“Or perhaps something from Peruvian cuisine?” Linda added.

“Let’s try both,” Andrew proposed. “This evening should be special.”

Andrew, Maria, Jennifer, Linda, and Jacques gathered around the laptop, opening the restaurant’s online menu.

Andrew, a lover of experiments and bold flavors, was immediately drawn to Peruvian cuisine. “Aji de Gallina” caught his attention. The description of tender chicken pieces simmered in a creamy walnut sauce with hot aji peppers sounded extraordinary. He imagined the creamy sauce enveloping each piece of chicken, adding a subtle spiciness, while the rice would be a perfect complement.

With her passion for rich and contrasting flavors, Maria chose Thai “Pad Thai.” The exquisite balance of sweet, sour, and salty caught her eye. Stir-fried noodles with tofu and shrimp, sprinkled with peanuts and garnished with fresh bean sprouts and a lime wedge, promised a true gastronomic delight. She could already anticipate how each ingredient’s flavor would reveal itself in a new way.

Jennifer, always seeking something unusual and exotic, couldn’t resist Peruvian “Lomo Saltado.” Juicy beef stir-fried with onions, tomatoes, and peppers, served with fries and rice, sounded like the perfect blend of traditional and new. She imagined how each piece of beef would be infused with spices and fresh vegetable aromas.

Linda and Jacques, lovers of bold and rich flavors, ordered Thai cuisine. “Gai Pad Med Ma Muang” – chicken with cashews – immediately caught their attention. Tender chicken pieces in a thick sauce with crunchy cashews and sweet peppers promised to be delicious and unique. Linda was incredibly excited about trying this dish; she always loved the sweet and nutty combination. Jacques, in turn, appreciated the idea of adding a bit of spice and crunchy cashews to tender chicken.

“Let me suggest a few appetizers so we can all taste the subtleties of Peruvian and Thai cuisine,” Jacques said with a smile.

Jacques proposed starting with “Papas a la Huancaina” – boiled potato slices covered in a thick creamy cheese sauce with a hint of spicy pepper. “This is a traditional Peruvian appetizer with a unique combination of creamy and spicy flavors,” Jacques explained. Everyone nodded approvingly, imagining how the soft potato and rich sauce would provide an unforgettable taste experience.

Next, Jacques suggested “Anticuchos,” marinated beef skewers grilled and served with a tangy sauce. “These small beef kebabs are so aromatic and juicy that you won’t be able to resist,” he added, and his friends agreed, anticipating the rich, meaty flavors.

Not forgetting Thai cuisine, Jacques proposed “Por Pia Tod,” crispy spring rolls filled with vegetables and shrimp, served with a spicy sweet sauce. “These rolls are incredibly light and crispy, and the sweet sauce adds a piquant touch,” he said, seeing his friends’ eyes light up with interest.

Finally, he chose “Satay Gai,” chicken skewers marinated in aromatic spices, grilled, and served with peanut sauce. “Chicken skewers with spicy marinade and tender peanut sauce are a classic Thai cuisine that everyone should try,” he concluded. The girls were concerned about their figures after such a hearty dinner.

Still, Andrew and Jacques reassured them, promising to prepare most of the appetizers so the ladies could enjoy the evening without worry.

With the order made, everyone eagerly awaited its arrival.

Linda suddenly remembered, “We have a couple of bottles of champagne left over from the exhibition! Why not use them for a toast?”

“Great idea, Linda!” Maria exclaimed. “It will be the perfect addition to our celebration.”

A little later, when the table was filled with various dishes from Thai and Peruvian cuisine, everyone gathered around to enjoy the evening. The atmosphere was warm and friendly, and everyone was joyful and proud of their achievements. The air was filled with the aromas of exotic spices, highlighting the unique festive atmosphere.

Linda brought out the champagne bottles, and Andrew noisily opened the first bottle and poured it into glasses to the group’s applause.

Jacques stood up and made a toast: “To us and Artelania! We have done a great job and created something truly unique. Let this be just the beginning of our great achievements.”

“To Artelania!” the others echoed, clinking glasses.

Looking at her friends, Maria thought aloud, ” I can’t shake the feeling that all this is no coincidence. We were all brought together as if by some plan. Each of us is unique for this project.”

Andrew supported her thought by adding, “I’ve been thinking about that, too. These strange coincidences and signs that led us to Artelania make me believe we have a special mission. Maybe we are indeed chosen to fulfill some higher purpose.”

Linda nodded, her eyes shining with inspiration, “We all come from different places and backgrounds, but together, we create something that can inspire many people. Perhaps our task is to bring more beauty and harmony into the world through art and culture.”

Smiling, Jennifer said, “It feels like a special mission. We are doing something important and meaningful, and this feeling never leaves me.”

Jacques looked at everyone and said, “I agree. All of this feels like a plan, and I’m glad to be a part of it. We are on the right path, and I’m sure great achievements await us.”

They continued discussing their thoughts and feelings, becoming more convinced they were united by something more significant than a typical job. In their hearts, they felt confident that they were genuinely chosen for a special mission—to create Artelania, which would bring art and culture to different corners of the world.

As midnight approached, they started to head home. As they left the studio, each was lost in their thoughts.

Maria took a taxi to get home faster after a busy day. Sitting in the back seat, she watched the twinkling lights of nighttime New York, lost in her thoughts. All the events of the past days began to form a coherent picture, and she couldn’t shake the feeling that all this was not a coincidence.

When she got home, Maria took a hot shower, washing away the fatigue and tension. The water flowed over her body, relaxing her muscles and clearing her mind. She recalled the meeting with the older woman in the park, the story about Artelania, and how this legend suddenly became the key to their project. These thoughts wouldn’t leave her.

“It can’t just be a coincidence,” Maria thought, stepping out of the shower and wrapping herself in a soft robe. “Everything happened as if it was pre-planned.”

Lying in bed, she mentally returned to the events of the day. She remembered how it all started—her first visit to Emma, when she felt a lack of progress in her creativity and was on the verge of despair. These meetings helped her find a new path, unlock new strengths, and realize that her talent could serve a greater purpose.

“None of this is accidental,” Maria thought, covering herself with a blanket. “My path led me here with a specific purpose.”

She remembered the moments when it seemed her creative development had stalled. She sought inspiration but found only disappointment. During these difficult times, she met Emma, who helped her find inner harmony and inspiration through therapy and self-discovery.

“How many times have I doubted myself,” Maria recalled, “and now I stand on the brink of something great. This project, the inspiration studio, can help hundreds, maybe even thousands of people find their place in the world, unlock their talents, and get inspired.”

Maria felt her mission was to create art and help others find their inspiration and path.

“I love to help people find themselves through art and inspiration,” Maria thought as she drifted off to sleep.

Maria fell into a deep sleep, feeling that new challenges and opportunities awaited her. She knew this day was only the beginning of their incredible journey.

Andrew left the studio and headed home on foot. Nighttime New York, sparkling with lights, created an atmosphere conducive to reflection. He took a deep breath of the cool air and immersed himself in his thoughts.

“How could all this happen?” Andrew pondered, recalling the events of recent weeks. “These strange coincidences and signs can’t be accidental.”

Andrew remembered the moment he heard about Artelania in a conversation over lunch. But the path that led him here began much earlier.

As a financier and head of a large company, Andrew always sought new challenges and opportunities. He was used to solving complex problems and finding ways out of the most challenging situations. Lately, however, he has felt his professional life is losing meaning. He was looking for something more that would bring him inner satisfaction.

“I always believed in the power of strategy and planning,” he thought, walking down the nighttime street. “But something inside me said I needed to seek another path, one that is more meaningful and important.”

“The merger is happening in a few days,” Andrew thought. “This will open new opportunities for me and give me more time for the strategic development of the project.”

He knew integrating the teams into the renewed Argentum Capital would be challenging but would bring many benefits. The teams would unite to work more efficiently, allowing him to step away from the operational management of the financial corporation and focus on the global development of the inspiration studio, Artelania.

“This isn’t just a new project; it’s something greater that can change many lives. My role here is not accidental.”

Andrew saw many challenges ahead. As a strategist and organizer, he understood that creating a network of inspirational studios would require tremendous effort, planning, and resources. But he was ready to take on this challenge.

“I need to develop a clear plan,” he thought. “Our studio in New York must become a model for others. We must show that art and culture can unite people and inspire them to great achievements.”

“Now, we need to refine all the processes in one studio and give the project a framework,” Andrew thought, walking down the nighttime street. “And then we can spread this idea further.”

It was necessary to develop a growth strategy, organize financing, and create a flawless system, and he felt that this was his path, his mission.

“Tomorrow, I’ll start thinking about a system that can be applied in different parts of the world,” he decided. “We need to create a model that will be easily scalable and adaptable to any conditions.”

He imagined traveling with Maria, exploring the cultural life of different countries, and opening Artelania studios worldwide. He saw how they would unite people of various cultures, inspiring them to creativity and self-expression.

He entered his home with these thoughts, feeling uncertain about something significant.

Jacques and Linda walked through the streets of New York after the celebration in the studio. They were lost in their thoughts but also shared their experiences and plans.

“Did you notice how all of this happened?” Jacques asked, looking at Linda. “At first, we just decided to help Maria choose a name and concept for the project, and now we find ourselves at the center of something grand.”

Linda nodded, smiling. “Yes, it’s truly amazing. All these coincidences and events are as if they were planned. It’s like we were directed here to fulfill a special mission.”

“And now, when we are almost ready to leave for Nice, this chain of events happens,” Jacques continued. “We became involved in this project, and I feel it’s not by chance.”

Linda stopped and looked Jacques in the eyes. “We should fully immerse ourselves in this project for the remaining months. We can achieve a lot here and then apply this experience in Nice.”

Jacques nodded thoughtfully. “You’re right. We can use this time to get involved in all the processes and thoroughly work out Artelania’s operational scheme. And when we’re ready to open our studio in Nice, we’ll have a plan and understanding of how everything should work.”

Linda enthusiastically added, “Imagine how wonderful it would be to have our inspiration studios in various Mediterranean cities. We can create dozens of studios where people can share their cultures and art.”

Jacques smiled. “That’s truly inspiring. I’ve always dreamed of creating something significant. And now we have that opportunity.”

Linda took his hand:

“Let’s promise each other that we will do everything possible for this project in the remaining months. And then we’ll open our studio in Nice.”

“Agreed,” Jacques replied, squeezing her hand. “We can do this. We will bring inspiration and creativity to the world.”

They continued walking down the street, discussing their plans and dreams. Their conversation was full of enthusiasm and determination.

Jennifer walked home along a quiet street, reflecting on the upcoming tasks and challenges. She felt her role in the project was vital, filling her with joy and responsibility.

“I have a lot of work ahead of me,” she thought, feeling her heart beat faster with excitement. “Organizing all the classes, schedules, events, and exhibitions is a huge task. But I can’t let Maria and the others down.”

She understood that her mission was to help Artelania reach its potential and become a place where people could find inspiration.

“If I manage to organize everything properly here,” she continued, “I can help open similar studios for Maria all over America, imagining how many people will be able to find inspiration and self-expression through this project.”

She recalled how fortunate she and her husband had moved to New York. Now, she was at the center of grand events that could change many people’s lives.

“My husband and I always dreamed of new opportunities and adventures,” Jennifer thought. “And now I realize that our move was no coincidence. I ended up here at the very moment I was needed.”

“As an artist and, I hope, a good administrator, I will do everything possible to bring the land of Artelania back to life,” she said to herself. “It will be grand, and I am proud to be a part of it.”

“Tomorrow, I will start searching for interesting instructors and schedule interviews,” Jennifer decided. “We need masters of their craft to make our studio truly unique.”

Entering her home, Jennifer felt that outstanding achievements awaited her. She knew that her work was beginning, but she was full of determination and confidence in her abilities.

With these thoughts, Jennifer felt a surge of energy and confidence. She knew there was a lot of work ahead, but she was ready for it. New challenges and opportunities awaited her, and she was prepared to embrace them with an open heart.

***

As the time approached one in the morning, high above the ground, somewhere in the distance, angels watched over our heroes, who were taking on a new mission. Each hero had a guardian angel who watched with a smile and approval as events unfolded on Earth.

After ensuring our heroes were asleep and safe, they gathered for a council with the senior angel overseeing Artelania’s rebirth.

The hall where the angels gathered was magnificent. It was high above the ground, in the clouds, illuminated by the stars’ soft light. The hall glowed with golden and silver hues, the walls adorned with intricate patterns that seemed alive, slowly changing shape and color. The ceiling was transparent, through which one could see the infinite universe.

In the center of the hall stood a round table of pure crystal surrounded by chairs of transparent, glowing material that seemed to float in the air. On the table lay sparkling scrolls reflecting the history and future of Artelania.

The senior angel, radiating wisdom and strength, stood at the head of the table. His figure was enveloped in soft light, and his eyes shone with profound knowledge. Maria, Andrew, Linda, Jennifer, and Jacques’s guardian angels gathered around the table.

“Welcome,” said the senior angel, his voice deep and calm. “How are things progressing with your charges?”

Maria’s angel spoke first.

“Maria is ready,” he said. “To direct her to action, I first took the form of the girl Lisa, and then, to lead her to the name Artelania, I took the form of an elderly woman in the park. I made sure Maria was in the right place at the right time. I told her about Artelania, where art and magic are intertwined. This inspired Maria and gave her the idea for the studio’s name.

The senior angel nodded in approval, and Maria’s angel continued:

“I also ensured that the book Maria found on the bench contained a mention of Artelania and a possible future logo. This confirmed her feelings and made the story more real for her. She took it as a sign.”

“I plan to continue inspiring Maria, guiding her to new creative ideas, and helping her find a balance between her personal life and the project,” Maria’s angel said. “I will also push her to seek new sources of inspiration.”

Andrew’s angel followed and bowed.

“Andrew has found his purpose,” he began. “To lead him to the name Artelania, I created the images of two young businessmen and arranged their conversation in the restaurant so he would hear about the legend of Artelania. I made sure this conversation caught his attention and made him think.”

The senior angel nodded again, and Andrew’s angel continued:

“I also assured that Andrew heard a description of this incredible land. This strengthened his belief that he was on the right path.”

“I will help Andrew develop a strategic plan for expanding the studios,” Andrew’s angel continued. “I will ensure he finds the right people and resources to fulfill his mission.”

Linda’s angel rose and bowed.

“Linda has a unique ability to unite people,” he began. “To guide her to the name Artelania, I took the form of an elderly artist painting a land where all creative people understood each other without words. I also told Linda about the depth and importance of this legend.”

“I will continue to support Linda in her efforts to unite people from different cultures,” Linda’s angel said. “I will guide her to new contacts and partnerships so that the Artelania studios become places of harmony and understanding.”

The senior angel nodded approvingly. Next was Jennifer’s angel. Jennifer’s angel stood up and bowed.

“Jennifer is a tireless inspirer and organizer,” he began. “To guide her to the name Artelania, I took the form of a woman looking at the studio’s display window. I made her feel that she had already heard about the land of Artelania and how everything was arranged there.”

“I will help Jennifer organize and coordinate all studio processes,” Jennifer’s angel said. I will guide her to new instructors and talents to keep the studio unique and inspiring.”

Jacques’s angel followed and bowed to the senior angel and everyone present.

“Jacques is our architect and designer and a great marketer in the past,” he began. “To guide him to the name Artelania, I took the form of a wise librarian and created a book about Artelania with maps. This book became a symbol and inspiration for him.”

“I will continue to inspire Jacques to create unique and inspiring spaces,” Jacques’s angel said. “I will push him to new ideas and projects so that each Artelania studio is exceptional.”

The senior angel listened to the reports of his charges with satisfaction and shone with joy.

“You have all done a magnificent job,” he said. “Your efforts have not been in vain. Our heroes are ready for great achievements.”

The senior angel raised his hand in blessing.

“May the light of inspiration and wisdom be with you,” he said. “We will watch over them and support them. Their journey is just beginning, and we will help them.”

The guardian angels bowed once again and returned to their charges.

The senior angel continued his work, knowing that the successful launch of Artelania needed the best instructors capable of inspiring and teaching many people. He decided to act and summoned the guardian angels of the best instructors who could fit this mission.

The hall filled with light again as new angels appeared. Each is accompanied by a talented instructor, a master of their craft. They took their places around the crystal table, ready to listen and carry out the senior angel’s assignment.

“Welcome,” the senior angel began, his voice deep and confident. “We have an important task. Tomorrow, Jennifer will start advertising to recruit instructors for the Artelania studio. We must ensure that the right instructors notice this announcement and respond.”

The guardian angels of the instructors listened attentively, understanding the importance of the task at hand.

The first to speak was the angel accompanying an outstanding painter:

“My charge, a master of painting, has long been looking for a new platform for his master classes,” he began. “I will ensure Jennifer’s announcement appears in his news feed and sparks his interest.”

The senior angel nodded approvingly.

“Excellent. Make sure he understands the uniqueness and significance of Artelania,” he said.

The second to speak was the angel accompanying a talented sculptor:

“My charge often visits professional forums and groups,” he said. “I will ensure that Jennifer’s announcement appears on these platforms so he cannot miss it.”

The senior angel nodded again.

“Great idea. Let him feel that Artelania is where he can unlock his potential,” he added.

The third angel, guardian of a renowned photographer, spoke up:

“My charge is always looking for new creative challenges,” he began. “I will direct his attention to Jennifer’s announcement through his colleagues and acquaintances so he receives recommendations from people he trusts.”

The senior angel smiled.

“That’s a Good approach. Make sure these recommendations highlight the opportunities for growth and exchange of experiences in Artelania,” he said.

The fourth angel, guardian of a talented musician, spoke next:

“My charge is constantly seeking new ways to express his music,” he began. “I will ensure that Jennifer’s announcement is placed on music platforms and forums he frequents.”

The senior angel nodded approvingly.

“Excellent. Let him see Artelania as a place to create something unique and inspiring,” he added.

The fifth to speak was the angel guardian of a calligraphy master:

“My charge is always looking for new creative spaces for his master classes,” he began. “I will direct his attention to Jennifer’s announcement through his creative communities and exhibitions.”

The senior angel nodded with satisfaction.

“Great idea. Let him feel that Artelania is where his art will be valued and inspire others,” he said.

“Thank you for understanding how unique this task is,” said the senior angel. “Ensure that your charges notice Jennifer’s announcement and call the studio. Our mission is just beginning, and we must do everything possible to make Artelania a place of inspiration and creativity.”

When everyone left, the senior angel lingered for a moment, summing up, and looked through the transparent ceiling at the starry sky, smiling.

Assignment for the Reader:

1. How do emotional highs and significant moments, such as celebrating an achievement, impact your motivation and subsequent actions? Provide examples from your life.
2. What role do sudden insights or signs, which seem to come from above, play in your life? Can you recall a moment when a random event directed you to a new path?
3. Imagine you have an invisible connection with your guardian angel, who helps you achieve your goals. Write a short story about how your angel guides you through various life situations, helping you find the right solution.
4. Recall the latest achievement you are proud of. Organize a small celebration in honor of this event, as the characters did. How do you feel afterward? Has your perception of this achievement changed?

Chapter 23: "Preparation for the Launch of 'Artelania'

Maria, Linda, and Jennifer met in the art studio the following day before the morning classes began. They understood they needed to act cohesively and organize to launch the inspiration studio “Artelania” quickly. They made a list of current tasks, assigned roles, and set to work filled with enthusiasm and determination.

Jennifer wrote the announcement and created a questionnaire for instructors and creative professionals. She needed to craft an announcement that would attract attention and accurately convey the spirit and philosophy of the “Artelania” studio. They decided not to limit creativity, except for active, noisy types requiring special equipment. The announcement also needed to introduce potential candidates to the studio’s concept, attracting people who resonate with this idea.

Maria would review the instructors’ applications and conduct interviews with Linda. She wanted to ensure that each candidate met the high standards of the “Artelania” studio and was ready to inspire others. She meticulously studied each application, paying attention to the candidates’ experience, achievements, and personal qualities. For Maria, finding people who possessed talent and could convey their passion for art to others was crucial.

Besides her role in the interviews, Linda was eager to meet with two contractors and invite them to the studio. She would present them with the sketches of the ‘Artelania’ inspiration studio, sharing her vision of a space that would captivate people of all ages and cultures. She was open to their advice and recommendations, understanding that their expertise would be invaluable in bringing her dream to life.

The team, understanding the importance of a smooth transition, dedicated time to discuss the process. They were determined to ensure that the changes did not disrupt the current activities of the art studio. They agreed that painting classes would continue as usual, with Maria leading the way and working with two or three instructors, rotating after the selection process to ensure uninterrupted classes.

All transformation work had to be done without closing the studio, preferably in the early morning or evening hours and on weekends. This decision required careful coordination and flexibility from all project participants.

Linda organized meetings with contractors outside studio hours so they could carry out the necessary transformation work without hindrance.

Jennifer was tasked with developing the brand style and hiring a contractor to create external and internal signage and printed materials, such as brochures and business cards. She also needed to consider the studio’s social media pages and website design.

Maria needed to draft a technical assignment for the web design studio. She would have to describe in detail all the functions and elements that should be on the Inspiration Studio’s website. This included easy navigation, online course booking, a gallery of students’ works, and instructor information.

Linda and Jacques would develop the studio’s blueprints to give designers and contractors a clear idea of what “Artelania” should look like. Additionally, Linda planned to order mobile partitions to flexibly change the studio’s space depending on the events and classes being held.

The work began to flow, and the women felt that their dreams were becoming closer to reality with each step.

Sitting at her computer, Jennifer began writing the announcement:

“We seek talented instructors and creative professionals to conduct master classes at the new Artelania studio. We welcome all forms of creativity and culture. If you want to share your experience and inspire others, join our team. Our studio is where art and culture unite worldwide to inspire and teach. We strive to create an atmosphere where everyone can find inspiration and develop their talents. Artelania Studio does not limit its search for masters and invites specialists in creativity. We aim to create a space where people and arts from different cultures can connect,

Share experiences, and bring beauty to each other.”

She carefully reviewed the text, added contact information, and posted the announcement on several platforms and forums where potential candidates might be. Along with the announcement, she posted a questionnaire for instructors interested in working at the Inspiration Studio.

Jennifer was to conduct the first selection of potential candidates and then forward the most interesting ones to Maria and Linda.

In the questionnaire, besides contact information, Jennifer asked to specify:

1. Work experience: They needed to understand where the candidates had previously worked, which institutions or projects they had participated in, and in what roles.
2. Type of art or craft: Candidates were asked to describe their specialization in art or craft and the techniques and materials used in their work.
3. Creative projects: Candidates were to describe their most successful projects and what helped them succeed.

Approach to teaching: Candidates also needed to indicate how they approached teaching people of different skill levels and the methods and techniques they used to make learning exciting and compelling.

Next came general questions:

• What types of art inspire the candidates and why?
• What master classes could candidates offer at the studio, and how do they plan to integrate elements of various cultures into their classes?

At the end of the questionnaire, candidates had to explain why they wanted to collaborate with “Artelania” and what attracted them to this project.

After several phone calls and preliminary negotiations, Linda finally found two contractors ready to take on the studio’s design so it wouldn’t close during the renovation. All work would be done outside working hours. She scheduled meetings with each of them to choose the best one.

The first meeting was with a representative from «Creative Spaces. » Linda met the designer Alex during a break between morning and evening classes.

“Nice to meet you, Alex,” Linda said, shaking his hand. “Thank you for finding the time to meet with me.”

“Likewise, Linda,” Alex replied with a smile. “I’m eager to hear about your project.”

“Our studio, Artelania, is where art and culture from around the world will unite,” Linda began. We want the space to be not only functional but also inspiring. Our concept includes elements from various cultures, and we want this to be felt from the moment you enter.”

Alex listened carefully, taking notes.

“That sounds amazing,” he said. “I already have a few ideas. For example, we can use natural materials and bright colors to create a sense of warmth and hospitality. We could also add elements from different cultures, such as African masks, Indian textiles, and Japanese paper lanterns.”

Linda nodded, considering Alex’s suggestions. Handing him the sketches, Linda asked him to prepare a design mock-up of “Artelania” and a cost estimate for the work.

After the meeting, Linda felt more confident. Alex seemed like the perfect candidate to bring their ideas to life.

The second meeting occurred with a team from Artistic Visions later the same day. Monica, their designer, brought a heightened enthusiasm to the project, which was truly inspiring.

“Linda, I’ve already familiarized myself with the concept and am impressed by your idea,” Monica began. We can create an atmosphere where each space tells its story, for example, using murals on the walls depicting scenes from different cultures.”

“That’s a fantastic idea,” Linda responded. “We aim to create an environment where our visitors feel at home, regardless of their cultural background. Your concept aligns perfectly with this vision.”

Monica continued, “We can also create interactive elements, such as digital screens showing videos of master classes and exhibitions.”

As they parted, Linda also requested a cost estimate and timeline for the work from Monica.

Later that evening, after carefully considering the proposals from both companies, Linda and Maria discussed their findings. They weighed the pros and cons, ultimately selecting ‘Creative Spaces.’ Alex and his team’s flexibility, openness to experimentation, and cost-effectiveness made them the ideal choice for ‘Artelania.’

With a sense of satisfaction and readiness to begin the studio’s transformation, Linda, having received Maria’s approval, contacted Alex to give him the good news.

“Alex, I’m pleased to inform you that we’ve chosen your company to work on our project,” she said over the phone. “We’re confident you can bring our ideas to life.”

“Thank you, Linda,” Alex replied. “We look forward to starting work and are sure we’ll create something amazing together.”

Having finished the evening classes in the studio and chosen the best contractor with Linda for the studio’s renovation, Maria began reviewing the applications. Each new application revealed more talented and interesting people ready to become part of “Artelania.” There were many applications, and Maria was amazed by the diversity of creative personalities and the countries they had left to find themselves in New York, a place combining incredible diversity and cultural mix. Representatives of various professions and art forms appeared:

• Painting and graphics
• Textiles and embroidery
• Ceramics and pottery
• Abstract painting and installations
• Calligraphy and traditional Chinese painting
• Photography
• Stained glass and glasswork
• Making aromatic candles and soap
• Illustration and digital art
• Jewelry design
• Wood carving
• Theater art and puppet theater
• Quilling and paper art
• Batik and silk-screening

Maria thought some art forms could be made permanent courses while others would be interesting for open master classes. She believed that students would choose their teachers based on the results of the open master classes, and eventually, the variety of courses could be vast.

From the large variety, Maria selected several applications for the first interviews:

Anna Martinez — an artist from Spain. In her application, she spoke about her passion for watercolor and graphics inspired by nature. Anna liked the idea of “Artelania” as a place where everyone can find their muse and develop their creative potential. She noted that the studio’s concept fully matched her desire to share the world’s beauty through art.

Emma Johnson is an American textile and embroidery artist. In her application, Emma wrote that traditional techniques from different cultures inspired her. She was drawn to the idea of “Artelania” as a place where one can teach and learn from other masters and exchange knowledge and inspiration. Emma believed the studio would help her fulfill her dream of sharing her knowledge and love for textile art.

Claudia Schmidt, a German artist living in New York, has mastered abstract painting and installations. Her application reveals her fascination with the urban environment and human interaction with architecture, which she translates into her art. Claudia envisions ‘Artelania’ as a place that fosters learning and provides a rich source of inspiration from the world and fellow artists. She sees the studio as a platform to realize her artistic experiments and new projects, aligning with the studio’s mission to support and nurture creative growth.

Olivia Chen, a New York native with strong ties to Chinese culture, masters calligraphy and traditional Chinese painting. Her application reflects her deep connection to ancient Chinese culture and philosophy, which she infuses into her works. Olivia’s desire to share the intricacies of calligraphy and its ability to convey profound emotions and thoughts aligns with the studio’s goal of fostering cross-cultural exchange. Her presence in the studio would enrich it with the depth and beauty of Chinese cultural traditions.

Lucas Vega — an Argentine photographer living in New York. In his application, he wrote that he was inspired by travel and meeting new people. Lucas wanted to teach students to see the world through the camera lens and capture unique moments. His works often reflect the beauty of everyday life and emotional moments, bringing the Argentine spirit and passion.

Sophie Brown is a British glass artist who lives in two countries but spends more time in New York. In her application, Sophie spoke about her inspiration from light and color, which she conveyed through her stained glass and glass sculptures. She liked the idea of “Artelania” as a place to share their art and inspire others. She was confident the studio would become the perfect platform for her creative experiments.

Lucy Duval was a French master of making aromatic candles and soap. Lucy spoke about her inspiration from nature and French traditions in her application. She liked the idea of “Artelania” as a place to share their art and inspire others. She believed the studio would be ideal for spreading knowledge about French culture and traditions.

Yuriko Nakamura is a Japanese origami and paper art master. In her application, Yuriko wrote about how origami allows her to express harmony and peace. She was passionate about “Artelania” as a place to teach others about this art form and show how simple paper can be transformed into intricate and elegant shapes.

Sofia Kapoor, an Indian felting master, expressed her enthusiasm for ‘Artelania’ as a hub for knowledge exchange and inspiration.

Her application, rooted in the rich Indian textile traditions, reflects her belief in the potential for mutual growth and inspiration among the masters at ‘Artelania ‘.

Mario Conti is an Italian mosaic artist living in New York. In his application, Mario talked about his inspiration from ancient Roman mosaics and his desire to create modern art based on them. He was confident that “Artelania” would be the perfect place to share his knowledge and love for this art form.

Kate Miller is an American decoupage master living in New York. In her application, Kate wrote about how she was inspired by old decoupage techniques and the ability to create true works of art from simple objects. She believed that “Artelania” would be a place where she could inspire others and share her knowledge.

Ludmila Petrova, a Russian bead-weaving master. In her application, Ludmila talked about her passion for bead weaving and how Russian folk traditions inspired her works. She was drawn to “Artelania” to teach, learn, and share her knowledge and techniques with other masters.

Maria happily sent interview invitations to these candidates, and I look forward to meeting them in the coming days. She was confident that each would bring something unique and special to the inspiration studio “Artelania.”

Maria also set aside several applications from instructors who were masters of exotic art forms. She planned to meet with them next week. These masters’ applications stood out with their uniqueness and distinctive style, which could add a unique flavor to “Artelania.”

Among them was Mgume Johnson from Tanzania. Mgume was trained in the Tinga Tinga art by the founder of this vibrant and colorful style, Edward Saidi Tingatinga. In his application, Mgume expressed his desire to share this unique style with others and preserve the cultural heritage of his homeland. His works, depicting African animals and scenes from everyday life, could become a real highlight of “Artelania” and inspire many students to create their masterpieces.

Wayan Suwardi from Indonesia also caught Maria’s attention. He had been learning Balinese wood carving since childhood, creating intricate and detailed sculptures. In his application, Wayan wrote that he wanted to teach others this ancient technique and show the beauty and spirituality of Balinese art. Maria imagined how “Artelania” would be filled with the smell of wood and the sound of chisels as Wayan shared his skill and knowledge with students.

Akira Hosoda from Japan offered to teach the art of bonsai creation. In his application, Akira spoke about his passion for this art form and his desire to share his knowledge and techniques with others, helping them understand the philosophy of bonsai. Maria envisioned miniature trees appearing in “Artelania,” each requiring great patience and skill.

Anita Kumar from India proposed teaching Indian miniature painting. Anita wrote about her desire to share India’s rich culture and history through her works in her application. Maria imagined the studio filled with bright colors and intricate patterns as students learned to create miniature masterpieces.

Finally, Tenzin Lhamo from Tibet offered to teach the art of creating sand mandalas. In his application, Tenzin spoke about his desire to share the spiritual practice of creating mandalas, which requires great precision and patience. Maria envisioned the studio filled with the quiet rustle of sand, forming stunning patterns as students immersed themselves in the meditative creation process.

Everything was coming together even better than Maria could have hoped. Next week, the designers will begin renovating the studio, and the space will soon be transformed according to the new plans and ideas. Tomorrow, Maria and Linda will start interviews with the masters whose applications have caught their attention, and each meeting is promised to be filled with inspiration and discoveries.

As always, Jennifer was on top of things: all tasks related to the brand identity had been successfully handled. She had placed orders for brochures, business cards, and external and internal signs with the new “Artelania” logo. At the same time, she was helping Linda prepare the studio for the renovation, contributing to the common cause with undying enthusiasm.

Maria felt that everything was moving in the right direction. “Artelania was becoming precisely the place she had dreamed of—a center of inspiration where cultures and arts intersect, where everyone can find their muse and unlock their creative potential. The studio’s future seemed bright and full of opportunities, and Maria eagerly awaited the new chapter in its history.

Assignment for the Reader:

Close your eyes and imagine what you would like to do if you could fully immerse yourself in the creative process. What art or craft interests you the most? Think about what attracts you to this activity. It could be the meditative calm you feel when folding paper into origami or the satisfaction of creating a vibrant mosaic. Perhaps you want to explore old decoupage techniques or create fabulous headpieces with beads.

Now, take a pen and paper or open a text editor and write a short story about your choice. Answer the following questions:

• What exactly do you want to do and why?
• How does this activity reflect your personality and inner aspirations?
• What inspires you in this creative process?
• Why do you think this art or craft suits you?
• How could you enrich the “Artelania” studio and other participants?

Your story will help you better understand your creative aspirations and could be the first step toward realizing your dream.

Chapter 24: Artelania. Strategic Vision

Robert Green actively took on his duties as the new CEO of Argentum Capital. Andrew worked tirelessly during the first couple of weeks to help Robert establish connections with the key leaders of the merged company. The meetings were intensive; strategic planning sessions and individual discussions helped Robert deeply understand the internal structure and current processes of both Zenith Financial and Argentum Capital.

Once these connections were established, Robert enthusiastically began integrating the teams. He organized a series of workshops to develop a new unified company strategy. These workshops facilitated effective interaction between the two companies’ employees, strengthened team spirit, and helped set common goals and objectives.

One of Robert’s first steps was implementing advanced technologies to improve the company’s efficiency. He initiated projects for digital transformation, including business process automation and artificial intelligence for data analysis and market trend forecasting. Robert also focused on developing unique products to strengthen Argentum Capital’s competitive advantages in the financial market. He created working groups dedicated to innovative projects and developing new financial instruments.

Robert actively engaged with the company’s clients and partners, conducting numerous meetings and presentations to showcase the new opportunities arising from the merger with Zenith Financial. He also paid great attention to corporate culture, organizing events for employees to strengthen team spirit and increase motivation.

Seeing that the company was in reliable hands, Andrew gradually stepped back from Argentum Capital’s operational management. He devoted more attention to his new global project—the inspiration studio Artelania,” which he plans to make a world leader in creative arts.

He spent several days jotting down notes and ideas that could give the project a new impulse. Feeling ready, Andrew called Maria and scheduled a meeting with all the project participants. Jacques, Linda, Maria, and Jennifer were invited to the meeting to briefly summarize what had been done and discuss the short-term and long-term plans for the studio. The meeting was scheduled for the second half of Sunday to ensure no one was distracted by other matters and to have ample time.

On the appointed day, everyone gathered at the studio. Maria, Linda, and Jennifer prepared a small presentation to visually show Andrew and Jacques’s progress.

“Welcome, Andrew and Jacques,” Maria began, smiling. “We are glad to see you here. In these two weeks since we embarked on the path to ‘Artelania,’ we have made significant progress in preparing for the launch and want to update you on our progress.”

“We’re looking forward to hearing everything you’ve prepared,” Andrew replied, smiling.

Jennifer started the presentation by showing Andrew and Jacques the completed tasks and plans for the near future.

“We have already ordered printed materials with our branding and external and internal attributes of ‘Artelania,’ the main sign, and have posted announcements and questionnaires for instructors,” Jennifer explained, showing the results on the screen. We have received dozens of applications, and Maria and Linda have started scheduling interviews with exciting candidates.”

Maria briefly reviewed the candidates that had caught her interest, highlighting their creative direction, the potential for the studio if the instructor were to conduct regular courses or workshops, and some details from their applications.

“This is impressive,” noted Jacques. “How is the studio’s renovation progressing?”

Linda took the floor and spoke about the meetings with the design studios.

“We met with contractors and, after discussing with Maria, chose one of them,” Linda said. The studio renovation will be handled by a professional team from Creative Spaces. They offered the best conditions and agreed to work when students were not occupying the studio. The work will start next week in stages. We divided the studio into zones. Each zone will be decorated accordingly, depending on the classes.”

Andrew and Jacques congratulated the women on the successful start of the transformations.

After presenting the current tasks, Maria suggested discussing the studio’s strategic development and the distribution of roles.

“Andrew, we know that your experience in business and project management will be invaluable to us,” Maria began. “We have discussed it with Linda and would like you to take on the development of the ‘Artelania’ studio. We plan not to stop at one studio, and your help in developing the strategy will be necessary.”

Andrew stood before the team, looking attentively at those present, and said:

“Before I begin, I want to apologize if my approach seems too business-like,” he began. “I understand that our primary mission is to bring goodness, culture, and art to people worldwide. But to realize this, we need clear and understandable strategic and financial planning.”

Maria nodded, encouraging him:

“Andrew, we all understand that your business approach will help us achieve our goals. Please continue.”

Andrew took a deep breath and continued:

“I am ready to take on the role of project leader, but only if you all unanimously support me.”

Jacques and Jennifer exchanged glances and spoke first:

“Andrew, we fully support you,” Jennifer said. “You have the necessary experience and vision to lead us forward.”

Jacques nodded:

“You’re an excellent choice for this role. I’m sure that under your leadership, we can achieve a lot.”

Maria and Linda smiled and also expressed their support:

“Andrew, we support you too,” Maria said. “We believe you can lead us to success.”

Linda added:

“Agreed. We’re here to support each other and work towards a common goal. I don’t see anyone with your experience level and global thinking.”

Andrew nodded gratefully:

“Thank you for your trust. I will not let you down. We aim to create a network of studios to inspire and unite people worldwide. Let’s make this a reality together.”

He walked over to the board, unfolded and pinned a world map with potential locations for new studios, and began discussing the strategy:

“We stand at the beginning of a great journey,” Andrew began, looking at his colleagues with determination. To understand where we need to develop tomorrow, we must visualize the results we will achieve in ten years. So, with your permission, I will start from where we should be in the future and move backward to where we are now.”

“Nice will be our first step in Southern Europe, and from there, we will embark on our great journey around the world,” added Andrew.

“Now, let’s move on to short-term goals.” Andrew switched from the world map to a map of the United States and picked up a marker. “Our immediate steps include transforming the studio in New York and opening studios in other key US cities: Philadelphia, Miami, Chicago, Houston, San Antonio, Phoenix, Los Angeles, San Francisco, and San Diego. These cities,” Andrew said, circling them with the marker, “will become the development centers of ‘Artelania,’ from where studios will start opening in smaller cities. Also, since neighboring Canada and Mexico are quite integrated into the cultural life of the US, we need to be ready for interest from their side in opening studios in major urban agglomerations of these countries.”

Andrew drew a network on the North American map.

“Jennifer, you will lead this development. Your task is to document everything in our New York studio, describing all business processes, decisions, contentious issues, contracts with instructors and future students, finances, and the most in-demand courses and workshops. This will help us create a franchise package and expand more quickly with the support of enthusiasts who share our vision and want to become part of ‘Artelania.'”

Jennifer meticulously took notes in her notebook.

She noted, “We will promote our idea through local advertising campaigns, open events, and international art fairs. We need to make sure people know about us and want to be part of our movement.”

“Yes, Jennifer. I would also like to assign you the task of creating a shared folder on a cloud service that all of us can access from anywhere in the world. If you are unsure about any process, please post the question in the general chat for agreement.”

“As I mentioned earlier, our long-term goal is to be present in every corner of the world,” Andrew turned back to the map on the board. “Each new city will have its unique ‘Artelania’ studio reflecting the local culture and traditions. Jacques, you will handle the architecture and planning of these studios. We will need standard designs for small, medium, and large studios to simplify opening new locations.”

Jacques nodded, accepting the task.

“I’ve already started thinking about possible designs,” he said. “We will have studios adapted for different types of creativity and the cultural features of each region.”

“The next part of our discussion will be about financial strategy. Before I proceed, does anyone have any questions or comments?” asked Andrew.

Maria responded to everyone: “Andrew, it would be great to take a 15-minute break so we can all digest what we’ve heard in the first part.”

Andrew nodded understandingly and smiled. “Let’s have some coffee and a light snack.”

Soon, the studio hosts, Jennifer, Linda, and Maria, poured coffee into cups. At the same time, Andrew and Jacques cleared the table of work materials and opened boxes of chocolates and cookies for the snack. Everyone, deeply impressed, preferred to drink their coffee without discussion, immersing themselves in thoughts about the future of ‘Artelania.’

Assignment for the Reader:

Personal Growth Strategy: Develop a personal growth strategy for six months.

• What goals do you want to achieve in the creative field?
• What steps will you take to achieve them?
• Describe your strategy and how you will track your progress.

Planning and Goals: Imagine you are part of the ‘Artelania’ team.

• What strategy would you propose for the international development of the studio?
• What goals would you set for the coming year, and how do you plan to achieve them?

Time Management: Effective time management is critical to successfully implementing a strategy.

• How do you organize your time to achieve your goals?
• What are your methods for planning and task distribution?

Psychological Barriers:

• What psychological barriers might arise to achieving your strategic goals?
• How do you plan to overcome them? Write about your possible obstacles and develop a plan to overcome them.

Feedback and Adaptation:

• How will you get feedback on the implementation of your strategy?
• How do you plan to adapt to changes and unforeseen circumstances? Describe your approach to monitoring and adjusting the strategy during its implementation.

Role of the Team: The team is essential to the strategy.

• How would you attract and motivate people to help you implement your strategy?

Chapter 25: "Preparing for the Launch of Artelania. Financial Part"

When the break ended and the table was cleared, Andrew stood before the group again. “So, let’s move on to the financial part. To start, I propose funding the development of the studios from our own pockets so that we can quickly begin implementing our plan. This will allow us to start work without delays and demonstrate our serious intentions to future potential investors.”

Andrew paused, observing the team’s response, then continued, “We could also explore the possibility of grants and subsidies for cultural projects. However, I propose the establishment of a joint-stock company. This structure will help us mitigate risks and retain significant control over the project. We will distribute shares among the key project participants, fostering a shared interest in the success of Artelania. When the time is right, we can consider going public to attract further investments for global expansion.”

Andrew looked at Linda and Maria, “I know Linda has been considering selling her studio share to Maria. However, given our plan to maintain collaboration and go international, I think Linda shouldn’t do that. Instead, we’ll conduct a current and prospective evaluation of the New York studio. We suggest that Linda and Maria distribute certain studio shares among the remaining three participants: Jacques and Jennifer. This will allow all of us to be involved in the project and benefit from its success.”

Linda thoughtfully nodded, realizing the potential of such a solution, “That’s a good idea,” she said. “I’m ready to consider this proposal.”

Maria and Linda exchanged looks and stepped out for a short discussion. After a few minutes, they returned to the team. “We have decided that the best option is to retain control over the current studio, keeping 60% of the shares,” said Maria. “We offer the remaining 40% for you to buy: Andrew, Jacques, and Jennifer.”

Linda continued, “In our opinion, the best scheme would be for Jacques and Jennifer to buy 10% each and the remaining 20% to be offered to Andrew, considering his contribution to strategic development.”

Jennifer was the first to respond, “I support this plan. I’m ready to buy 10% of the shares. This will allow me to actively participate in the management and development of the project.”

Jacques nodded in agreement, “I agree, too. I’m ready to buy 10% of the shares. I like the idea of being part of the team and contributing to the studios’ success.”

Andrew smiled and said, “I’m willing to take on the remaining 20% of the shares. Considering our contributions and future, I think this is a fair distribution. We’ll create a financial structure that will support our ambitious plans and ensure the long-term success of Artelania. Next week, I’ll invite two specialists to conduct an independent evaluation of the current studio by each of them to derive an average value. The evaluation will include the value of all assets, current income, market reputation, and growth potential. Professionals must conduct it to ensure we have accurate and objective information.”

“Alright,” summarized Maria, “we’ll start with an independent evaluation of our New York studio. After that, we’ll be able to determine the exact value of each share and begin the buyout process and legal formalities. We are all interested in the success of our project, and it’s important that everyone feels part of the team.”

“Exactly,” agreed Andrew. “Each studio will be an independent legal entity within the joint-stock company. The owners can buy out shares in each studio or, if desired, receive dividends from the shares, considering our financial capabilities.”

After a meaningful pause and taking a few sips of water, Andrew slightly cleared his throat and moved on to the current tasks. “Now that we roughly understand the strategic direction and how our financial interaction will be structured, let’s return to today’s matters.”

Andrew inserted a flash drive into his laptop and connected the cable to the large studio monitor. The participants saw the first sheet with the Artelania logo when the image appeared on the screen.

Andrew explained, “For some time, I’ve been drafting ideas and tasks for us at the first stage, and now we need to start discussing and distributing roles to accomplish these tasks.”

The first page read: “Strategy for the first Artelania studio,” followed by the tasks. “Friends, before I move on to the tasks, I want us all to be on the same page and keep in mind our main goal for this year. Our goal is to open the renovated Artelania studio on December 15. We have exactly two months left until the grand opening.”

Everyone exchanged looks, realizing the importance of the moment. Andrew opened the first page: “First point: Market and audience research. Jennifer, what do we have on this matter?”

Without hesitation, Jennifer replied, “I’ve already started segmenting the audience by age, gender, education level, professional experience, and interests in art. This should help us better understand our potential clients.”

Maria nodded and added, “Great, Jennifer. However, we also need to understand their needs and preferences. We can conduct surveys, interviews, and focus groups to understand better what they want.”

Andrew nodded approvingly, “Agreed. Jennifer, can you organize these surveys and interviews?”

Jennifer opened her laptop and began noting tasks: “Of course, I’ll start tomorrow. Which audience segments should we prioritize?”

Jacques suggested, “We must focus on beginner artists, professional designers, and art enthusiasts. Let’s not forget corporate clients looking for creative employee workshops.”

Maria thought for a moment and proposed, “What about developing personas? This will help us better understand their motivations and barriers.”

Andrew supported the idea, “Great thought. Let’s create personas that will represent typical clients from each segment. Jennifer, that’s your task too.”

Jennifer noted down, “Got it. And how will we test our programs?”

Andrew explained, “We’ll test our assumptions on various audience segments and analyze the results. This will help us make necessary adjustments and continuously improve our services.”

Linda added, “Conducting a detailed target audience analysis will also help us better understand our potential clients’ interests, needs, and preferences.”

“The next agenda item is competitor analysis. Jacques, do you have any findings?” asked Andrew.

Jacques began, “Yes, Andrew. Right after your call last week, I researched the competitive environment. I started by analyzing all the existing studios and galleries in our region. This included major art schools and universities as well as small private studios. I analyzed their locations, programs, prices, reputation, and student satisfaction. Next, I conducted a detailed analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of each competing studio. This will help us understand their competitive advantages and what aspects of their work can be improved. I also noted their marketing strategies, student attraction methods, and customer service.”

Based on this analysis, we’ll identify niches and opportunities for our studio’s development. These could be specific audience segments currently underserved or specialized training programs in demand but not offered by competitors.”

“Excellent, Jacques,” said Andrew, adding, “It’s also important to establish a system for monitoring the competitive environment to constantly track market changes and respond to new trends and opportunities. We must regularly update our analytical data and adapt our strategy following changes in the surrounding environment.”

Jennifer, nodding, added, “Don’t forget about their online presence. Understanding how they interact with customers through social media and websites is important. This can give us ideas for improving our online presence.”

Andrew picked up on the topic, “Agreed, Jennifer. But let’s not limit ourselves to local competitors. We should study international experiences to adopt best practices and adapt them to our conditions.”

Linda suggested, “Maybe we should send a mystery shopper to the strongest competitors? This will allow us to see everything from the inside and understand their shortcomings and what we can improve in our service.”

Jennifer noted, “That’s a great idea, Linda. I can organize this and compile a detailed report.”

Andrew smiled, “Wonderful. Another important direction is analyzing their advertising campaigns. We need to understand their channels and how they attract customers.”

Jacques, writing in his notebook, said, “I’ll take care of this issue and prepare a report. We must ensure that our advertising efforts are effective and attract the right audience.”

Maria added, “And don’t forget about analyzing customer reviews. This will help us understand what attracts people and what repels them. We can avoid their mistakes and offer better service.”

The next point was the transformation of the studio.

“Since Linda is already closely dealing with this task, we will not discuss the interior now. We also have a prepared layout made by Jacques so that we can move on to the next questions. The only thing, Linda,” added Andrew, “is that the contractors must finish their work no later than December 10th. Please inform them about the deadlines tomorrow.”

Linda noted this task for herself.

“What else needs to be prepared in the studio for the launch besides interior solutions?” asked Andrew.

Jacques said, “We should pay attention to lighting and acoustics. Proper lighting can significantly improve the atmosphere in the studio, and good acoustics will make the classes more comfortable.”

Andrew picked up the idea, “Excellent. Jacques, what about equipment modernization?”

Jacques replied, “We need to purchase new digital equipment that will allow us to conduct master classes and online courses at a high level. This will also open new opportunities for attracting clients from other cities.”

Jennifer added, “Don’t forget about the comfort for our visitors. Updated relaxation areas, comfortable chairs, and tables are all important for creating a pleasant atmosphere.”

Andrew nodded, “Agreed. We also need to review the curriculum. Maria, what courses do you propose to add?”

Maria thought momentarily, “I would like to offer courses on modern painting techniques, digital art, and design. I’m also thinking about courses that are currently gaining popularity. After conducting a series of interviews, Linda and I will be ready to propose a schedule by the end of next week. And, of course, we are waiting for the results of Jacques’ research.”

Jacques nodded, “I think I will have the results next week,” and continued, “We should implement innovative teaching methods and technologies such as virtual and augmented reality to make learning more interactive and engaging. It’s also necessary to consider creating multimedia and interactive zones where students can experiment with various materials and techniques.”

Surprised and inspired, Maria responded, “That’s a great idea, Jacques. We can create virtual workshops where people can participate in courses without leaving home. This will give us access to a global audience.”

Andrew picked up, “What about augmented reality for our studios? We can add interactive elements to our courses in the studios. For example, a client points their smartphone at a painting, and information about the technique or the story of its creation appears on the screen.”

Linda, nodding, added, “The idea is fantastic. We can also create virtual tours of our studio and exhibitions. People can attend our events from anywhere in the world. This will become a strong competitive advantage.”

Andrew, writing down the ideas, clarified, “What specific technologies can we use?”

Linda suggested, “We can collaborate with companies developing VR and AR content. This will allow us to create high-quality and captivating programs. We can also create an app to collect all our virtual courses and interactive elements.”

Jacques added, “Let’s not forget about the equipment. We will need VR glasses and other devices so that clients can fully immerse themselves in the learning process. Perhaps it’s worth offering them for rent or sale in our store.”

Jennifer suggested, “Maybe we should create a special package for corporate clients using VR and AR technologies. This would become a unique offering for team-building and creative events.”

Andrew smiled, “Wonderful ideas, team. Virtual workshops, interactive elements, virtual tours, and specialized corporate packages—this is what will make us truly innovative and unique.”

While wrapping up this part of the discussion, Linda suggested, “Maybe we should consider creating a mobile app for our studio. This will simplify course registration and allow clients to receive notifications about new events.”

“Great idea, Linda,” said Maria. “I am currently forming a technical assignment for the company developing our website, and I will discuss this possibility with them.”

“The next point is creating a unique proposition,” continued Andrew. “We must stand out among competitors and offer our clients something special. We’ve already discussed some of these points. Maria, do you have any more ideas?”

Maria thought momentarily and suggested, “I think we should implement individualized training programs. Each client can choose a course adapted to their level and interests. This will create a sense of exclusivity and uniqueness.”

Jacques asked, “What if we add personal consultations with artists and designers? Clients can get professional advice and recommendations, increasing their motivation and skill level.”

Jennifer, nodding, added, “Great idea. Besides, we can offer courses on rare and unusual types of art that you won’t find in other studios. This will attract people looking for something new and unusual.”

Andrew, writing down the suggestions, clarified:

— What specific types of art do you have in mind, Jennifer?

Jennifer smiled:

— For example, calligraphy courses, wickerwork, ceramics, and glassblowing. These directions are currently gaining popularity and can become our highlight.

Maria added:

— We can also offer workshops on creating art objects from recycled materials. This will be relevant and environmentally friendly, which is in demand now. Jennifer and I are on the same wavelength; I have sent invitations to several masters who offer courses in exotic creativity.

In conclusion, we must consider stable demand and our competitive advantages. Linda, let’s start with you; what ideas do you have? — asked Andrew.

Linda, thinking, began:

— One of the critical aspects is creating loyalty programs. Regular clients should receive bonuses, discounts, and exclusive offers. This will help retain them and stimulate repeat visits.

Jacques added:

— We can also implement subscription models. For example, a monthly subscription for unlimited master classes or access to exclusive materials. This will provide us with a steady income and increase client loyalty.

Maria picked up:

— And don’t forget about our highly qualified instructors. Each is a professional in their field, ready to share their knowledge and experience. We can organize master classes with famous artists and designers to attract more clients.

Jennifer added:

— Our environmental direction is also essential. Using recycled materials and conducting eco-friendly workshops will be a significant aspect of our studio. This will attract people who care about nature.

Andrew, smiling, added:

“I agree. We must create a system that attracts and retains clients, creating sustainable demand. Let’s start working on implementing all these ideas.”

“Wait,” Linda suddenly said. “What if every quarter ‘Artelania’ represents a certain continent or country? We could focus on studying the art and culture of a specific region each month. This would allow us to expand our knowledge and create unique projects inspired by the diversity of our world.”

Maria and Andrew exchanged interested looks, while Jennifer looked intently at Linda and then at Andrew as if she had already seen new opportunities to realize their mission. Jacques seemed to listen carefully to Linda’s words, seeing the potential for a unique creative experience in her idea.

“Wonderful idea, Linda,” exclaimed Andrew, breaking the brief silence that had enveloped the group. “This will help us broaden our horizons and create a unique space to inspire us all.”

“We can delve into the culture and art of each region, enjoying its unique features and traditions,” added Maria, glowing with inspiration.

“This will open up many opportunities for us to collaborate with local creators and organizations,” said Jennifer, seeing this idea as a chance to develop herself and the studio.

“Magnificent idea, Linda,” said Jacques enthusiastically, noting her proposal. “This will allow each of our studios to create its unique path, starting from local influence and spreading globally. We will be able to immerse ourselves more deeply in the culture of each continent, covering the diversity of art and creativity around the world. This will attract more students and make each studio unique and inspiring for everyone who joins.”

A mix of excitement and hope filled the air as they all agreed that this plan would be an excellent starting point for further development of the studio and its creative projects.

Rising from the table, Andrew looked at his team. Determination burned in their eyes, and faith in success filled their hearts.

“Friends,” he began, “we have made great strides today. Our plans for scaling, financing, and creating a unique offering are impressive, but this is just the beginning. In two months, our studio will open its doors, and it will not just be the opening of a studio but the start of a new era in the world of art and creativity.

Many trials and difficulties lie ahead of us, but I am confident we will overcome them together as one unbreakable team. Let’s support each other and be inspired, remembering that we have a great mission before us.”

Mutual smiles and nods confirmed that each shared this vision of the future. They were to be the guardians of art, creators of beauty and inspiration.

The meeting ended, but their enthusiasm and energy remained, filling the room with the promise of new opportunities and creative growth.

Assignment for the Reader:

Choose one of the meeting characters—Andrew, Maria, Linda, Jennifer, or Jacques—and imagine yourself in their role.

1. Describe your inner monologue during the meeting, expressing your thoughts, emotions, and reactions to other participants’ proposals. How would you receive their suggestions, what questions would you ask, and what ideas would you propose yourself?
2. Try to feel the atmosphere of the meeting and the influence of the discussed topics on your character. How would you interact with the other team members? How would you build your strategy for developing the “Artelania” studio?
3. During the meeting, delve into your character’s inner world. What emotions would you feel when faced with such important decisions? Be attentive to your thoughts and feelings as you discuss financial aspects, development strategies, and studio scaling.
4. Perhaps your character experiences mixed feelings—excitement about the upcoming challenges and concerns about the unknown future. Maybe they feel the pressure of responsibility for the project’s success and simultaneously the joy of bringing their ideas to life.

In conclusion, ask yourself questions about your values, fears, and dreams in the context of the meeting. How would they influence your decisions and actions? What strategies would you use to overcome obstacles and succeed in your endeavors?

Chapter 26: Confession

Andrew sat in his office, recalling yesterday’s “Artelania” meeting.

Maria had glanced at him several times, which he initially took as professional interest in what he was saying. However, today, those glances seemed more personal. He realized that Maria had feelings for him.

Andrew also liked Maria but felt awkward because of their professional relationship. After all, he was a student at the art studio, and she was his teacher. The situation reminded him of Linda and Jacques’ story, and he involuntarily smiled.

Realizing that he needed to act, Andrew decided to call Maria.

Andrew picked up the phone and dialed Maria’s number. After a few rings, she answered.

“Hello, Maria, it’s Andrew. How are you?”

“Hello, Andrew. I’m good, thank you. How about you?”

“I’m doing well too. Listen, do you have any plans for the evening?”

“Evening? Not yet. What do you have in mind?”

“I think we should discuss the plans for the studio again. In an informal setting. Maybe grab a bite somewhere?”

“Sounds interesting. Where do you suggest we meet?”

Andrew smiled, anticipating the surprise.

“It will be a surprise. Just be ready by eight, and I’ll pick you up. How does that sound?”

Maria laughed.

“A surprise? Sounds intriguing. Alright, I’ll be ready by eight.”

“Great. See you then, Maria.”

“See you, Andrew.”

Andrew hung up, pleased with his resolve. He felt this meeting could significantly change their relationship.

Maria hung up the phone and pondered. Yesterday’s meeting was still fresh in her mind, especially the moments when she met Andrew’s gaze. Her heart started beating faster every time their eyes met.

“Why am I so nervous?” she thought. “He just invited me to discuss studio matters. But his tone… and the mysterious surprise…”

She smiled, imagining the possible scenarios for the evening. Maria had felt a liking for Andrew for a long time but tried to keep it professional. With him taking the initiative, her feelings reignited with new strength.

Maria eagerly awaited the evening, looking forward to discussing the studio’s future and getting to know Andrew better as a person, not just a colleague.

“What if he truly feels something special for me?” she wondered. She couldn’t deny that Andrew was an attractive man: confident, intelligent, and caring. His drive for success and attention to detail impressed her.

Maria opened her closet and began choosing what to wear for the evening. “What does he mean by surprise? Maybe it’s just a new dinner place… or something romantic?” She couldn’t help but smile.

“Most likely, it will be something unexpected and pleasant,” she thought, going through her outfits. “The main thing is not to have too many expectations. Just enjoy the moment.”

She remembered her friend Linda telling her about her first dates with Jacques. That story was full of unexpected twists and romance, and Maria had always secretly hoped to experience something similar. Now, it seemed that her chance might be closer than she thought.

Maria looked at the clock. Time was flying, and she needed to get ready. She chose a stylish but not too formal dress and began applying makeup. Excitement and anticipation filled her thoughts.

“Whatever happens tonight, it will be important for both of us,” she decided, looking at her reflection in the mirror. “I’ll be myself and see where it leads us.”

Looking in the mirror, Maria finished getting ready and was pleased with her appearance. Thoughts of the upcoming meeting swirled in her mind. She couldn’t deny that she felt a slight nervousness mixed with anticipation.

As the time approached eight, Maria heard her phone signal. It was a message from Andrew: “I’m here. Come down.”

Maria’s heart beat faster. She grabbed her purse and headed to the door, trying to remain calm. As she went downstairs, she saw Andrew standing next to the car. He smiled at her, and the moment seemed almost magical.

“Hi, Maria,” he said, opening the door for her. “You look stunning.”

“Thank you, Andrew,” she replied, her cheeks blushing slightly. “Where are we going?”

“That’s a surprise, remember?” Andrew winked at her and started the car.

On the way, they discussed work and studio plans, but there was a feeling that something more was in the air. Andrew kept the destination a secret, and Maria, despite her curiosity, decided not to insist on revealing the details.

Seeing a nice restaurant, Maria was about to compliment Andrew on his choice. Still, suddenly, as they almost reached it, Andrew turned off the main road and headed towards a seemingly unremarkable area. Maria looked at him in surprise.

“We’re not going to the restaurant?” she asked, slightly puzzled.

“I thought we could have a little adventure before dinner,” Andrew replied with a mysterious smile.

A few minutes later, the car stopped at a small helipad, where a helicopter was already waiting. Maria’s eyes widened.

“We’re going to fly somewhere?” she asked, trying to hide her surprise.

“Yes, exactly,” Andrew confirmed, exiting the car and opening the door for her. I thought we should see the city differently before dinner.”

The helicopter stood on the pad, illuminated by soft lights reflecting off its sleek body. It was an ultra-modern helicopter designed using the latest technology to ensure maximum comfort and safety. Its body was shiny, dark blue with silver accents, and large panoramic windows promised stunning city views. One of the features of this helicopter was its quiet operation—the sound of the engines was barely audible, thanks to an innovative noise-canceling system.

As Maria approached, she felt a slight nervousness. Never having flown in a helicopter before, she didn’t know what to expect. Her heart beat faster, and she couldn’t help but notice a slight trembling in her hands. Sensing her anxiety, Andrew gently took her hand and looked into her eyes.

“Don’t worry, everything will be fine,” he said reassuringly. “This helicopter is safe, and you won’t even hear the engine noise.”

Maria nodded, but the anxiety still lingered in her mind. She was afraid of heights and wasn’t sure how she would cope with this fear. But at the same time, she didn’t want to miss the opportunity to experience something new and wonderful.

They boarded the helicopter, and the smiling pilot greeted them and began the pre-flight check. Maria was pleasantly surprised by the quietness inside the cabin—the sound of the engines was barely perceptible.

As the helicopter began to rise, Maria felt a slight jolt, and her heart beat even faster. She looked out the window, seeing the ground slowly recede, and her breathing became irregular.

“Look at this,” Andrew whispered, pointing to the city lights gradually revealing themselves before them.

Maria took a deep breath and tried to relax. She felt her fear gradually give way to awe. The view was breathtaking: the evening city lights twinkled like stars, and the helicopter glided smoothly.

“This is… incredible,” she said, smiling. “Thank you for convincing me to do this.”

“I knew you’d like it,” Andrew replied warmly. “Sometimes it’s worth overcoming your fears to see something wonderful.”

Maria nodded, agreeing with him.

When the helicopter reached the desired altitude, a breathtaking view of Manhattan opened before them. Myriads of lights shone brightly, like stars scattered across the dark surface of the earth. The buildings stretched upwards, reaching for the sky, their windows reflecting the light, creating a magical atmosphere.

“Look at that,” Andrew whispered, pointing to the Empire State Building towering over the city. “Majestic, isn’t it?”

Maria, holding her breath, gazed at this incredible view. Her eyes sparkled with delight. “It’s simply stunning,” she whispered, not taking her eyes off the window.

Due to the evening lighting, the helicopter flew over Central Park, which looked like a dark oasis among the bright city. Like a frame, the lights around the park made it even more mystical and attractive. Maria noticed small lights on the paths where people were walking, enjoying the excellent weather.

“Look, it’s the Brooklyn Bridge,” said Andrew, pointing to the long, shining line crossing the East River. The light from the lamps on the bridge created a whimsical pattern reflected in the river’s waters. Like tiny fireflies, cars moved continuously across the bridge, adding dynamics to this beautiful landscape.

Maria was mesmerized by the view of the Statue of Liberty, which proudly stood on the island, illuminated by spotlights. This symbol of freedom and hope seemed even more majestic and significant at night.

“It’s like a dream,” Maria said, her voice filled with awe. “I’ve never seen the city from this perspective.”

Andrew, enjoying her delight, said: “I’m glad you like it.”

Waiting for Maria to enjoy the views of the city, he signaled the pilot. The helicopter smoothly changed course and headed out of the city.

Maria looked at Andrew with interest.

“Where are we flying?” she asked, noticing the change in direction.

Andrew smiled mysteriously.

“It’s part of the surprise,” he replied. With a little patience, you’ll find out everything.”

The helicopter left the city limits, and soon, forests and fields spread out beneath them. The view was breathtaking, and Maria felt her excitement growing. After a while, they spotted lights and a lit building ahead.

The helicopter began to descend, and Maria saw a small but stylish building surrounded by greenery. The helicopter gently landed on a specially equipped pad.

“Welcome,” said Andrew, helping Maria out of the helicopter. “This is one of my favorite places outside the city. The club always has a pleasant atmosphere and excellent cuisine.”

Maria looked around, impressed by the club’s beautiful architecture. They headed to the entrance, where a welcoming maître d’ greeted them and led them to a table. Inside the club was an elegant setting: soft leather chairs, dark wood tables, and stylish lamps that created a smooth, pleasant light. Modern paintings adorned the walls, adding uniqueness and sophistication to the interior.

In the hall’s center was a stage where a jazz band performed light, unobtrusive music that complemented the club’s atmosphere. In the far corner was a bar with an extensive collection of drinks for all tastes. Bartenders skillfully juggled bottles, mixing cocktails and impressing guests with their mastery.

Andrew and Maria took a table by the window, offering a view of the garden with a fountain illuminated by soft lights. The water in the fountain sparkled in the light, creating a magical atmosphere.

“This place is truly magical,” said Maria, looking around. “How did you find it?”

Andrew smiled.

“A friend recommended this club, and I’ve been coming here often since. There’s always a pleasant atmosphere and excellent cuisine.”

When the waiter brought the menu, Andrew looked at Maria with a mysterious smile.

“How about you trust me tonight, and I’ll order for both of us?” he suggested.

Maria raised an eyebrow, but her eyes sparkled with interest.

“Alright,” she said. “I’ll trust your choice.”

He requested, “Please bring us still water with lemon and a Château Margaux 2010 Bordeaux bottle.”

He asked for the club’s signature dish for the appetizer: “Layered beef tartare with truffle mousse and caramelized onions.” He didn’t reveal the main courses, simply pointing them out to the waiter, believing it would be more intriguing.

When the waiter left, Andrew began to tell Maria the story behind the dish.

“They call this dish ‘Culinary Art’ here,” he began. “It was created by the club’s head chef, inspired by classic French cuisine. The base is beef tartare made from select beef, hand-chopped to preserve the texture and flavor of the meat. Then, the layer of beef is topped with truffle mousse, which gives the dish an incredible aroma and rich taste.”

Maria listened with interest, her gaze fixed on Andrew.

“But the most unusual part of this dish is the caramelized onions,” he continued. “The onions are simmered, with a bit of sugar and balsamic vinegar added, giving them a sweet taste and a deep, rich color. This layer of onions is placed on top of the tartare, creating an unusual combination of flavors.”

Maria smiled, imagining this culinary masterpiece.

“It sounds amazing,” she said. “I’ve never tried anything like it.”

When the waiter returned with the order, he brought an appetizer plate. It featured layered beef tartare with truffle mousse and caramelized onions, along with several other exquisite appetizers: goat cheese with honey and nuts, crostini with duck liver pâté, and miniature salads with roasted mushrooms and balsamic dressing.

Maria took a fork and tried the tartare, her eyes widening with pleasure.

“This is truly delicious,” she said, savoring each bite. “Thank you for choosing this dish, Andrew.”

Andrew nodded, pleased that Maria enjoyed it.

“I’m glad you like it,” he replied. “But this is just the beginning. We still have the main course ahead of us.”

Maria felt a bit uneasy. This evening didn’t feel much like a business dinner, and she felt embarrassed, not knowing how to behave. Andrew, noticing her discomfort, decided to reassure her.

“Maria, I understand that this evening may seem a bit unusual for both of us,” he began gently. “But I want you just to relax and enjoy the moment. We’re not here to discuss work or projects. This evening is for us to get to know each other better outside the studio walls.”

He smiled, trying to convey his calm and confidence to her.

“I know our professional relationship has boundaries, but tonight, I want to spend time with you as a friend, not as a colleague. Just be yourself. I value you both as a professional and a person, and I want to get to know you better.”

Andrew paused, giving Maria time to think about his words.

“Let’s leave all formalities at the door and enjoy the evening. I’m sure we have many topics to discuss, and I want to know what makes you happy, what you like, and what you dream about.”

Maria looked at Andrew and felt her tension gradually disappearing. She smiled in response, grateful for his words and the opportunity to be herself.

“Thank you, Andrew,” she said softly. “I appreciate this.”

Andrew raised his glass of wine.

“To our evening and all the wonderful moments that lie ahead,” he said with a smile.

Andrew signaled the waiter when the appetizers were finished, and soon, the main courses arrived. Andrew knew that Maria loved Italian and French cuisine, so he chose something special for her.

“For the main course, I decided to choose one of my favorite meat dishes,” Andrew began as the waiter placed the plates in front of them. “This is ‘Boeuf Bourguignon’ – a classic French dish of beef braised in red wine with vegetables and aromatic herbs.”

Maria looked at the delicious dish before her, inhaling its rich aroma.

“And for myself,” Andrew continued, pointing to the other plate, “I chose ‘Osso Buco’ – an Italian dish of veal shank braised with white wine and vegetables. I’ll let you try some, too.”

Maria was impressed with his choice.

“This is amazing,” she said, trying a piece of the ‘Boeuf Bourguignon.’ “The beef is so tender and flavorful. You know how to choose.”

Andrew smiled, enjoying her reaction.

Midway through the evening, when the atmosphere had become more relaxed and warmer, Andrew felt it was the right moment to share his feelings. He was a bit nervous, but his resolve was more robust.

“Maria,” he began, taking a deep breath. “I want to tell you something important. I hope you’ll understand and accept my words.”

Maria looked at him, her eyes full of interest and anticipation.

“We’re working on a project together now, and I’ve always admired your professionalism and talent,” Andrew continued. “But lately, I’ve realized that you mean more to me than just a colleague.”

He paused to collect his thoughts.

“Maria, I like you very much. Tonight, I organized to spend time outside work and get to know you better. I want to ask for a chance for something more than just a business relationship.”

Maria looked at him, her heart beating faster. She felt that his words were sincere.

“If you’re against it, I’ll respect that,” Andrew added. “It won’t affect our business relationship in any way. You’ll always remain a valued colleague and friend to me, no matter your answer.”

Andrew looked at Maria, hoping to see understanding in her eyes.

“But if you’re not against it,” he continued, “I’d like to try. I want to get to know you even better, spend more time together, and perhaps build something beautiful.”

His words touched Maria. She saw how much this meant to him and felt her feelings for Andrew deepening.

She took a deep breath and, looking directly into his eyes, responded:

“Andrew, I appreciate your honesty and sincerity. I’m enjoying this evening with you as well. I like you, too, and I’m not against giving this a chance. Let’s see where this leads us.”

Andrew smiled, his face glowing with happiness.

“Thank you, Maria,” he said, extending his hand. “I promise to respect your feelings and always support you.”

They shook hands, establishing a new, more profound connection. They continued in an atmosphere of joy and mutual understanding in the evening, making this day unique.

When dinner ended, Andrew raised his hand, signaling the waiter. The waiter quickly approached them with a smile.

“We’re ready for the bill,” said Andrew, taking out his wallet.

The waiter brought the bill and placed it gently on the table. Andrew quickly checked the amount and pulled out several bills, leaving a generous tip for the excellent service. After receiving the money, the waiter gave a slight bow and thanked them.

“Thank you for your visit. I hope you enjoyed everything,” the waiter said, smiling.

“Thank you,” replied Andrew. “The evening was wonderful.”

Andrew stood up, walked around the table, and helped Maria up. They headed towards the exit, where the hostess was already waiting to bid them farewell.

“Thank you for your visit. We hope to see you again,” the hostess said with a friendly smile.

“Thank you,” replied Maria. “The evening was extraordinary.”

Andrew gently took Maria’s hand and headed towards the helicopter pad. Small lights along the ground softly illuminated the path to the helicopter. The pilot was already waiting for them, ready for the return flight.

“Ready to go back?” the pilot asked, nodding warmly.

“Yes, thank you,” replied Andrew.

He helped Maria into the helicopter and then climbed in himself. The pilot closed the door and took his seat. The helicopter lifted smoothly into the air, and Maria once again felt a slight thrill, but now her heart was full of joy and gratitude for this fantastic evening.

The sky was dotted with stars, and the city’s lights stretched below.

The helicopter glided silently through the air, and Andrew looked at Maria, holding her hand.

“Thank you for this evening, Maria,” he said softly. “I’m glad we spent it together.”

Maria smiled, her eyes shining with happiness.

“Me too, Andrew. This evening was truly incredible.”

When the helicopter gently landed on the city pad, a driver already waiting for them drove closer. Andrew helped Maria out of the helicopter and took her hand, leading her to the car.

“Let me drive you home,” he offered, looking into her eyes.

Maria nodded, feeling cozy and comfortable next to Andrew.

As they approached the car, Andrew turned to the driver.

“I won’t be driving tonight,” he said. “Please take my car to the garage.”

The driver nodded, confirming that everything was arranged. Andrew opened the car door for Maria, and she sat in the back seat. He got in beside her, and the driver gently closed the door.

“Thank you,” Maria said quietly, looking at Andrew with gratitude.

“It was the least I could do,” he replied with a smile. “I wanted this evening to be perfect.”

The car started moving smoothly, leaving the helicopter pad. Inside, a quiet, cozy atmosphere prevailed. Andrew and Maria sat beside each other, enjoying the silence and each other’s presence.

They drove through the night city, illuminated by lights, and Maria looked out the window, feeling her heart overflow with happiness and satisfaction. Holding her hand, Andrew was also lost in his thoughts but felt that this evening was the beginning of something new and wonderful.

When the car stopped at Maria’s house, Andrew got out first and opened the door for her.

“Thank you for this amazing evening,” Maria said as she exited the car. “I’ll never forget it.”

“Neither will I, Maria,” Andrew replied, looking into her eyes. “I hope we’ll have many more evenings like this.”

They stood on the porch, and Andrew kissed her hand, feeling it was the right moment.

“Goodnight, Maria,” he said softly.

She gently kissed his cheek, feeling the light touch of his skin.

Andrew paused momentarily, savoring the moment, then smiled at her gratefully.

“Goodnight, Maria,” he repeated, feeling his heart fill with joy.

“Goodnight, Andrew.”

Maria smiled and waved goodbye as she headed home, feeling light and happy from the evening.

She entered the house, and Andrew stood by the door for a few more moments, watching Maria walk through the vestibule to the elevators. Then he returned to the car, and the driver drove him home. He leaned back in his seat and, closing his eyes, recalled the evening. Thoughts and emotions he experienced with Maria swirled in his head.

“This evening was incredible,” he thought, smiling. “Everything went even better than I expected.”

Andrew remembered how Maria glowed joyfully when the helicopter flew over the city. She shyly smiled when he told her about the dishes, and her eyes sparkled when he held her hand—all these moments made the evening unique and unforgettable.

When Maria closed the door behind her, she leaned against it momentarily, feeling her heart still beating faster from all the emotions she had experienced. She removed her shoes and slowly walked to the living room, focused on Andrew and the fantastic evening.

“This evening was exceptional,” she thought, smiling. “Andrew thought of everything so meticulously, from the helicopter ride to the dinner. It was like a fairy tale.”

Maria remembered the moment when Andrew confessed his feelings to her. Her heart filled with warmth again.

“I didn’t expect him to be so open and sincere,” she pondered. He always seemed so confident and professional, but today, I saw a different side of him—caring and romantic.”

She sat on the couch, poured herself a glass of water, and sipped a few sips, trying to calm her excitement.

“I like Andrew, and this evening showed that he feels the same way about me,” Maria thought.

She recalled all the details of the evening: how Andrew confidently placed the order, how he told her about each dish, how he gently held her hand in the helicopter, and how carefully he walked her home—all these moments seemed incredibly touching and vital to her.

“I want to get to know him better,” Maria decided. “I want to see him not just as a colleague but as someone who can become an important part of my life.”

She felt her excitement gradually give way to calm and confidence. “Andrew said he would respect my feelings and support me. Maybe we can build something beautiful together.”

Maria stood up and headed to the bedroom to prepare the bed. Lying in bed, she replayed the moments of the evening in her mind, smiling and anticipating what might lie ahead for them.

“Tomorrow is a new day, and I look forward to it,” she thought, closing her eyes.

“Thank you, Andrew, for this amazing evening and the chance at something new and beautiful.”

With these thoughts, Maria drifted off to sleep, feeling that her personal life was beginning to improve.

Assignment for the Reader:

Exploring Personal Boundaries: In the chapter you just read, Maria and Andrew explore the feelings and boundaries in their relationship. Write an essay or journal entry reflecting on your boundaries. How do you determine what is acceptable or unacceptable for you in relationships? What events have helped you better understand and establish these boundaries?

Talking About Feelings: Andrew sincerely expresses his feelings to Maria in the chapter. Think about a situation when you needed to have an honest conversation about your feelings with someone important to you. Please describe how you prepared for this conversation and what you felt before, during, and after it. What did you learn from this experience?

Reflections on Trust: In the chapter, Andrew and Maria create a new, more profound connection. Write about what trust means to you in relationships. What qualities and actions help you trust others? Share an experience when trust in your relationships was strengthened or, conversely, lost. How did you deal with these situations?

Creating the Perfect Evening: Like Andrew, who carefully planned every detail of the evening for Maria, imagine you are organizing the perfect evening for someone dear to you. Describe what elements you would include to make this evening special and why they are important to you and your guest.

Chapter 27: "First Teachers of 'Artelania'"

The morning at the studio began with the traditional preparation ritual. Maria and Linda arrived early to ensure everything was ready for the upcoming interviews. They poured themselves cups of hot coffee and sat at the communal table in the main studio, discussing the plans for the day.

“We need to prepare a mini presentation for our future teachers,” Maria said, sipping coffee. “We need to immerse them as much as possible in the new concept of the inspiration studio.”

“Agreed,” Linda nodded. “Let’s start with our main goals and mission. We want every teacher to understand that ‘Artelania’ is not just a place for learning but a whole ecosystem of creativity and inspiration.”

Maria opened her laptop and began typing:

“Alright, let’s start with our vision. ‘Artelania’ aims to become a space where people can discover new facets of their creativity, be inspired by the cultural riches of different peoples, and share their achievements with the world.”

“Good,” Linda continued, “now for the mission. We create an environment that supports and develops the creative potential of every individual, regardless of their level of preparation. Our courses, seminars, and workshops cover various artistic directions and cultural traditions, allowing everyone to find something they like.”

“And emphasizing our value is also important,” Maria added. “We believe in the power of art as a means of self-expression and self-development. Every session at ‘Artelania’ is aimed at helping our students unlock their inner potential and learn to draw inspiration from everyday life.”

“Excellent,” Linda smiled. “This will create the right impression and help our future teachers better understand our philosophy.”

The interviews were scheduled between the studio’s morning and evening classes. Maria and Linda decided to conduct the first interviews together and, later, to save time, to split up. To make sure they could talk to each of the candidates coming in for an interview today, they decided to allocate thirty minutes for each teacher. Maria and Linda were excitedly preparing for these meetings, hoping to find the best candidates for ‘Artelania.’

The first interview was with Anna Martinez.

Anna arrived on time, carrying her neatly packaged work under her arm. Her smile was friendly and warm. Jennifer greeted her at the door.

“Good afternoon, Anna,” Jennifer greeted her. “My name is Jennifer, and I’m the ‘Artelania’ studio administrator. Please follow me; I will register you in our system and get you up to speed.”

Anna looked around with interest. The creative atmosphere was palpable, inspiring new ideas and projects.

“It’s gorgeous here,” Anna noted, admiring the paintings on the walls.

“Thank you,” Jennifer smiled. “We strive to create a space that inspires our students and teachers.”

They reached a small office where Jennifer sat at a computer.

“Please, have a seat,” she offered. “I’ll register your details in our system.”

Anna sat down opposite and handed over her contact details.

“Alright,” Jennifer said, entering the information. “Can you tell us a bit about yourself and your work? This will help us better understand your skills and experience.”

“Of course,” Anna replied. “I’ve worked with watercolor and graphic arts for over ten years. My works are inspired by nature and its beauty. In recent years, I’ve been conducting private lessons because I had a small child, but now that the child is older, I have more time and am ready to return to teaching on a full-time basis.”

“That’s wonderful,” Jennifer said, completing the registration. “Please take this business card with our contact information and the brochure of the future ‘Artelania’ studio.”

Anna took the brochure and business card, thanking Jennifer.

“Please, follow me,” Jennifer said. “I’ll take you to the part of the studio where Maria and Linda have prepared everything for the interviews.”

Anna followed Jennifer with interest, taking in every detail of the studio’s interior.

“Anna, this is Maria and Linda,” Jennifer introduced them. They will be conducting your interview.”

“Good afternoon,” Anna greeted, shaking hands with Maria and Linda.

“Good afternoon, Anna,” Maria smiled. “Please, make yourself comfortable. We’re delighted to have you here.”

Anna carefully laid her small watercolors and graphic works on the table, and Maria couldn’t contain her admiration. Bright yet delicate watercolors depicted natural landscapes, each detail crafted with love. The paintings were small, but each one conveyed depth and emotion. The black-and-white graphics were minimalist and refined, capturing the beauty and harmony of nature.

“These works are stunning,” Maria noted, examining each detail. “Tell us about your experience and the techniques you use.”

“Thank you, Maria,” Anna began with a smile. “I have worked with watercolor and graphic arts for over ten years. I need to convey mood and atmosphere through color and form. I believe that art can be a source of inspiration and harmony for people. At ‘Artelania,’ I want to teach and learn from other masters.”

Maria nodded, taking notes.

“I have often worked with groups of different ages and skill levels,” Anna continued. “For example, in Spain, I conducted courses for children and adults, helping them develop their skills and creative thinking. I enjoy creating an environment where everyone feels comfortable and can open up.”

“That’s wonderful,” Maria responded. “What methods do you use in teaching?”

“I try to combine traditional techniques with modern approaches,” Anna explained. “It’s important that each student finds their path in art. I use observation and analysis methods. We start with simple exercises to develop basic skills, then move on to more complex projects. I also encourage individual approaches and experimentation so everyone can find their unique style.”

Maria listened intently, noting key points.

“How often would you be able to conduct workshops or regular courses?” she asked.

“I’m ready to conduct workshops twice to thrice weekly,” Anna replied. “I can also offer regular courses for those who want to delve deeper into watercolor and graphic arts. Previously, I did not conduct many classes, mostly private ones, but now I have more time. I think my students could attend classes here, and I can also raise my base of requests for training so that workshops would gather at least ten people from the start.”

“That sounds wonderful, Anna,” Maria said with a smile. “Your approach and experience are a perfect fit for our studio. We would be delighted to have you on our team.”

Anna also smiled, feeling confident and inspired.

“Thank you, Maria. I can’t wait to start working at ‘Artelania.’ By the way, I have a few questions about working at the studio.”

“Of course,” Maria replied. “Please, feel free to ask.”

“First, how will the financial arrangements be organized?” Anna asked. “I’m interested in the payment structure for the workshops and courses I’ll conduct.”

Maria nodded.

“That’s a fundamental question. We offer our teachers a flexible payment system. The base rate depends on the number of classes conducted and the number of students. We can discuss the details and agree on specific terms convenient for you.”

Anna thought for a moment and nodded.

“That sounds reasonable. I will send Jennifer my pricing vision and a tentative schedule of classes with the proposed times. This will help us better understand how we can collaborate.”

“Excellent,” Maria replied. “Jennifer will be glad to receive that information. Any other questions?”

“One last question,” Anna continued. “What materials and equipment will the studio provide, and what should I bring myself?”

“We will supply you with the basic materials and equipment needed for your classes,” Linda responded. “Please send the list of necessary materials to the email Jennifer gave you. If there are any specific materials you prefer to use, you are welcome to bring them with you. We are flexible and ready to support your preferences.”

Anna smiled, feeling she had found the perfect place to work.

“Thank you, Linda. I look forward to starting. Your approach and vision perfectly align with my expectations.”

Seeing Anna’s enthusiasm, Maria and Linda decided to share more about the studio’s future.

“Anna, we’d like to show you the sketches of the studio after the renovation,” Linda said, unfolding several sheets of drawings. “Here is the area for your classes and the space for exhibiting our students’ works.”

Anna looked at the sketches with interest, admiring the thoughtful design and beauty of the future space.

“This is simply magnificent,” she said. “I’m sure the studio will become a true inspiration center for many people.”

Maria, pleased with Anna’s reaction, added,

“We truly hope that ‘Artelania’ will become a place where people can unleash their creative potential and find inspiration.”

The interview was successful, and Anna left the studio with a smile.

“I think she will fit perfectly into our team,” Maria said, turning to Linda.

“Absolutely,” Linda agreed. “Let’s get ready for the next interview with Emma Johnson.”

Emma Johnson, a textile and embroidery artist, arrived at the studio at the appointed time. Jennifer met her at the entrance, briefly introduced herself, registered her details, and led her to Maria and Linda.

“Good afternoon, Emma,” Maria smiled. We’re glad you can come. Please have a seat and tell us about yourself and your experience.”

Emma settled in across from Maria and Linda, carefully laying samples of her work on the table. The delicate and detailed embroideries immediately caught their attention.

“Thank you for the invitation,” Emma began. “I’ve been working with textiles and embroidery for over fifteen years. Traditional techniques from various cultures inspire my creativity. In my work, I use motifs and techniques from Indian, Japanese, and Mexican embroidery. Each culture has unique patterns and methods, and I strive to combine them to create something new and original. I believe that embroidery art is not only about beautiful results but also a therapeutic process. My work aims to help people unlock their potential and find inner harmony.”

Maria examined Emma’s work with interest.

“Your pieces are awe-inspiring,” she noted. “Please tell us about your teaching methods.”

“In my teaching, I strive to inspire students to experiment and be creative. We start with learning basic techniques and materials and exploring various traditional patterns. For example, I teach the Japanese ‘Sachiko’ technique, Mexican ‘Otomi,’ and Indian ‘Kantha.’ Each lesson is designed so students can try something new and find their style. It’s important that everyone feels confident and free in their creative process. Currently, I conduct classes at another studio, but it’s quite far for me to travel, so I’m looking for options closer to home.”

“That sounds very good,” Linda noted. “How often do you plan to conduct classes, and how do you intend to attract students?”

“I would like to hold a large free workshop to demonstrate basic embroidery techniques and discuss my teaching methods. This will help me recruit students for the initial courses. I’m ready to transition fully to your studio if everything goes well. The process will be gradual: initially, I’ll split my time between two places, but over time, all my students will be able to move here.”

“That’s a great idea,” Maria said. “Do you have any questions for us?”

“Yes, I have a few questions,” Emma said with a smile. “First, how do you usually organize the space for classes? Do you have separate areas for each technique, or will we work in a common hall?”

“We have several options,” Maria replied. “Depending on the group’s needs, we can provide separate areas for each technique. In the common hall, we can also create cozy corners where students can work on their projects; we have planned mobile partitions to facilitate this. We strive to ensure the most comfortable conditions for creativity.”

“That sounds wonderful,” Emma nodded. “One more question about materials. Can I use my materials for the classes, or do you provide all the necessary tools and fabrics?”

“We can discuss this,” Linda said. “We usually provide basic materials for the first classes so that students can try different techniques without additional costs. However, if you have specific materials that you prefer to use, we can include them in the cost of the classes. We also have the option to order any necessary materials.”

“Got it, thank you. And the last question I have is about staying connected with students outside of classes. Do you have a platform for communication or project discussions?”

“Yes, we are planning to develop an online platform where students can ask questions, share their work, and receive feedback,” Maria explained. Since Inspiration Studio is launching a new concept, the platform will be available after the renovation. We want our studio’s latest design to match our vision and goals.”

“That’s excellent. I like your approach to teaching and supporting students. I think we can work together successfully,” Emma concluded.

“We think so, too,” Linda replied with a smile. “By the way, we’ve prepared a design for the future ‘Artelania’ so that people coming for interviews can immediately understand what our renovated studio will look like.”

Maria and Linda led Emma to the easels, where sketches and blueprints of the new studio design were displayed. Emma examined the projects closely, her eyes lighting up with admiration.

“It looks incredible!” she exclaimed. “I’m sure this will be a wonderful atmosphere for creativity.”

“We certainly hope so,” Maria said. “Let’s schedule your first workshop and discuss the next steps.”

After discussing dates and organizational details, they selected a convenient time for Emma’s first workshop. Bidding farewell, Emma left the studio feeling confident and excited about the upcoming collaboration.

The following interview was scheduled for 4:00 PM, and Jennifer prepared to meet the German artist Claudia Schmidt.

Claudia entered the studio confidently, holding a portfolio in her hands. Her modern and slightly extravagant style immediately drew attention.

“Good afternoon, Claudia,” Jennifer greeted her with a smile. “Please come in. Maria and Linda are expecting you.”

“Thank you,” Claudia replied, looking around the studio. “You have a wonderful atmosphere here.”

As before, Jennifer registered the new teacher in the system, handing her the future ‘Artelania’ brochure and a business card with all the contact details.

“Good afternoon, Claudia,” Maria greeted, extending her hand. “We’re glad you could come.”

“Good afternoon,” Claudia replied, shaking hands with Maria and Linda. “Thank you for the invitation.”

“Please, tell us about yourself and your experience,” Linda began once everyone was seated.

“Of course,” Claudia started, opening her portfolio. “I am an artist with fifteen years of experience in abstract painting and installations. I draw my inspiration from urban environments and the interaction between people and architecture. I have lived in New York for ten years, and this city has greatly influenced my work.”

Claudia laid out several of her works: abstract canvases with vibrant colors and complex geometric shapes that took one’s breath away.

“Your works are stunning,” Maria said, admiring the canvases. “Tell us about your teaching methods.”

“Thank you,” Claudia smiled, visibly pleased with their reaction to her work. “I believe that art is a means of self-expression and self-discovery, and my teaching methods are based on this principle. I often use a free drawing technique, where students can experiment with materials and techniques to find their style. We also conduct outdoor classes to draw inspiration from nature and architecture.”

“That sounds very interesting,” Linda noted. “Do you think such methods would be suitable for our studio? We strive to create a space where people can unlock their creative potential and find inspiration in various art forms.”

“Absolutely,” Claudia replied confidently. “I am sure your students will appreciate the opportunity to work in such a free and creative space. Moreover, I am ready to develop special courses that align with your concept and approach to teaching.”

“That’s wonderful,” Maria said. “We are very interested in collaborating with you. Please tell us how you see your role in our project. What courses or workshops could you offer?”

“I would like to offer several courses in abstract painting,” Claudia began, making notes in her notebook. “For example, a course on creating large canvases, where students can work with various techniques and materials. We could also organize workshops on creating installations, where participants can learn to work with space and objects, creating unique art pieces.”

“These are excellent ideas,” Linda approved. “We also plan to hold regular exhibitions of our students’ works. Perhaps you could curate one of these exhibitions?”

“I would be delighted,” Claudia responded. I can help organize and run the exhibition and conduct a workshop on preparing works for display. This is a great way to motivate students and showcase their achievements.”

“Great,” Maria agreed. “We will discuss all the details of our collaboration soon and get back to you. Thank you for coming and sharing your ideas.”

“Thank you for the invitation,” Claudia said, standing up. “I’m very excited about the opportunity to work with you and look forward to a fruitful collaboration.”

After the meeting ended, Jennifer escorted Claudia to the exit, expressing confidence that she would be a great addition to the studio’s team.

“Have a good day, Claudia,” Jennifer said as they said goodbye. “We’ll be in touch soon.”

“Thank you,” Claudia replied, leaving. “See you soon.”

When Claudia left, Maria, Linda, and Jennifer discussed their impressions of the meeting and Claudia’s proposed ideas. They all agreed that her participation would significantly contribute to the studio’s development and expansion of its capabilities.

“We need to prepare a contract and discuss the specific terms of collaboration,” Maria suggested.

“I’ll take care of that,” Jennifer confirmed. “And I’ll also prepare the schedule for the upcoming months to include Claudia’s courses and workshops.”

The last interview was scheduled for 4:30 PM, and Jennifer was again ready to meet the new candidate, Olivia Chen, a master of calligraphy and traditional Chinese painting. She registered her in the system and handed her the future “Artelania” brochure and a business card with all the contact details.

Olivia entered the studio with the grace and calm characteristic of her artistic style. She carried a small case with samples of her work.

“Good evening, Olivia,” Maria greeted her after Jennifer had introduced them. “We’re glad you could come.”

“Good evening,” Olivia replied, shaking hands with Maria and Linda. “Thank you for the invitation.”

“Please, tell us about yourself and your experience,” Linda began once everyone was seated.

“Of course,” Olivia started, opening her case. “I have practiced calligraphy and traditional Chinese painting for over twenty years. Ancient Chinese traditions and philosophy inspire my art. I was born and raised in New York, but my family always maintained a connection with Chinese culture, which has had a profound influence on my work.”

Olivia laid out several pieces before them: elegant calligraphic inscriptions and picturesque scrolls depicting nature.

Maria and Linda carefully examined Olivia’s works, admiring her skill and attention to detail.

“Your work is stunning,” Maria said, gently touching one of the scrolls. “You convey not only technique but also soul.”

“Thank you,” Olivia smiled gratefully. “It’s important to me that each piece reflects inner peace and harmony.”

Linda requested, “Please tell us more about your teaching methods. How do you share your knowledge with students?”

“I always strive to create an atmosphere of calm and focus in my classes,” Olivia began. “It’s important for students to feel comfortable and fully immerse themselves in the process. I pay great attention to an individual approach because every student is unique. My classes include a theoretical part where we discuss the philosophy and history of calligraphy and painting and then move on to practical exercises.”

“That sounds wonderful,” Maria said. “How do you see your role in ‘Artelania’? What courses and workshops could you offer our students?”

“I would like to offer several directions,” Olivia began. First, I can offer courses on the basics of calligraphy and traditional Chinese painting for beginners. I can also conduct advanced workshops for those who already have some experience. And, of course, I would like to include classes on philosophy and meditation related to art to help students develop technical skills and achieve inner balance and harmony.”

“That’s excellent,” Linda said. “We aim to offer our students comprehensive development, and your courses fit perfectly into our concept.”

“Do you have any specific requirements or preferences for the equipment and materials you’ll need for your classes?” Maria asked.

“I prefer to work with natural materials such as rice paper, ink, and brushes,” Olivia replied. “It’s also important to have a spacious and well-lit workspace. I can provide a list of necessary materials and equipment.”

“Great, we’ll consider that when organizing your studio,” Maria said. “Olivia, thank you for sharing your story and plans with us. We’re very excited to have you join our team.”

“Thank you,” Olivia replied. “I look forward to starting and sharing my art with others.”

The interview concluded, and Jennifer escorted Olivia to the exit, discussing the details of her start.

With the interviews completed, it was time for the evening classes at the studio. Maria and Linda waited for the students to settle on their easels before starting the evening sessions. Addressing the two groups, Linda informed them of the upcoming changes at the studio and the new courses and workshops, including calligraphy and traditional Chinese painting, which Olivia Chen would begin teaching. The students greeted the news with enthusiastic applause.

“Today, we will be working on the grisaille technique,” Linda continued, shifting to a business-like tone. “This old painting technique is executed in monochromatic shades of gray, often used to imitate sculptural reliefs or as underpaintings for colored layers. We will use only white and black paint to create shades of gray and achieve effects of volume and texture.”

Linda demonstrated various techniques for applying paint, explaining how light, shadow, and contrast create the illusion of depth and three-dimensionality. She also showed how grisaille could be used for sketches or as a standalone work of art.

Meanwhile, Maria decided to introduce her group to pointillism, a method of creating images using dots.

“Today, we will work on the pointillism technique,” Maria said. “This technique was popular among Neo-Impressionist artists such as Georges Seurat and Paul Signac. The main idea is to apply numerous small dots of pure color, which blend in the viewer’s eye to form a cohesive image.”

Maria showed how to apply dots correctly with a brush and mix colors to achieve the desired effect. She also explained the importance of using complementary colors to create brightness and contrast in the work.

“This technique requires patience and attentiveness,” Maria continued, “but the results can be stunning. You will see how your paintings begin to ‘sparkle’ and ‘live’ thanks to the play of color and light.”

The students listened attentively and watched the demonstrations before creating their works, following Maria’s and Linda’s instructions. The studio buzzed with creativity and enthusiasm, with everyone engrossed in the artistic process.

Assignment for the Reader:

We invite you on an exciting journey into the world of creativity and self-expression! Even if you’ve never held a brush in your hand and think you lack creative abilities, the “Artelania” studio will help you unlock your inner potential.

Inspiration

• Recall your childhood dreams and hobbies. Were there moments when you dreamed of becoming an artist, musician, or writer? What prevented you from realizing those dreams?
• Find a source of inspiration. Look at the world around you with new eyes. Notice the colors, shapes, and textures around you. What attracts and inspires you?

Discover Creativity

• Start simple. Take a sheet of paper and a pencil. Try drawing something simple: a tree, a house, or abstract lines and shapes. Don’t fear making mistakes—this is your exploration process.
• Use available materials. If you have paints, markers, or even colored pencils, use them to create your first creative work. Experiment with colors and techniques.

Step Out of Your Comfort Zone

• Allow yourself to be a beginner. Don’t fear failure—every attempt and mistake is part of the learning and self-expression process.
• Open yourself to new possibilities. Try different forms of creativity: painting, sculpture, photography, calligraphy. Each new experience will enrich you and help you discover your potential.

Enjoy the Process

• Don’t rush. Creativity is not a race but a journey of self-discovery and enjoyment.

Creativity is a hidden part of yourself that may still be untapped. Regardless of what you do in everyday life, creativity can enrich your personality and help you become better, even in your profession.

Chapter 28: "Inspiration and Innovation. The Path to New Heights"

Maria woke up to the sound of the doorbell. Still disoriented from sleep, she put on her robe and went to the door. When she opened it, she saw a smiling courier holding a massive bouquet.

“Good morning!” said the courier, handing over the bouquet. “I have a delivery for you.”

Surprised and delighted, Maria took the bouquet and, inhaling its fragrance, asked, “Who is it from?”

The courier smiled and replied, “The sender’s name is on the card. Have a great day!”

Maria closed the door, headed to the kitchen table, and found a small card among the flowers. It read: “Maria, you are as beautiful as this bouquet. May your morning be filled with happiness and joy. Yours, Andrew.”

Maria smiled, her heart warmed. She hadn’t expected such a pleasant surprise. The flowers were magnificent: roses, lilies, and orchids arranged in an exquisite composition.

After placing the flowers in a vase, Maria paused for a moment. Her thoughts wandered into a fantasy world where each flower in the bouquet could tell its own story. She imagined how it would be if they could talk.

A rose with a deep crimson hue might tell her about passionate nights under a starry sky, where each star shone as brightly as its petals. The delicate and refined lily would recount tales of mysterious ponds surrounded by tall reeds, where it grows in silence and harmony. The exotic and sophisticated orchid could share stories of distant tropical forests, whose beauty attracts people and exotic butterflies.

Maria smiled, returning to reality, but her fantasies didn’t fully let go of her. She remembered how Andrew once said every detail has its own story and meaning. This bouquet symbolized the care and attention that Andrew surrounded her with.

Suddenly, the phone rang. It was Andrew.

“Good morning, Maria! I hope you liked the flowers?”

“Andrew, it was so unexpected and delightful! The flowers are gorgeous. Thank you so much,” Maria replied, smiling.

“I’m glad you liked them. I thought it would be nice for you to start the day with something beautiful.”

“You always know how to lift my spirits, Andrew. See you at the studio.”

“Great, see you later, Maria.”

After talking to Andrew and enjoying the bouquet, Maria went to take a shower to refresh herself and prepare for the upcoming day. She had morning classes with her students, and she would teach them one of her favorite but rarely used painting techniques—tempera.

After showering and getting dressed, she heard the phone ring again. Smiling slightly, she thought it might be Andrew again, but when she looked at the screen, she saw it was Linda calling.

“Good morning, Linda,” Maria answered, picking up the phone. “How are you?”

“Hi, Maria. Sorry for the early call,” Linda began, slightly embarrassed. I completely forgot, but I just got a reminder that I have an appointment with the cosmetologist at 11 a.m. today. I can only come by 2 p.m. to handle the organizational issues. Could you combine my group with yours and conduct a joint lesson, and I’ll work with your group in the evening?”

“Of course, Linda, no problem. I was going to teach the tempera technique. I think your students will find it interesting, too.”

“Thank you so much, Maria. I’m sure your students will also enjoy the evening session. See you later,” Linda said with relief.

“See you later, Linda,” Maria said, ending the call.

Maria immediately dialed Jennifer’s number to coordinate the merging of the groups and the preparation of the room for the morning class.

“Hi Jennifer, it’s Maria. I have a favor to ask. Linda requested that I combine her group with mine for the morning class. Could you help seat the students and prepare the room for both groups?”

“Hi Maria, of course, I’ll help. I’ll organize everything right now so the students can settle comfortably,” Jennifer replied.

“Thank you so much, Jennifer. We will be teaching the tempera technique, so we need to prepare everything necessary for that,” Maria added.

“Got it. Everything will be ready,” Jennifer assured.

Maria headed to the studio, knowing that Jennifer would prepare everything. As the students gathered, Maria greeted both groups and explained the technique.

“Good morning, everyone! Today, we have a special session. We’ve combined our groups, and I will teach you about the tempera technique. This ancient art of creating paints using egg yolk allows for bright and durable colors. Tempera was popular in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance and was used by masters like Botticelli and Raphael.”

She demonstrated to the students how to mix pigments with egg yolk to create paint. The process involved carefully adding water to achieve the right consistency.

“Do you see how the yolk combines with the pigment to form a thick paint?” Maria continued. This paint has excellent covering power and dries quickly, making it possible to layer colors and create detailed images.”

Maria began demonstrating the technique on a wooden panel, applying the paint in thin layers and explaining each movement.

“Tempera requires patience and precision,” she said. Each layer must be dehydrated before applying the next, allowing for depth and brightness of color that lasts for centuries.”

The students watched in awe as Maria created detailed images using fine brushes and precise movements.

Each tried to replicate her techniques, making their compositions.

“When you’re ready,” Maria explained, “you can start applying the base colors and shapes. Don’t rush; enjoy the process. Tempera is a technique that takes time, but the results are worth it.”

She walked around the studio, helping and guiding the students and offering advice and support in their creative process.

“This technique not only allows us to create amazing works of art,” Maria said, concluding the lesson, “but also teaches us patience and attention to detail. I hope you enjoyed this session and felt the magic of this ancient technique.”

The lesson ended, and the students, filled with inspiration and joy, began to gather their works and materials. Maria looked at their happy faces and felt the day had started just as she wanted it to—with creativity, inspiration, and joy.

Andrew sat in his office, holding the phone after the conversation with Maria. He smiled, recalling the gentle kiss on the cheek she had given him last week.

He flipped through his notes after the general meeting and focused on discussing the renovated studio’s technical capabilities. They needed to act quickly and bring specialists for all possible technical innovations.

Jacques mentioned sound and video, and they touched on virtual and augmented reality technologies during the discussion. Andrew understood that all these technologies had to be considered before starting the reconstruction and redesign of the studio.

Oriented by the best ratings and geographical location, he called a company that dealt with such equipment installation. A friendly operator answered, attentively listening to his request.

“Good morning. My name is Andrew. Our studio plans to implement VR and AR technologies and upgrade our sound and video equipment. Can I arrange a meeting with a specialist today to discuss all the details on-site?”

“Of course, Andrew,” the operator replied. “We have specialists who can consult you on all issues. When would it be convenient for you to meet?”

Andrew looked at the clock and quickly thought through his schedule for the day.

“Could we organize a meeting at 2 PM at our studio?”

“Yes, that’s possible. I’ll confirm the appointment. A specialist will arrive at 2 PM to consult you on all the details.”

“Thank you very much. We’ll be waiting.”

Ending the call, Andrew felt relieved. Everything was going according to plan. Now, he needed to prepare everything necessary for the meeting to discuss all the details with the expert.

He made several notes in his planner to ensure he didn’t forget to ask important questions about the equipment’s capabilities and the integration of new technologies into the studio’s existing space.

“This is an important step,” Andrew thought. “Every detail must be thought out in advance to avoid missing anything. I need to inform Jacques.”

He dialed Jacques’ number and waited for him to answer.

“Hi, Jacques. It’s Andrew,” he began. I have important news. I’ve arranged a meeting with a specialist in VR and AR technologies at 2 p.m. He will come to the studio to discuss all the details and consult us on-site. Can you be at the meeting?”

Jacques thought for a moment, checking his schedule.

“Hi, Andrew. Of course, I’ll try to be at the meeting. That’s great news. We’ll be able to ask all our questions and ensure we have the best equipment. What exactly do you plan to discuss?”

“I want to cover all aspects, from installing interactive screens and acoustic systems to integrating VR and AR technologies,” Andrew replied. “We need to consider everything before starting the reconstruction to plan the necessary technical solutions.”

“Got it. That’s important. I also want to learn about the possibilities of using these technologies in various courses and how we can better train our instructors. I’ll prepare my questions and ideas to discuss at the meeting.”

“Great, Jacques. Thanks for the support. See you at the studio at 2 PM.”

“See you, Andrew.”

By 2 PM, the whole team was in place. Having grabbed a quick bite, they prepared for the arrival of the specialist.

Soon, Steve, the VR and AR technology expert, entered the studio. He looked confident and friendly, ready to discuss.

“Good afternoon!” Steve greeted everyone.

“I’m glad to be here to help you implement new technologies in your studio.”

Andrew shook his hand and introduced Steve to everyone present.

“Thank you for coming, Steve. We’re all interested in making our ‘Artelania’ studio more modern and innovative. We want to discuss how we can use VR and AR technologies and improve our sound and video equipment.”

Steve smiled and began his explanation:

“Virtual Reality (VR) and Augmented Reality (AR) open up incredible opportunities for learning and creativity. With VR, students can immerse themselves in virtual worlds. Imagine they can travel through 3D replicas of masterpieces, move through galleries of world museums, and even create their works in a virtual environment.”

Jacques, intrigued, asked:

“And how exactly will this work in our studio? What technologies do we need to implement these ideas?”

Steve continued:

“First, you’ll need high-quality VR headsets and powerful computers to support them. We can install VR stations where students can work individually or in groups. For AR technologies, you’ll need tablets or special glasses to view virtual objects overlaid on the real world.”

Linda, thinking about practical applications, asked:

“And how can we use AR technologies in our courses? Can you give some examples?”

Steve replied:

“For example, in sculpture classes, students can see virtual models of their works, rotate them, and explore details. In painting, AR glasses can show additional instructions and recommendations right before the student’s eyes. This makes learning more interactive and visual.”

Jennifer, fascinated by the possibilities, asked:

“And how can we integrate these technologies into our current courses? We need our instructors to master the new equipment easily.”

Steve nodded:

“We offer extensive training programs for your instructors. Specialists will conduct workshops and training sessions to help everyone master the new technologies. We’ll also provide detailed instructions and video tutorials to help quickly adapt.”

Maria, thinking about the prospects, asked:

“Steve, can we hold virtual tours and workshops with renowned artists who are not physically in the studio?”

Steve smiled and replied:

“Of course! We can organize virtual meetings where students can watch famous artists at work in real-time, ask questions, and get immediate feedback. This will create a unique educational experience.”

Andrew, summing up, said:

“This opens up incredible opportunities for our studio. Steve, thank you for all the explanations. We want to start implementing these technologies as soon as possible. What are the next steps?”

Steve replied:

“I’ll prepare a detailed plan and a list of necessary equipment. We can also start with installing basic equipment and training your team. Once that’s ready, we can gradually introduce additional features.”

Jacques added, “Don’t forget about the sound and video equipment. We must ensure excellent audio and video for a fully immersive experience.”

Steve nodded, “Of course, we’ll discuss all the details regarding sound and video equipment.

I’ll propose the best solutions for your studio.”

“Great,” said Andrew, feeling confident that they were moving in the right direction, and asked the next important question, “Steve, we have questions about the availability of all the necessary equipment and the timeline for its installation. We need to understand how quickly we can get everything and start integration. We’d also like to see how the studio should look with all the new additions.”

Steve, already anticipating this question, replied, “We have all the necessary equipment in stock and can start deliveries within a few days. Installation depends on the scope of work, but it usually takes two to four weeks. After installing the equipment, I can show you a preliminary plan of your studio’s appearance.”

Sensing the right moment, Linda brought the blueprints for the future reconstruction and spread them on the large table.

“Here are the plans for our reconstruction,” she began. “The work is set to start in a couple of days, so we need to quickly decide where all the necessary outlets, servers, and other equipment will be installed.”

Steve leaned over the blueprints, studying them carefully.

“Excellent,” he said. “We can place VR stations here and here to ensure enough space for each student. We’ll need special zones with interactive panels for AR technologies, which can be placed along these walls. The server equipment is best located in this room, as it’s centrally positioned and will ensure optimal signal distribution. We’ll install acoustic panels along these walls and the ceiling for sound to ensure clear and immersive audio throughout the studio. Video screens can be placed here and here, so students can see demonstrations from any angle.”

Jennifer, observing the process with interest, asked, “What about data security? We need to be sure all information is protected.”

Steve reassured her, “We use modern data protection systems. To ensure reliable information protection, the servers will have additional security measures, including encryption and firewalls.”

Seeing the plan coming together, Andrew asked, “Steve, how quickly can you prepare the final list of equipment and the installation plan based on our studio layout?”

Steve looked at his notes and replied, “I can have the complete list and plan ready by tomorrow morning. This will give us enough time to discuss all the details and make any necessary adjustments before the reconstruction starts.”

Andrew nodded, satisfied with the response, “Excellent. Thank you, Steve. We’ll be waiting for your final proposals. We’re ready to start as soon as everything is approved.”

Steve smiled, “Great. I’ll do my best to help you create a unique space that inspires and supports creative development for everyone.”

With this assurance, everyone felt that “Artelania” was on the right path to realizing its dream of a modern and innovative studio.

After Steve left, there was still some time before the evening classes, and the team decided to use this moment to discuss current affairs and prioritize tasks.

Andrew gathered everyone around the table and began, “That was a great meeting, team. I’m confident our studio will be even better at implementing new technologies. We have some time before the evening classes, so let’s discuss what’s going on with the interviews and which tasks are a priority.”

Holding a list of candidates, Linda said, “The interviews are in full swing. We have several promising candidates for teaching various art disciplines. We need to conduct a few more interviews to decide.”

Maria added, “I agree. Some candidates have excellent skills and experience, but we must find those who truly share our philosophy and are ready to work with new technologies.”

Andrew continued, “Good. Now, on to other tasks. Jennifer, how is the data collection on major competitors and visits to their studios going?”

Jennifer replied, “I’ve already gathered information on several major studios and visited two. I have a couple more meetings planned for next week. The collected data will help us better understand how we can stand out against competitors and what we can improve.”

Andrew nodded and turned to Jacques, “Jacques, how is the search for premises in Nice going?”

Jacques replied, “I’ve already contacted a realtor and am actively looking for a suitable space for the studio. I have a few promising options that I plan to inspect in more detail in the coming days.”

Andrew said, “Great. We also need to assess the current value of our studio to allocate shares and budget properly. I’ve found two appraisers who can conduct the assessment next week. This will help us better understand our resources and how to utilize them.”

He turned to Linda and added, “Linda, I need you to contact Alex, who is responsible for the studio’s reconstruction. As soon as we get all the information from Steve, we must send him the technical assignment so he can include these processes in the overall reconstruction plan.”

Linda nodded, making a note to herself: “Understood, Andrew. I’ll contact Alex and pass on all the data as soon as Steve sends the final equipment list and installation plan.”

They discussed current matters and questions a bit more. Citing the need to return to his office, Jacques said goodbye to everyone and left. Jennifer welcomed new students and teachers and registered them in the system, while Linda had two interviews that day. Maria was finishing her tasks and preparing to head to the workshop to continue working on her paintings about Amalfi. Andrew was reviewing financial documents.

When Andrew had an opportunity, he approached Maria and gently embraced her.

“Maria, from what I gathered from our conversation, you have a relatively free evening today.

How would you feel about attending an interesting private event this evening?” he asked with a smile, pulling out two invitations from his pocket.

“These are two invitations to a private meeting with Anna Wintour at the ‘Art and Fashion’ exhibition, which is happening tonight at the Metropolitan Museum. There will be an evening fashion show and a cocktail party. I thought it would be a great opportunity to spend time together and get inspired by new ideas.”

Maria accepted the tickets with surprise and joy, examining them closely.

“Andrew, this is wonderful! A meeting with Anna Wintour is incredible! Thank you so much. I would love to go to this exhibition with you.”

Noticing her enthusiasm, Andrew smiled even more comprehensively.

“I then need to rush home to get ready. What time does it start?” Maria asked, already planning her day.

“I’ll pick you up at 6:45 pm,” Andrew replied. “You have almost three hours to get ready.”

“Perfect,” Maria said with excitement on her face.

“I’ll be ready. Thank you again, Andrew. This will be an unforgettable evening.”

“You’re welcome, Maria. See you this evening,” Andrew replied, watching Maria walk away with a happy smile.

He returned to his financial documents, excited about the upcoming evening.

By 5 pm, Linda had finished her interviews and started preparing for the evening classes. She had everything ready for the encaustic technique: special metal plates, hot wax, pigments, and brushes.

“Good evening, everyone!” Linda began. “Today, we’ll be learning the encaustic technique. This ancient art uses hot wax and pigments to create textures and effects on the canvas. Encaustics was popular in Ancient Greece and Rome and allowed for the creation of stunning and durable artworks.”

She demonstrated how to heat the wax, mix it with pigments, and then apply it to the canvas to create bright, textured surfaces.

“This technique requires a bit more practice,” Linda explained, “but the results can be amazing. You can use various tools to create unique patterns and textures.”

The students watched Linda’s demonstration with interest and began experimenting with hot wax and pigments, creating their artwork.

Andrew was absorbed in the creative process and almost missed the time he needed to leave to change and pick up Maria. Realizing this, he quickly gathered his things and apologized to Linda, trying not to disturb anyone. He waved goodbye to Linda and quietly left the studio.

Assignment for the Reader:

Virtual Creativity:

Find a VR application that allows you to draw or create art in virtual reality. Try creating an artwork that reflects your current emotions or thoughts. Write about your experience: how did VR affect your creative expression and inspiration?

AR Gallery of Inspiration:

Create a virtual gallery in your home or outdoors using an AR application on your smartphone. Place images of your favorite artworks or photos that inspire you. Write about how this gallery affected your mood and creative inspiration. How did AR help you see familiar places in a new light?

Exploring Creative Possibilities:

Research how VR and AR are used for creative inspiration and art education. Share your thoughts on the potential of VR and AR in art and creative development.

Chapter 29: "A Romantic Evening"

Andrew and Maria arrived at the private exhibition at the Metropolitan Museum twenty minutes before it started. The atmosphere was magnificent: elegant guests in evening attire, exquisite lighting, and beautifully arranged exhibits. None greeted the guests other than Anna Wintour, a legend in the fashion world. The museum was adorned with elegant floral arrangements, live music played in the halls, and servers circulated with trays of gourmet appetizers and glasses of champagne.

Anna Wintour, dressed in an elegant gown by one of the leading designers, took the microphone and began her speech:

“Good evening, ladies and gentlemen. I am delighted to welcome you to our ‘Art and Fashion’ exhibition. Tonight is dedicated to the intersection and mutual inspiration between fashion and art. We have gathered the works of the most talented artists and designers to showcase how their creativity interacts to create something unique.”

Anna pointed to several exhibits:

“Here, you can see collections inspired by famous paintings and sculptures. For example, this dress was created under the influence of Picasso’s works, and Klimt’s creations inspired these accessories. We also included interactive elements so you can immerse yourselves more deeply into creating these masterpieces.”

Maria and Andrew looked at the exhibits with interest. One of the most impressive was a dress adorned with patterns reminiscent of Monet’s works. Its delicate pastel colors and refined strokes created a sense of lightness and romance. Nearby was an installation in cubism, where geometric shapes and bright colors echoed Picasso’s works.

Andrew noticed an interactive zone where guests could create fashion sketches using augmented reality technologies. Maria became engrossed in creating virtual outfits and discussing her ideas with Andrew.

“This is so inspiring!” exclaimed Maria. “Technology allows us to see art from an entirely new perspective.”

A jewelry collection inspired by Dali’s works was displayed in another hall. The expressive shapes and bright colors attracted many guests’ attention. Maria and Andrew met the designer and discussed creating these unique pieces.

“I have always admired Dali’s works,” said the designer. “His ability to see the world differently inspires me to create such unique items. Each of these pieces is an homage to the great master.”

Maria and Andrew also enjoyed the demonstration of new fashion collections. The models’ runway shows, set among artworks, created a stunning blend of art and fashion. Guests could order their favorite outfits right on the spot.

Noticing a stand with luxurious silk scarves, Maria approached and picked up one adorned with delicate patterns.

“This is simply gorgeous,” she said.

Andrew approached the consultant:

“Excuse me, could I know the price of this scarf?”

The consultant smiled and replied, “This scarf is an exclusive piece, priced at $500. We also offer it in a limited edition, making each scarf unique.”

Without hesitation, Andrew said, “We’ll take it. It’s perfect for Maria.”

Maria, surprised and delighted, thanked Andrew:

“Thank you, Andrew. This is truly a wonderful gift.”

In the hall, with interactive exhibits, guests could try various digital installations. One of the most popular was an installation where visitors could use VR headsets to immerse themselves in creating fashion collections. Maria and Andrew tried this, feeling like real designers creating outfits for virtual models.

“This is so unusual,” said Maria, removing the VR headset. “It feels like you are part of the process and can influence every detail.”

Andrew nodded, “Yes, it’s truly amazing. Technology opens new horizons for us.”

Another exciting part of the exhibition was a zone where artworks could come to life using AR applications. Maria pointed her smartphone at a painting, and animations appeared on the screen, telling the story of the artwork’s creation and its hidden details.

“Look, Andrew, how fascinating this is!” she exclaimed. “It’s not just a painting but a whole world coming to life before your eyes.”

Enjoying the moment, Andrew agreed, “Yes, it’s imposing. I’m glad we came here.”

While examining one of the exhibits, they were about to move on to the next when Andrew noticed a man losing his balance and nearly falling. Andrew quickly reacted and supported him, preventing a fall.

“Thank you very much,” said the man with a slight accent, regaining his balance. My name is Jan Novak; I’m from Prague. It’s nice to meet you.”

“Very nice to meet you, Jan,” replied Andrew, shaking his hand. “I’m Andrew, and this is Maria. We are also involved in art and are very interested in new technologies.”

It was a pleasure meeting you,” added Maria. We plan to open inspiration studios in Europe, and Prague is one of the cities we are considering.”

Jan smiled, “Perhaps our meeting is not accidental. I work as a curator in one of the museums in Prague and am very passionate about integrating technology into art. I also have a keen interest in history and architecture and extensive connections in the creative community.”

“That’s wonderful,” replied Maria. “We plan to be in Prague in a few months. It would be great to meet and discuss possible collaboration.”

“I’d be happy to show you our museum and introduce you to our projects,” said Jan. “Here’s my card so we can stay in touch.”

They exchanged business cards and continued discussing ideas and possibilities, enjoying the exhibition’s atmosphere. The evening inspired them and opened new prospects for future development.

As the evening at the Metropolitan Museum ended, Maria and Andrew, inspired by what they had seen, decided to continue their time together with a walk in Central Park. The sky was filled with stars, and a cool breeze was refreshing.

They left the museum, holding hands, and strolled along the park’s winding paths, enjoying the silence and seclusion.

“This evening was simply magical,” said Maria, snuggling closer to Andrew. “Thank you for such a wonderful gift.”

“I enjoyed it too,” replied Andrew, gently squeezing her hand. “I’m glad we could share this moment.”

They continued their walk, savoring the moment. Passing by one of the fountains, Maria and Andrew decided to sit on a bench to rest for a while. They watched the fountain’s streams of water play in the lamps’ light, reflecting the city’s lights.

“You know, this evening reminded me why I love art,” said Maria, looking at the fountain. “It can unite people and provide new experiences.”

“I agree,” Andrew replied. “Technology also opens new creative possibilities for us. I’m confident our future will be filled with many amazing projects.”

After a short rest, they got up again and continued their walk. The trees, illuminated by soft lights, created a magical atmosphere. They discussed their dreams and plans, discussed what they had seen at the exhibition, and shared their thoughts about the future.

“I’m so glad we met Jan,” Maria said. “I’m sure our collaboration with him will open many new opportunities.”

“Yes, it was unexpected and pleasant,” Andrew responded. “Sometimes fate presents us with such gifts.”

They passed by a small pond where the reflections of streetlamps played on the water. Andrew stopped and turned to Maria, looking into her eyes.

“Maria, you know, this evening has been special for me,” he said softly. “I feel like we’re on the verge of something amazing, and I’m glad we’re on this journey together.”

Maria smiled and replied, “I feel the same way, Andrew. Thank you for everything.”

They held hands again and continued their walk, savoring each moment of this quiet, magical evening. Central Park seemed to envelop them in its tranquility and harmony, creating the perfect atmosphere for beginning a new chapter in their lives.

When they finally decided to head back, they walked to the taxi stand. Getting into the car, they headed to Maria’s home. In the taxi, they held hands, silently enjoying the moment of closeness.

When they arrived at Maria’s home, Andrew exited the car and helped her out. He walked her to the door, holding her hand.

“Thank you for this evening, Andrew,” Maria said, smiling. “It was extraordinary.”

“I’m glad you enjoyed it,” Andrew replied. “Good night, Maria. See you tomorrow.”

Maria stood on her tiptoes and kissed him on the cheek.

“Andrew, would you like to come up for a cup of tea?” she asked, slightly embarrassed.

Andrew smiled, “Of course, I’d love to.”

They went up to Maria’s apartment together. Once inside, Maria offered to take his coat and invited him into the cozy living room. She quickly turned on the kettle and brought out a couple of beautiful cups.

“I have some excellent herbal tea,” Maria said. It’s perfect for ending such a wonderful evening.”

Andrew settled on the soft couch, watching Maria bustling in the kitchen. She soon returned with a tray holding cups of hot tea and some cookies.

“Thank you, Maria,” Andrew said, taking a cup. “It’s so cozy here. I’m glad to spend this evening with you.”

They drank tea, discussed the exhibition, and shared their plans, thoughts, and feelings. Time flew by, and soon, it was late.

Andrew looked around the room and noticed a painting on the wall he hadn’t seen before. Upon closer inspection, he realized it was his portrait, done in gentle pastel tones. He was depicted in a thoughtful state, with a slight smile.

“Maria, when did you paint this portrait?” he asked, approaching the painting.

Maria blushed slightly, having completely forgotten about Andrew’s portrait.

“Yes, I painted it after our first meeting at Emma and David’s office.

You made a strong impression on me, and I wanted to capture that moment.”

Andrew was touched. He turned to Maria, looking at her with tenderness, and said, “This is incredible. Thank you. You inspire me every day, too.”

Maria smiled, feeling her heart warm.

“I’m glad you like it. You’re an important part of my life, and I wanted to convey that through art.”

Andrew walked over to her, hugged her, and kissed her. Maria responded to the kiss, feeling their connection grow even more vital.

Andrew decided not to rush things because she was a little shy. He stepped back, smiling awkwardly so as not to offend Maria.

“Thank you for this evening, Maria. I should go.”

“Thank you, Andrew, for everything,” Maria replied, seeing him to the door. “I hope we have many more evenings like this.”

“I hope so, too,” Andrew said, hugging her again before leaving.

Maria watched as Andrew walked away, feeling that this evening marked the beginning of something meaningful and beautiful in their lives. She closed the door with a smile, knowing that many unforgettable moments awaited them together.

Assignment for the Reader:

Memories of the Beginning:

Write about your first significant moment with a loved one. It could be your first meeting, date, or an important event that brought you closer. Describe your feelings and emotions at that moment. How did it affect your relationship?

Portrait of Inspiration:

Draw or describe your loved one in words, focusing on the qualities you admire and inspire you. What makes them unique to you?

Day of Gratitude:

Spend a day dedicated to your loved one. Do something special for them to show your care and gratitude. It could be a dinner, a walk, or a day spent together without distractions.

Collaborative Creativity:

Find time for a joint creative project. It could be a drawing, writing a story, planning, or something else that interests both of you. Such an activity will help strengthen your bond and create new memories.

Conversation about the Future:

Spend an evening discussing your shared dreams and goals. How do you see your future together? What steps can you take to achieve these goals together? This conversation will help you understand each other better and strengthen your relationship.

Chapter 30: "The Beginning of Transformation"

The last day before the start of reconstruction had arrived. The autumn day was overcast and chilly, but the mood among all the participants coming for the meeting was buoyant. Jennifer arrived earlier than everyone else. Her morning task was to review old agreements and ensure everything was ready for the critical meeting before the reconstruction began. She felt a slight nervousness mixed with joy at the upcoming changes. As she shuffled through the papers, Jennifer imagined how the studio would transform and become an ideal place for creativity and inspiration. Her thoughts constantly returned to discussions with the team and dreams of how the new spaces would inspire students to create masterpieces. She knew there was a lot of work ahead, but that only added to her determination and enthusiasm.

Andrew arrived a little later. He joined Jennifer with a cup of hot coffee, reviewing documents and discussing the upcoming tasks. The same anticipation was visible in his eyes. He knew that every step brought them closer to realizing their shared dream.

“How do you think we’ll manage with such much work?” Jennifer asked, her voice full of confidence and slight excitement.

“Definitely,” Andrew replied, smiling. “We have a great team, and we’ve already done tremendous work.”

Soon, Maria and Linda joined them, bringing several boxes with material samples and furniture catalogs. Their energy was contagious, and the discussions quickly turned into lively debates about colors and designs.

“What do you think of these colors for the crafting area?” Maria asked, showing a palette of bright fabrics. There was a note of excitement in her voice.

“Absolutely,” Andrew answered, his smile widening. “I think they will create a cozy atmosphere.”

Energetically flipping through catalogs, Linda added, “I also brought catalogs with options for chairs and shelves. We can discuss them with Alex.”

Jacques arrived last but right on time. He had a busy morning schedule, visiting one of the equipment suppliers for the area where students would work with wood, ceramics, and glass.

“We have a few minutes before we start,” Andrew said, smiling. Let’s quickly review the plan.”

The team gathered around the table, discussing the final details and sharing their expectations for the upcoming reconstruction. There was a lot of work ahead, but also much joy and satisfaction from the creative transformation process.

Steve, the VR and AR technology specialist, also joined the meeting. He was invited to familiarize himself with the final reconstruction plan and ensure that Alex’s engineering plan included provisions for integrating virtual and augmented reality.

“Hello, everyone,” Steve said, entering the studio and settling at one of the tables near the screen.

The studio doors opened at 10:00 a.m., and Alex entered with his team. He greeted everyone, noticing his colleagues’ joyful faces.

“Good morning, everyone! I’m glad to see you here today. We have a lot of work ahead, but I’m confident the result will be worth all the effort,” Alex began with a smile.

He took his place on the projector, already set up for the presentation. The first slide with the studio plan appeared on the screen.

He was just about to start when suddenly the atmosphere in the room changed. The team members felt a subtle presence fill the air. Despite the overcast day and the sun not shining through the clouds, the studio suddenly became filled with a particular light. This light could not go unnoticed. These were angels sent by Archangel Raphael to check on the preparation process. Angels Haniel, Jophiel, and Sahakiel had also arrived to attend the discussion, invisibly guiding and supporting everyone.

Haniel, the angel of joy and harmony, created an atmosphere of understanding and inspiration. He filled the participants’ hearts with enthusiasm and confidence, helping them find the best solutions.

Jophiel, the angel of beauty and art, was responsible for the project’s aesthetic aspects. His invisible presence inspired the team to create beautiful and harmonious spaces, helping them choose colors and materials to create the perfect atmosphere for creativity.

Sahakiel, the angel of nature and inspiration, filled the studio with freshness and creativity. His presence helped the team find new ideas and unconventional solutions, inspiring the creation of unique, eco-friendly spaces.

“Today, I want to share our vision of what the studio will look like after the reconstruction,” Alex began, smiling brightly, suddenly feeling a strange shift in space. “We’ll start by discussing each area and then move on to the work schedule and organizational issues.”

“So, let’s start with the crafting area,” Alex continued, switching the slide. “Here, we’ll use bright, warm tones to create a cozy atmosphere. The walls will be decorated with fabrics and panels depicting traditional crafts worldwide. Long worktables and comfortable chairs will be placed in the center, while shelves with threads, ribbons, and other materials will line the walls.”

Maria nodded in approval. “That sounds wonderful,” she said. “What about the existing furniture?”

“We can keep some of the shelves and a few tables,” Alex replied. “But the chairs need to be replaced with more comfortable ones.”

Jacques added, “We’ll need to install several high-tech sewing machines that sync with students’ tablets and smartphones in the crafting area. This will allow them to save and upload their projects and receive tips and instructions in real-time.”

Jennifer asked, “How many people will be able to work in this area simultaneously?”

“We plan to accommodate up to 15 people here simultaneously for comfortable work,” Alex answered.

Andrew thoughtfully looked at the slide and suggested, “I think we should add hanging systems for storing materials to free up more workspace.”

Linda added, “The main thing is for the space to change depending on the theme and the country’s craft being studied. For example, if we’re studying Japanese crafting techniques, we can decorate the walls with traditional Japanese fabrics and panels and add decor elements like ikebana and calligraphy scrolls.”

Maria said, “Or if we’re studying Mexican crafts, we can use bright fabrics with traditional patterns, ceramics, and paintings in folk art style.”

Alex agreed:

“We can create themed decor sets for each country or continent. These sets will include elements that can be quickly installed and removed to change the environment easily. This will add variety and create an inspiring atmosphere for the students.”

Steve added:

“We can also use projectors and interactive screens to show videos and masterclasses on traditional crafting techniques from different countries. This will help students immerse themselves in the culture and history of each art form.”

Andrew, nodding, added:

“That sounds wonderful. Our students will be thrilled with such diversity and creative opportunities.”

Once the discussion about the crafting area was concluded, Alex, standing by the projector, switched to the next slide, showcasing the central and largest room of the studio. A 3D version of the future space appeared on the screen, captivating everyone with its beauty and thoughtfulness.

“This area will be designed for group classes and large open workshops,” Alex continued.

“Imagine students entering a spacious, bright room,” Alex began, pointing to the screen, “with walls decorated with paintings and decor reflecting the month’s theme. They sit at comfortable tables, enjoying views of interactive backgrounds displaying landscapes from distant countries. During the masterclasses, they work under soft, adjustable lighting while listening to clear sound from a professional audio system. Every corner of this area breathes inspiration and creativity, creating an atmosphere people will want to return to again and again.”

Everyone listened attentively, feeling how this idea came to life in their imaginations.

Maria enthusiastically suggested:

“For this area, we need to ensure maximum flexibility by using the mobile partitions we mentioned earlier to change the space configuration easily. This way, we can create small cozy corners for individual work and then quickly combine the entire space for large masterclasses.”

Andrew added, smiling:

“Yes, and we can use foldable tables and chairs that can be quickly set up or put away depending on the needs. This will allow us to make the most efficient use of the space. Imagine transforming the hall from a lecture room to a creative workshop in just minutes!”

Alex added:

“We will install adjustable lighting that can be set for different events. We will also add a professional sound system to ensure quality sound for all attendees.”

Steve added:

“We will also install large screens and projectors to display presentations and videos in this area. This will be useful for lectures, webinars, and large masterclasses. The masterpieces of world art will come to life on the big screens, and students can see their work on a large scale. Additionally, we will integrate VR and AR technologies into this area so students can immerse themselves in virtual spaces and interact with art objects in new dimensions.”

Maria suggested:

“Let’s also consider changing the decor according to the theme of the events. For example, we can use furniture elements and material samples for interior design masterclasses. Imagine how space transforms monthly, creating a new world for our students.”

Jennifer added:

“We can also use reproductions of famous works and historical artifacts for art history lectures and presentations. This will create an atmosphere that matches the theme of the event.”

Steve proposed:

“We can use projectors to create interactive backgrounds displaying landscapes and scenes from people’s lives in different countries. This will add realism and create a direct immersion for the students.”

Maria summarized:

“So, in this area, we can conduct various types of courses and events, such as:

• Large masterclasses in painting and sculpture
• Lectures and presentations on art history and theory
• Group sessions on fashion and design
• Courses in photography and video production.”

Andrew added:

“We can also use this space for public events and exhibitions to attract new students and interested visitors. Given the size of the room, it can comfortably accommodate up to 30 people at a time.”

Jennifer suggested:

“We could organize regular art fairs and festivals where students and teachers can showcase and sell their work. This would be a great way to draw attention to our studio and inspire more people to get creative.”

Andrew took the floor to sum up:

“Excellent; let’s start planning what sets of decor and technologies we will need for different events and thematic weeks or months. Steve, if you feel that the equipment list is insufficient after today’s discussion, please prepare information on additional equipment. Linda, Jennifer, and Maria will select decor and furniture for each theme.”

Alex, deciding that the discussion about the group activity area was complete, suggested moving on to the remaining zones. Opening the 3D version of the space, he shifted the focus to the painting area. The walls were white in the image, meant to display paintings and other artworks. Easels were placed Along the walls, and long tables for mixing paints and working on large canvases were arranged in the center.

“We will install adjustable lighting that can be set for different sessions. We will also add special LED lamps that can be adjusted for color temperature to create the ideal conditions for working with various paints.”

Linda suggested:

“Let’s also think about changing the decor according to the theme of the classes. For example, for Italian painting courses, we can use reproductions of works by great Italian masters and matching decor elements. Imagine students working surrounded by the works of Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo, inspired by their genius.”

Maria added:

“For example, if we have ‘French Week,’ we can decorate the space with reproductions of works by French artists like Monet and Degas. And if it’s ‘African Month,’ we can use masks, statues, and textiles in an African style.”

“In this area,” Maria continued, “we can hold sessions in watercolor, oil, and acrylic painting, as well as courses in frescoes and mural painting.”

The last area to discuss was the creative workshop zone, and Alex, opening the next slide, shifted everyone’s imagination to the next space.

“Designing this space, I envisioned students entering a spacious room,” Alex began, pointing to the screen, “specifically designed for working with wood, ceramics, and glass. The walls will be decorated with finished work samples and photos of the creation process. Workstations with tools will be placed along the walls, and large tables for collaborative work will be in the center. Every corner of this area will breathe creativity and inspiration, creating an atmosphere people will want to return to again and again. We will also add special lamps with magnifying glasses to work with fine details and carving. Imagine how soft light highlights every detail in their works, creating perfect conditions for creativity.”

Steve added:

“Yes, and we can use augmented reality for interactive masterclasses. Students can see virtual tips and additional elements appearing right at their workstations. This will create a unique learning experience and inspire them with new ideas.”

Linda suggested:

“Let’s also think about changing the decor according to the theme of the sessions. For example, we can use images and samples of traditional wooden items from different countries for wood carving courses. We can use examples of ceramic items and traditional techniques worldwide for ceramics courses. This will create an atmosphere matching the theme of the session.”

Maria, checking the list of future instructors, reported:

“In this area, we can conduct various types of courses and events, such as:

• Masterclasses on various crafting techniques
• Courses on creating complex models and prototypes using 3D printers and digital carving machines
• Lectures and presentations on traditional and modern material techniques.”

Linda added:

“We can also host joint events with craftsmen and artists from different countries to broaden our students’ horizons and create collaboration opportunities.”

After discussing all the key aspects and zones of the studio, Alex switched to the final slide, which presented the overall work plan and timelines.

“Considering the tight deadlines and the risk of not finishing by December 10, we propose dividing the studio into zones for active work and classes. Once one part of the studio is finished, we can move to another, separating work and class areas with plastic sheeting. Work will be conducted from 8 AM to 3 PM. Then Maria, Linda, and Jennifer can handle administrative tasks, and from 5 to 7 PM, you will have the opportunity to conduct classes with combined groups.”

“That sounds reasonable,” Andrew said. “I think we can offer compensation to those who find it inconvenient to attend classes in the evening and a month with a 50% discount after the reconstruction is completed.”

Everyone agreed.

“Let’s implement all this. Tomorrow at 8 AM, we’ll start the work, and I’m confident we’ll meet the challenge. The students will be thrilled with the renovated studio,” Andrew said.

Jennifer, Linda, and Maria decided to discuss the decor details with Alex and distribute the responsibilities for its implementation.

“We need to go over the decor elements again,” Jennifer began, unfolding her notes. We must ensure everything is ready on time.”

Alex agreed:

“Of course, let’s discuss it. We need to contact the suppliers and confirm the delivery timelines for all materials.”

Linda suggested:

“I can handle ordering fabrics and furniture for the crafting area. I have contacts with reliable suppliers.”

Maria added:

“I will organize the supply of decorative elements and equipment for the painting area. I already have preliminary agreements with some of them.”

Jennifer took the floor:

“I will contact the suppliers for the creative workshop area. We must ensure all materials are delivered on time, and let’s not forget about the Christmas decorations. The reconstruction will finish two weeks before Christmas, and we must decorate the studio for the holidays. The decorations will add a festive touch to the grand reopening of the studio.”

Andrew summed up:

“Excellent, everyone knows their task. The installation of technological equipment is scheduled for December 2. Steve, how is the preparation going?”

Steve confidently replied:

“We’ll be on time. All preparatory work, including server installation, cable laying, and other necessary elements, will be completed during the reconstruction. When the time comes for equipment installation, everything will be ready.”

Maria, smiling, added:

“We have a lot of work ahead, but I know we can handle it. Let’s start this journey with a positive attitude and energy.”

Andrew, raising his coffee cup in a toast, said:

“To a successful start and a brilliant future for Artelania!”

All the meeting participants raised their cups and glasses, feeling the tension and excitement give way to inspiration and joy about the upcoming changes.

Alex concluded the meeting with these words:

“Great. Let’s meet tomorrow morning and start transforming the studio. Thank you all for your participation and enthusiasm. I’m confident the result will exceed all our expectations.”

Angels Haniel, Jophiel, and Sahakiel, invisible but palpably present, exchanged approving glances and set off to report to Archangel Raphael, satisfied with how the studio’s preparation was progressing. Their support had helped achieve significant progress.

Assignment for the Reader:

After reading this chapter, we invite you to feel like part of the studio transformation team. Imagine you are also a participant in this inspiring project. Here is your assignment:

Imagine Your Ideal Creative Studio: Draw or describe what it would look like. What colors, materials, and decor elements would you use? How would you organize the space for various types of creativity?

Describe Three Zones of Your Studio: What activities will occur in each zone? How will you make them comfortable and inspiring for students?

Use Your Imagination: Imagine that angels of inspiration are also present in your studio. How will their invisible presence affect the atmosphere and work of the studio? Draw or describe how you would express this.

Chapter 31: "The Grand Opening"

The day was beautiful. Snow-white flakes gently fell from the sky, covering the city with a fluffy blanket. Like precious ornaments, trees adorned with snow stood in solemn silence. The town awoke slowly, with the light hum of cars carefully passing through the snowy drifts. The windows of cafes and shops began to light up, inviting people to warm up with hot coffee. The frosty air was filled with purity and freshness, and the sounds of the city, muffled by the white cover, created an atmosphere of tranquility and peace. Everything seemed to hold its breath, preparing for the grand opening of “Artelania.”

The final preparations were in full swing in the studio’s halls. Decorators carefully placed Christmas decorations, and artists perfected their installations. The staff checked technical equipment to ensure everything went flawlessly: sound, lighting, and projectors for video demonstrations. Every detail mattered.

Numerous invitations were sent out the day before the opening. Special attention was given to media representatives and well-known figures in the art world. Andrew and Maria visited David and Emma, the psychologists who significantly contributed to making this event possible, and handed them invitations. The invitations were elegant cards with gold embossing, symbolizing luxury and attention to detail. Each invitation included a booklet with the evening’s program and a brief description of “Artelania’s” mission.

Since early morning, everyone has been on their feet. Maria and Linda meticulously checked every corner of the studio to ensure everything was ready. Jennifer took care of the final preparations for the festive event, while Andrew coordinated the work of volunteers and staff to ensure everything went according to plan.

“Do you think we’ve managed to get everything done?” Linda asked, carefully inspecting the group activity area.

“I’m sure it will be perfect,” Maria replied, smiling. “We’ve put our hearts into this place, and I think everyone who comes today will notice that.”

Having finished the January schedule, Jennifer displayed it on the monitor at the entrance so that incoming guests and students could see the plan for the upcoming month. The month was decided to be dedicated to unique New Year traditions worldwide. The schedule included painting and calligraphy classes where students could create artworks inspired by Japanese, Mexican, and Filipino traditions; ceramics and sculpture lessons teaching techniques for making New Year decorations and sculptures typical of Germany, Norway, Greece, and Iceland; crafting and textile classes involving the creation of unique decorations and textiles following the traditions of Ukraine, the Philippines, Spain, and Italy; and photography and video masterclasses where techniques for capturing festive moments and creating themed New Year videos would be studied. This schedule promised a rich and inspiring month, allowing students to develop their creative skills and explore the cultural diversity of New Year traditions.

Jacques was responsible for the technical part of the event. With Steve, he checked the equipment, overseeing the sound and lighting systems to ensure everything worked flawlessly. Jacques also coordinated with media representatives, helping them set up and prepare for event coverage.

The studio’s main entrance welcomed guests with majestic fir trees lavishly decorated with shimmering garlands. Gold and silver balls, elegant ribbons, and angel figurines added a sense of grandeur and magic. The studio walls were adorned with festive wreaths with ribbons and gold ornaments, while the windows were decorated with snowflakes and winter patterns created by skilled artists.

The areas for masterclasses were also decorated in a Christmas style. On the tables were miniature Christmas trees with small ornaments and ribbons, and in the interactive zones, guests were greeted by Christmas-themed installations – scenes with Santa, reindeer, and snowy landscapes, creating a fairy tale atmosphere.

Wooden sleds, baskets with fir branches, and candles were placed in various corners of the studio, adding authenticity and coziness. Several special photo zones with Christmas decorations allow guests to take memorable photos, leaving warm memories of a magical evening.

When the final preparations were completed, the team gathered at the entrance, ready to welcome the first guests. They exchanged smiles and encouraging looks, feeling the tension and excitement giving way to joyful anticipation.

“Let’s make this day unforgettable,” Andrew said.

Everyone took their positions, ready for the grand opening to begin.

Maria, looking at the studio, recalled the entire journey they had taken with a fluttering heart. She saw how every detail and every effort put into this place had come to life. Linda, standing next to her, felt the same pride and joy. They both knew this place would become a true home for creativity and inspiration for many people.

Journalists interviewed arriving guests, capturing their impressions and expectations. Smiling excitedly into the cameras, the invitees shared their thoughts on the importance of art in their lives and what they hoped to find in “Artelania.”

When the clock struck the start time, the studio doors swung open, welcoming guests into its cozy, warm interior. The opening of the “Artelania” studio promised to be an event that would remain in the memory of all attendees for a long time, giving them unique moments of joy and inspiration.

The instructors selected by Maria and Linda, students, friends, and partners of the team, as well as local media representatives and art figures, gathered to see the new space and congratulate the team on completing the project.

Andrew stepped onto a small stage set up in the central area of the studio and took the microphone:

“Welcome, everyone,” he began with a sincere smile, his voice touching the guests’ hearts, filling the hall with warmth. “We are delighted to see you here today at the grand opening of our renovated studio. This project has been more than work for us; it has been the realization of a dream, and we are grateful that you are sharing this moment with us.”

“Artelania” is more than just a studio. It is a place where people can discover new horizons, find inspiration, and become part of a unique creative community. Today, we begin a new chapter in the history of our project. This chapter is dedicated to you, our dear friends and partners, who believed in and supported us at every stage. Without your participation and support, we would not have achieved these heights. Your ideas, work, inspiration – all of this has helped us create a space where everyone can find something of their own.

We want to extend our special thanks to those who made invaluable contributions to these transformations. David and Emma, your advice and professionalism have been invaluable. Thank you also to Steve, Alex, our designers and artists, and everyone who helped us along the way.

Today, we open the doors to a future filled with new opportunities and ideas. This studio is the first step on our journey. We hope that fate will be kind to us. Next year, the “Artelania” studio, led by Jacques and Linda, will open in Nice. In the future, we plan to open studios across America and other countries worldwide.

We see our mission in uniting people through creativity and art, and this historic moment of opening the first studio in New York marks the beginning of a great movement. The grand unification of people and cultures will begin in New York, inspiring new achievements and discoveries.

We invite you to join us on this journey, share your thoughts and creations, and, together with us, create a world filled with art and inspiration. To Artelania!” he concluded, raising his glass. The hall filled with applause and smiles, reflecting the collective excitement and joy.

Maria and Linda joined Andrew, their faces glowing with excitement and pride. Maria took the microphone, her eyes glistening with unshed tears:

“I want to thank everyone who has been with us on this journey. Your support and belief in us made this possible. Today, we stand here because of each of you who believed in our dream and helped us bring it to life. This studio is our shared home, where everyone can find something special, explore new horizons, and create something beautiful. We hope masterpieces, friendships, ideas, and dreams will be born here.”

Linda, barely holding back her emotions, continued:

“We have poured our hearts into this project, and every corner of the studio is filled with love and care. You can feel the warmth of our hearts and the energy of our efforts in every detail. We eagerly await the opportunity to see creative ideas coming to life here. Let this studio be where dreams become reality, and every day brings joy and inspiration.”

Applause filled the hall, and the guests’ faces shone with joy as they shared this magical moment with the creators of “Artelania.”

The next speaker was the famous artist Alice Kingston, who is known for her unique installations and contributions to contemporary art. She had been specially invited to honor the studio’s opening with her presence. As she stepped onto the stage, her face radiated joy and admiration.

“It is a great honor to be here today,” Alice began.

“This place will become a source of inspiration for many, and I am delighted to be part of this event.”

Alice paused momentarily to take in the room filled with beaming faces.

“Art has always been and will always be a means of uniting people. It knows no boundaries, languages, or cultural barriers. We can express our deepest emotions, thoughts, and dreams through art. ‘Artelania’ is not just a studio; it is a place where everyone can find inspiration and share it with the world.”

Her voice was confident and warm:

“In this place, you can create, experiment, and express yourself. There are no limits to your creativity here. I urge you not to be afraid to try new things, explore the unknown, and find beauty in the most unexpected places. Art is a path to self-discovery and understanding the world around us.”

She smiled, feeling the support and understanding in the eyes of the audience.

“Let ‘Artelania’ be where every piece of your work – whether a painting, sculpture or any other creation – serves as a reminder of your uniqueness and talent. We are all here to support each other and inspire new achievements.”

Alice raised her hand, inviting everyone to share her enthusiasm:

“Let us together create a world filled with art and creativity. May every work created within these walls be a light that brightens our lives and the lives of those who have yet to encounter your creations. Thank you for being here, for your passion for art and your desire for self-expression.”

Applause echoed through the hall, filled with enthusiasm and inspiration. Alice Kingston’s words resonated in the hearts of all present, adding even more magic and wonder to this unforgettable evening.

After Alice Kingston’s inspiring speech, the lights in the hall dimmed, and guests’ attention shifted to the large screens set up around the room’s perimeter. A video presentation began, telling the story of the “Artelania” studio’s reconstruction.

The footage starts from the early days of reconstruction: empty walls and bare floors gradually transformed into a modern, stylish, and inspiring space. Viewers can see how the team of architects and designers worked on every corner of the studio, bringing their energy and creativity to it.

At the beginning of the video, Maria and Linda appeared with sincere smiles and dreamy looks. Their voices narrated the start of the journey and how they believed in the project from the beginning.

Scenes followed where studio staff, architects, and designers discussed their ideas, shared opinions, and made decisions. Jacques and Jennifer were shown actively participating in discussions and offering their unique ideas. Andrew helped coordinate the team’s work; his calmness and confidence strengthened everyone.

Then the video shifted to lighter and funnier moments: someone accidentally knocking over a paint can, followed by everyone laughing and cleaning up together, or the team having impromptu dance sessions and singing songs during breaks. These clips filled the viewers with joy and created a sense of unity and fun.

One of the most touching moments was an interview with one of the workers, John, who shared how being part of this project changed his life:

“This project gave me a job and the opportunity to feel part of something great. Seeing how everything transforms, and every detail falls into place is incredible. I’m proud to have been part of this team.”

His words were full of sincerity and gratitude, bringing tears to his eyes and touching everyone present.

An interview with Jacques followed, where he talked about his vision for the studio in Nice:

” Artelania’ will become a place where art lives and breathes. We have already started preparing for the studio opening in Nice, and I look forward to inviting all of you to this beautiful place.”

Inspired by future projects, Jennifer added:

“Each of us has put a part of our soul into this studio. I am sure ‘Artelania’ will become a place for creativity and a center for uniting people worldwide.”

The video culminated with sequences showing the completed studio rooms decorated Christmas with trees, twinkling lights, and festive wreaths. The camera slowly panned over each room, capturing attention to detail and showcasing the incredible beauty of every corner.

The video ended with Maria’s words: “Welcome to ‘Artelania,’ your new home for creativity and inspiration.”

When the video finished, the lights in the hall came back on. The guests applauded, feeling part of this fantastic process.

Maria, Linda, Andrew, Jacques, and Jennifer took the stage, their faces shining with excitement and pride. Maria and Linda held scissors, ready for the ceremonial moment.

Before cutting the red ribbon, Andrew spoke solemnly:

“Friends, may ‘Artelania’ become a place where dreams are born and take flight. Welcome to a new era of creativity!”

With these words, he, Maria, Linda, Jacques, and Jennifer cut the ribbon, marking the beginning of a new journey for the “Artelania” studio.

The hall erupted in applause, and confetti burst into the air, filling the space with sparkles. The guests joyfully celebrated the start of a new era for “Artelania,” ready for discoveries and inspiration in this magical place.

Servers in elegant uniforms began serving glasses of champagne, inviting guests to toast the successful opening. The clinking of glasses filled with bubbly mingled with lively conversations and laughter, creating an atmosphere of celebration and unity. On silver trays were exquisite appetizers: miniature canapés, fresh oysters, various cheeses and fruits, and delicate desserts. Guests savored the flavors and shared their impressions of the evening.

The hall’s walls shimmered with colorful lights, creating a magical atmosphere. Guests, dressed in their finest attire, moved around the room, discussing what they had seen and sharing their emotions. A string quartet took the stage, and the hall was filled with the sounds of exquisite music. Violins, a cello, and a viola blended into harmonious melodies, adding elegance and grace to the evening.

Maria, Linda, Andrew, Jacques, and Jennifer were at the center of attention, joyfully receiving congratulations and sharing their plans. Happy faces, genuine smiles, and laughter filled the hall, creating a unique sense of community and joy.

Alice Kingston interviewed media representatives, discussing the significance of “Artelania” for contemporary art and her impressions of the evening. Next to her stood Jacques and Linda, discussing upcoming projects and sharing their expectations for the new studio in Nice.

Towards the end of the evening, Maria and Linda retook the stage to thank everyone for their support and presence:

“This evening has been unforgettable, thanks to each of you. Thank you for sharing this important moment with us. May ‘Artelania’ be your guiding star, always illuminating the path to creativity and inspiration.”

Finishing their words, they raised their glasses, inviting everyone to join the toast. The clinking of glasses again filled the hall, and applause accompanied this touching moment.

The string quartet played the final melody. The evening was ending, but the festive and joyful atmosphere warmed the hearts of all present. Inspired by what they had seen and experienced, guests shared impressions, exchanged contacts, and made plans.

The opening of the “Artelania” studio became a symbol of a new era for all those who strive for creativity and self-expression. It is a place to learn and create and a proper home for all who seek inspiration and support on their artistic journey. Every corner of the studio, every piece of art displayed on the walls, breathed the love and care that went into their creation.

Guests left the evening with warm memories of becoming part of something grand and significant. “Artelania” opened its doors to the world, inviting everyone to find their inspiration here and share it with others. May this studio be a guiding star for all, illuminating the path to new creative and bright accomplishments. Inspired by the evening’s atmosphere, guests left confident that discoveries and creative victories lay ahead, and “Artelania” would always support them on their journey.

Assignment for the Reader:

I want to remind you that every ending is always the beginning of something new. Our heroes’ journey to the studio’s opening was filled with challenges and joys, and now, as the doors of “Artelania” open, they begin a new chapter.

We invite you to create your tradition to symbolize new beginnings and hopes.

Assignment Description:

Every new tradition symbolizes the values, dreams, and aspirations that are important to you. It can be a tradition related to any significant event in your life or your family’s life, from celebrating a birthday to an annual trip.

What to Do:

Invent and Describe Your New Tradition: What will this tradition be? How will it be conducted? Why is it important to you? Describe it in a way that will inspire others. Consider how this tradition can help you and your loved ones create memorable moments and memories.

Create a Visual Representation: Draw, photograph, or make a collage illustrating your new tradition. This can be anything – from decorations and dishes to special rituals and events.

Creating a new tradition is a way to realize and rethink your values and goals. It is an opportunity for self-expression and strengthening bonds with loved ones. Your new tradition is not just a routine but a gateway to a treasure trove of new memories. It will help you and your loved ones create moments that will be cherished for years to come, strengthening family ties and enriching your lives.

Chapter 32: "Farewell and a New Path"

Maria woke up early in the morning, even before dawn. She couldn’t sleep. Thoughts about the upcoming day, about saying goodbye to Linda and Jacques, kept her restless. She lay in bed, listening to the raid window and tapping on the window, and felt a growing sadness in her heart. Knowing she couldn’t fall back asleep, Maria got up, threw on a warm robe, and headed to the living room. After making herself a cup of coffee, she sat on the couch by the window, sighing as she rested her head on her hand, sadly watching the city wake up. Outside, a light rain was turning the remnants of snow into muddy puddles. Pedestrians, slightly hunched, hurried under umbrellas, cars moved slowly through the wet streets, and the whole world outside looked like a painting drawn in dull, muted tones, where every raindrop sounded like a sorrowful note in a grand symphony of sadness.

Maria, shivering slightly, wrapped her hands around the warm coffee cup, enjoying its heat. Memories of the past days filled with joy and pride from the opening of “Artelania” floated through her mind. But along with these feelings, a sadness had settled in her heart from the upcoming farewell to Linda and Jacques.

“We’re parting ways, but we’re united by our common cause, friendship, and dreams of a bright future,” Maria thought, looking at the people hurrying along the wet streets. “The Mediterranean, with its mysteries and inspiration, will become the new stage for their adventures and discoveries.”

“This isn’t a goodbye,” Maria said softly aloud, smiling. “It’s the beginning of a new journey.”

Two days after the grand opening of the “Artelania” studio, the team gathered to summarize and outline the next steps. Linda, Jacques, Maria, Andrew, and Jennifer met in the studio’s main hall, where traces of the recent celebration could still be seen here and there.

Andrew took the floor, addressing those gathered, “Dear friends! Today, we proudly conclude our hard work and begin a new, exciting chapter in the history of ‘Artelania.’ Congratulations to all of us on this important milestone. On January 2nd, our studio will open its doors and start full-scale operations in the new format with new teachers and students. We have created a unique space for creativity and inspiration, and I am confident this place will become a source of new ideas and achievements for all of us. From the bottom of my heart, I congratulate you on this beginning and wish you all success on this path. May each day bring discoveries and the joy of creativity. Thank you for your patience, dedication, and enthusiasm. Onward to new heights!”

Jennifer said, “Social media is buzzing with discussions about the ‘Artelania’ opening, and my inbox is overflowing with class requests. Moreover, we have received resumes from several teachers who seem very promising. This is just the beginning, and I am confident we have a bright future ahead!”

“I still can’t believe we did it,” Maria said, looking at the team. “The opening was just magnificent. But we need to discuss what comes next.”

Andrew nodded, his face expressing focus. “Yes, it was a real success,” he added. “But we have new challenges and tasks ahead.”

Jacques, filled with enthusiasm, took the floor. “We have already outlined the plan for reconstructing the facility in Nice. Everything looks promising, and we hope to start at the beginning of February. We will have a lot of work, but we will manage. Linda and I have already placed an ad and started looking for staff to help us on-site.”

Linda nodded, her eyes sparkling with excitement. “I also want to thank all of you for your support. I know this is not a goodbye but the start of a new phase. We will see each other often, and I am sure great things await us.”

Jennifer, always calm and thoughtful, smiled. “Linda, Jacques, you have done an enormous amount of work. We will miss you, but we know you are doing something important. And you can always count on us here in New York.”

Maria added, feeling a light sadness but also hope, “We will always be connected despite the distance. ‘Artelania’ ties us all together. We must consider how we will stay in touch and coordinate our work remotely.”

Andrew supported her. “Let’s continue our work with the same passion and inspiration. Our mission is to bring art and inspiration to people, and this is just the beginning. We can organize regular video conferences and share news and ideas through our common online portal.”

Linda sighed, feeling a mix of excitement and sadness in her heart. “I agree,” she said. “We need to stay connected and support each other. Nice will be a new opportunity for us, and I am confident we will succeed.”

Seeing her emotions, Jacques hugged Linda and added, “We are doing all this together. We are a team. And distance will not change that.”

“We need to meet after January 10th to discuss the initial tasks,” Andrew said, checking his phone’s calendar.

“Of course, we will stay in touch,” Linda replied warmly.

“Well, it’s time to get back to reality,” Maria said, rising from her seat. “We all have a lot to do before your departure.”

Linda and Jacques nodded, understanding that the last days in New York would be filled with hustle and bustle before their departure. They said their goodbyes to the team, exchanged hugs and warm words and then went home to continue packing.

Linda and Jacques’ apartment was filled with boxes and suitcases. The things they had collected over the years were neatly stacked, ready to be sent to a new life. Linda sat on the edge of the bed and looked around, trying to grasp that these were their last days in this cozy place.

Jacques approached her, his face showing a mixture of tiredness and excitement. “This is happening, isn’t it?” Linda asked softly, looking at him.

“Yes, it is,” Jacques replied, sitting beside her. “We are on the brink of a new chapter.”

Linda sighed and stood up, carefully packing the remaining books into a box. “I still can’t believe I’m leaving,” she said. “New York has been home to us. There are so many memories here.”

“We will create new memories, Linda,” Jacques said. “Nice will become our new home. And ‘Artelania’ will continue to live and grow.”

Linda nodded, trying to cope with her emotions. She took out an old photo album from a drawer and opened it. The pages were filled with photographs of their joint travels, events, and simple moments they spent together.

“Jacques, look,” she said, showing him one of the photographs. “This was our first joint project. We didn’t know back then that it would turn into something so grand.”

Jacques smiled, looking at the picture. “That was just the starting point,” he said. “There is much more ahead of us.”

They continued packing, each item evoking new memories and emotions. During one of their trips, Linda found an old jewelry box they bought at a flea market. She opened it and found small souvenirs and notes they had written to each other during the first months of their time together.

“Remember this?” Linda asked, showing Jacques one of the notes. You wrote it on my first birthday, which we celebrated together.”

Jacques took the note and read it aloud, smiling at the memories. “You make my life brighter every day,” he read, looking up at Linda. “It still holds.”

Linda smiled, her eyes welling with tears. “These things remind me of everything we’ve been through together.”

Jacques moved closer and embraced her, feeling the same mix of joy and sadness. They continued packing, filling the boxes with books, photos, dishes, and other items that had been part of their everyday lives. Linda carefully packed her paints and brushes, hoping they would inspire her to new creative heights in Nice.

As they finished the work, Linda paused and looked at Jacques. “I know this is the right move,” she said, “but I’m still scared.”

Linda pressed herself against Jacques, feeling his warmth and support. She knew new challenges awaited them but also new joys. And the most important thing was that they were together, ready for any changes and trials.

The apartment, their cozy home until recently, suddenly felt empty, as if anticipation and excitement for the new life had pushed out the usual warmth and comfort. Boxes with their favorite books stood in the corner, alongside packages with kitchenware and decorative items that had made their home cozy. On the kitchen table lay the last little things to be gathered—keys, documents, planners.

Linda walked to the window and looked at the city that had become their home. “I will miss this place,” she said softly.

Jacques approached and stood beside her, holding her hand. “We will return here,” he said. “New York will always be a part of our story.”

In her cozy workshop, Maria sat at a large wooden table, surrounded by photos, paper, and various decorative elements. On the table were scissors, glue, ribbons, and small ornaments she planned to use to create a memory album. Maria picked up one of the photos showing her and Linda smiling against the backdrop of the recently opened “Artelania” studio.

“This has to be special,” she said quietly, attaching the photo to the album’s first page. “We’ve been through so much together.”

Every page of the album was carefully planned. Maria selected photos that reflected critical moments of their collaboration and friendship. She sorted through the pictures, carefully laying them before her, choosing the most significant and memorable ones.

Maria decided to start with the first page, placing photos from the early days of their collaboration. She took a picture of them both, full of enthusiasm and hope, discussing their plans over coffee. Maria carefully glued it to the top corner of the page and added a small note beside it: “First day. The beginning of a great journey.”

On the next page, she placed photos from the first studio opening. The guests’ smiles and excitement were captured when cutting the red ribbon. The following page was dedicated to their joint trips.

“That was an amazing time,” Maria reflected, looking at the photos. “We saw and learned so much together.”

Maria remembered how they traveled together to various cities, drawing inspiration from the art and culture of different countries. She took several photos from their trip to Paris and carefully attached them to the next page. She also added a small postcard with an image of the Eiffel Tower and the caption: “Paris – the city of inspiration.”

She added small stickers with place names and dates to the collage so Linda could easily recall each trip. Maria created a collage of photos from their first workshops on the next page. She selected pictures of smiling students, their first works, and moments when Linda and Maria demonstrated their techniques. Maria added small comments and drawings to this page to create a sense of a living memory.

Maria carefully chose materials, adding decorative elements and small details that made the album special. She used bright ribbons to separate different sections and added glitter to create a magical effect.

When the album was almost complete, Maria paused and looked at her work. Every page was filled with love and warmth, reflecting their shared moments. She took the last page and added a special message for Linda.

“Dear Linda,” Maria wrote with a fountain pen, “this album symbolizes our friendship and shared moments. May it always remind you how much we have achieved together and the great things that await us. With love, Maria.”

She carefully closed the album and tied it with a beautiful ribbon, adding a small flower to symbolize their shared love for art and beauty. Maria took a deep breath, feeling her heart fill with warmth and sadness from the upcoming parting.

Feeling slightly sad, Maria cleaned her workspace and began preparing to meet Linda. A farewell awaited them, and she couldn’t help but feel the bittersweetness of the moment. But she knew this album would always symbolize their friendship and shared accomplishments.

In their now-unholy apartment, Linda stood by the window, thinking about expressing her gratitude and love for Maria. They had been through so much together, and Linda wanted to give her something that would always remind her of their friendship. She decided to give Maria a unique gift that symbolized their unbreakable bond.

Linda remembered a small jewelry store they had once visited together. That day, they laughed a lot, choosing jewelry for each other, and Linda remembered a pendant that had seemed especially beautiful to her. She quickly put on her coat and went outside, heading to that store.

When Linda entered the store, a wave of nostalgia washed over her. The familiar scent of polished wood and the soft tinkling of the bell on the door brought back a flood of memories. Many familiar things were around, and she felt the warmth of memories. The old friendly man, Mario, the store owner, recognized her immediately.

“Linda, it’s so nice to see you,” he said with a smile. “How can I help you?”

“Hello, Mario,” Linda replied. I’m looking for a unique gift for my friend. I’m moving and want her always to remember our friendship.”

Mario thought momentarily, then led her to a display case with pendants. He showed her several of them, but Linda’s eyes immediately fell on the same pendant she had noticed last time. It was a delicate silver pendant, intricately crafted into intertwining curls, creating a sense of lightness and grace. In the center of the pendant, a deep blue sapphire sparkled, and the jewelry was surrounded by small diamonds that gave it a unique shine and sophistication. The pendant hung on a delicate silver chain, perfectly complementing its elegance and making it an actual work of art. This pendant, Linda knew, would be the perfect symbol of their unbreakable bond.

“This is exactly what I need,” Linda said, her eyes glowing joyfully. “I want it engraved with ‘For Maria, with love, Linda.’”

Mario smiled and nodded. “Excellent choice, Linda. I will do the engraving and wrap it beautifully. Please wait a moment.”

While Mario worked on the pendant, Linda walked around the store, looking at the jewelry and recalling all the moments she had shared with Maria. Her heart filled with warmth and gratitude for this friendship.

After a while, Mario returned with the pendant, neatly packed in a small box with a beautiful ribbon. “Here you go, Linda,” he said, handing her the box. “I hope this gift brings joy to your friend.”

Linda took the box and felt her heart overflow with emotions. “Thank you, Mario. This pendant will mean so much to her.”

She returned home, holding the box with the pendant. Linda knew this gift would mean a lot to Maria. She sat at the table and wrote a small note to place in the box:

“Dear Maria, this pendant symbolizes our strong friendship and unforgettable moments. May it always remind you of our journey together and that we will remain best friends despite the distance. With love, Linda.”

Linda carefully closed the box and tied it with a ribbon, feeling her heart fill with warmth and gratitude.

Linda left the apartment and headed to the park where they had agreed to meet. Walking along the sidewalk, she felt both sadness and joy. The past days had been full of emotions, and she wanted to spend time with Maria, enjoying the moments they still had left.

When Linda approached the park, she saw Maria standing at the entrance, warming her hands in her coat pockets.

“Hi, Linda,” she said, hugging her. “How are you?”

“Hi, Maria,” Linda replied, smiling back. “I’m fine. How are you?”

“I’m good,” Maria sighed and looked around. “Let’s take a walk.”

They strolled along the park paths, enjoying the fresh winter air and the tranquility.

“I’m so glad we can spend this time together,” Linda said, looking at Maria. “These last days have been so intense.”

“Yes, I am too,” Maria replied. “We’ve been through so much together. And although I’ll miss you, I know great things await us.”

After walking a bit longer and feeling slightly chilled, they headed to one of their favorite cafes to warm up with hot chocolate. Once inside the cozy warmth of the cafe, Linda presented her gift to Maria.

“This is such a beautiful pendant, Linda!” Maria exclaimed, her eyes sparkling with delight. “It will always remind me of our friendship.”

“I’m so glad you like it,” Linda smiled. “I thought long and hard about what could best represent our bond.”

Deeply touched, Maria pulled an album from her backpack and handed it to Linda.

“And this is for you. It’s a collection of all our best moments. I hope it brings you as much joy as it did for me while making it,” Maria said, a bit shy.

Linda opened the album, and her eyes filled with tears of happiness.

“Maria, this is incredible!” she exclaimed. “You’ve put so much heart and love into this. I’m so happy we have these memories.”

At almost five in the evening, the friends walked into “Artelania.”

“Good evening,” Linda began, smiling at the students. “I’m happy to see all of you here today.”

The students greeted her with warm applause, and Linda felt her heart swell with gratitude and love for these people with whom she had shared her knowledge and inspiration.

“Today is our last lesson,” she continued, trying to hold back her emotions. “But this is not a farewell. I want you to know that you have become a student and a friend to me.”

Linda approached the easel and explained the technique they would study in this lesson. Her voice was full of enthusiasm despite the sadness of the impending separation. The students listened attentively and followed her instructions, trying to remember every word.

Sitting in the corner of the room, Maria watched Linda with pride and a hint of sadness. She saw how Linda inspired her students by sharing her knowledge and experience. Maria knew this last lesson would be particular for everyone present.

Throughout the lesson, Linda approached each student, helping them, giving advice, and supporting them. Her hands moved confidently and gracefully, and the students absorbed every word, feeling they were becoming part of something greater.

When the lesson ended, Linda stood before the students, her eyes glistening with tears.

“Thank you all for everything,” she said, trembling. “You have become a part of my life, and I will miss each of you. But I am sure great achievements lie ahead for you.”

The students surrounded Linda, hugged her, and expressed their gratitude. Maria joined them, sharing in the collective embrace.

After the lesson, the friends went to a farewell dinner at a restaurant where Jacques and Andrew were already waiting for them.

Once everyone was seated, Andrew raised a glass of champagne.

“To our future and to what we have achieved together,” he said, looking at his friends. “May bright days and new successes lie ahead.”

“To us,” Maria echoed, raising her glass.

They drank, feeling the warmth spread through their bodies. The restaurant’s atmosphere was relaxing, and they began reminiscing about the fun moments they had shared.

“Do you remember when we first discussed the idea of ‘Artelania’?” Linda smiled, looking at Maria.

“Yes, and we had no idea how much things would change,” Maria replied.

“But look at what we’ve accomplished. It’s simply incredible.”

Andrew added, “And this is just the beginning. I’m sure ‘Artelania’ will continue to grow and inspire people worldwide.”

The evening continued, and they enjoyed delicious dishes while discussing their plans. Linda and Jacques shared their expectations for opening the new studio in Nice, while Maria and Andrew discussed their ideas for further developing ‘Artelania’ in New York.

Linda stood up as the dinner drew close and looked at her friends.

“I want to thank you all for everything,” she began, her eyes filling with tears. “You have become family to me, and I will miss each of you. But I know this is not goodbye. We will see each other often and continue to work together despite the distance.”

“We’ll always be here,” Andrew said, hugging Linda. “And you can always count on us.”

After the farewell dinner, Linda and Jacques returned home to continue packing. The logistics service was scheduled to arrive the following day to ship their belongings to Nice, and the pivotal moment came when they had to say goodbye to their home and start a new chapter in their lives. The late evening passed in quiet work and conversations about the future, and finally, the morning arrived.

The doorbell rang, signaling the start of the new phase. Linda opened the door and saw two smiling logistics employees ready to work.

“Good morning,” one said, pulling a tablet from his pocket. “We’re here to pick up your belongings for shipment to Nice.”

“Good morning,” Linda replied, stepping aside to let them in. “Please come in.”

The employees began carefully moving boxes and suitcases, checking Jacques’s earlier list. They worked quickly and efficiently, demonstrating professionalism.

Jacques oversaw the process, helping where necessary.

“This is the last of our suitcases,” he said, handing it to one of the employees. “Please make sure it travels with the rest of our things.”

“Of course,” the employee replied, carefully placing the suitcase on the cart. “We’ll take care of everything.”

Meanwhile, Linda walked through the now-empty rooms. The apartment that had been their home and the site of so many happy memories now felt strangely vacant.

She approached the window and looked out at the street. Below, life continued as usual, with people hurrying about their business, unaware of the changes in her life.

“Everything’s ready, Linda,” Jacques said, coming up behind her and wrapping his arms around her shoulders. “We did it.”

“Yes,” she replied, smiling through her tears. “A new journey truly begins now.”

The logistics staff finished their work and came over to say goodbye.

“Everything is ready for shipping,” one of them said. “We’ll make sure your belongings arrive safe and sound.”

“Thank you very much,” Jacques replied, shaking their hands. “You did an excellent job.”

After the staff left, Linda and Jacques stood in the empty apartment, looking around.

“This was our home,” Linda said softly. “There are so many memories here.”

“Yes,” Jacques agreed, taking her hand. “And now, new adventures await us.”

They closed the door behind them and went downstairs, where a taxi was waiting to take them to the airport. Their hearts were filled with hope and anticipation for the future. Andrew and Maria had decided to see them off to give their support and say one last goodbye before the long journey.

“Good luck to both of you,” Andrew said.

“We’ll miss you, but we know you’re doing something important.”

“Thank you, Andrew,” Jacques said, feeling the support of his friend. “We’ll keep in touch and meet again soon.”

After checking in for their flight, they still had some time before boarding and decided to spend it together in a cozy airport café. They talked, joked, and reminisced about the best moments they had shared. Time flew by quickly, and soon, it was time to board their flight.

At that moment, Jacques’s phone rang. It was the realtor handling their lease agreement. Jacques quickly answered, hoping the conversation wouldn’t take long.

“Hello?” Jacques said, pressing the phone to his ear.

The connection was precarious, with intermittent sounds and noises.

“Jacques, it’s Pierre, the realtor. We’ve encountered unforeseen issues with the lease agreement,” came through the phone with interference.

“What? What kind of issues?” Jacques tensed, trying to hear.

“…signature… wrong document… need to discuss urgently…” the realtor’s voice was interrupted and lost in static.

Jacques tried to stay calm and not show that something was wrong. He nodded, made a few short notes in his notebook, and quickly ended the call, promising to resolve the problem upon arrival.

Linda noticed his face darken momentarily, but Jacques quickly regained his usual calm.

“Is everything alright?” she asked, a bit worried.

“No, no, everything’s fine,” Jacques hurried to reassure her, trying to smile. “I’m just a bit nervous before the flight. Nothing serious.”

Linda squinted, noticing his attempt to hide his true feelings, but decided not to press him.

“I understand. Everything will be okay,” she said, trying to support Jacques.

They resumed their conversation, but the thought of the problems lingered in Jacques’s mind. Upon arrival, he decided to deal with everything and focused on the moment, enjoying the last moments of their meeting.

Maria, holding back tears, hugged Linda one more time.

“Take care of yourself,” she said. “Remember, we’re always here for you, even miles apart.”

“I’ll miss you,” Linda replied, her eyes filling with tears. “But I know this is the right step.”

Jacques and Andrew also exchanged last words of support and encouragement. When the final boarding call was announced, Linda and Jacques picked up their carry-ons and headed to the gate. They looked back at their friends, waving goodbye.

“Until we meet again,” Linda said, looking at Maria and Andrew.

“See you soon,” they replied in unison.

As Linda and Jacques went through security and reached the boarding area, they felt like they were starting a new chapter in their lives. Ahead lay Nice, new challenges, and new opportunities. They boarded the plane, feeling a slight excitement and joy for the upcoming adventures.

Assignment for the Reader:

Dear reader, as you finish this book, think about your closest friends. Here are a few suggestions to continue the journey of strengthening your friendships:

Reflect on Your Friendship: Recall the moments that made your friendship special. Share these memories with your friend.

Create a Symbol of Friendship: Find or make an item that symbolizes your bond. Exchange these symbols with your friend.

Please write a Letter: Write a heartfelt letter to your friend, expressing what your friendship means to you and thanking them for all you’ve shared.

Let this story inspire you to strengthen your friendships. Remember, friendship is a priceless treasure that needs to be cherished and nurtured.

The first book is complete, but many exciting stories and adventures await our heroes. Dear reader, don’t miss the continuation in the following books, where discoveries and deep emotions await you.

With love and gratitude,

Edward Frost